Many hyperlinks are disabled.
Use anonymous login
to enable hyperlinks.
Changes In Branch enhanced-index Excluding Merge-Ins
This is equivalent to a diff from 32a9cba0 to 8bf9005d
|
2021-10-28
| ||
| 21:07 | Merge TIP #577 implementation: "Enhanced index values for Tk" check-in: 95b2bdbd user: jan.nijtmans tags: trunk, main | |
|
2021-10-27
| ||
| 22:13 | Merge enhanced-index check-in: fa1fdc68 user: jan.nijtmans tags: glyph_indexing_2 | |
| 14:40 | Merge 8.7 Closed-Leaf check-in: 8bf9005d user: jan.nijtmans tags: strict-index, enhanced-index | |
| 13:04 | Fix inequality error that breaks file dialogs on macOS 10.14. check-in: fd15a0c9 user: culler tags: trunk, main | |
|
2021-09-21
| ||
| 14:49 | Merge trunk check-in: d11bb432 user: jan.nijtmans tags: strict-index, enhanced-index | |
|
2020-10-27
| ||
| 07:08 | Rename "trunk" to "main". Add "trunk" propagating tag for backwards compatibility check-in: 0f77b70d user: jan.nijtmans tags: trunk, main | |
| 01:25 | Merge 8.6 Closed-Leaf check-in: 32a9cba0 user: marc_culler tags: trunk | |
|
2020-10-26
| ||
| 08:58 | Merge 8.6 check-in: 88e0ce57 user: jan.nijtmans tags: trunk | |
|
2020-10-25
| ||
| 20:11 | Adjustment for Sierra. Closed-Leaf check-in: 77a51c32 user: culler tags: bug-5cc72e002c | |
Changes to .fossil-settings/ignore-glob.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
20 21 22 23 24 25 26 | */config.status */tkConfig.sh */wish* */tktest* */versions.vc */version.vc */libtk.vfs | | | 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 | */config.status */tkConfig.sh */wish* */tktest* */versions.vc */version.vc */libtk.vfs */libtk*.zip html macosx/configure win/Debug* win/Release* win/*.manifest win/nmhlp-out.txt win/nmakehlp.out unix/tk.pc unix/Tk-Info.plist unix/Wish-Info.plist |
Added .github/ISSUE_TEMPLATE.md.
> > > | 1 2 3 | Important Note ========== Please do not file issues with Tk on Github. They are unlikely to be noticed in a timely fashion. Tk issues are hosted in the [tk fossil repository on core.tcl-lang.org](https://core.tcl-lang.org/tk/tktnew); please post them there. |
Added .github/PULL_REQUEST_TEMPLATE.md.
> > > | 1 2 3 | Important Note ========== Please do not file pull requests with Tk on Github. They are unlikely to be noticed in a timely fashion. Tk issues (including patches) are hosted in the [tk fossil repository on core.tcl-lang.org](https://core.tcl-lang.org/tk/tktnew); please post them there. |
Added .github/workflows/linux-build.yml.
> > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 | name: Linux
on: [push]
defaults:
run:
shell: bash
working-directory: tk/unix
env:
ERROR_ON_FAILURES: 1
jobs:
build:
runs-on: ubuntu-20.04
strategy:
matrix:
compiler:
- "gcc"
- "clang"
cfgopt:
- ""
- "CFLAGS=-DTK_NO_DEPRECATED=1"
- "--disable-shared"
- "--disable-xft"
- "--disable-xss"
- "--enable-symbols"
steps:
- name: Checkout
uses: actions/[email protected]
with:
path: tk
- name: Checkout Tcl
uses: actions/[email protected]
with:
repository: tcltk/tcl
ref: core-8-6-branch
path: tcl
- name: Setup Environment (compiler=${{ matrix.compiler }})
run: |
sudo apt-get install tcl8.6-dev libxss-dev
mkdir "$HOME/install dir"
touch tk/doc/man.macros tk/generic/tkStubInit.c
echo "CFGOPT=$CFGOPT --with-tcl=/usr/lib/tcl8.6" --disable-zipfs >> $GITHUB_ENV
echo "CC=$COMPILER" >> $GITHUB_ENV
echo "TOOL_DIR=$(cd tcl/tools;pwd)" >> $GITHUB_ENV
echo "BUILD_CONFIG_ID=$OPTS" >> $GITHUB_ENV
working-directory: "."
env:
CFGOPT: ${{ matrix.cfgopt }}
COMPILER: ${{ matrix.compiler }}
OPTS: ${{ matrix.compiler }}${{ matrix.cfgopt }}
- name: Configure (opts=${{ matrix.cfgopt }})
run: |
./configure $CFGOPT "--prefix=$HOME/install dir" || {
cat config.log
echo "::error::Failure during Configure"
exit 1
}
- name: Build
run: |
make binaries libraries || {
echo "::error::Failure during Build"
exit 1
}
- name: Build Test Harness
run: |
make tktest || {
echo "::error::Failure during Build"
exit 1
}
- name: Test-Drive Installation
run: |
make install || {
echo "::error::Failure during Install"
exit 1
}
- name: Create Distribution Package
run: |
make dist || {
echo "::error::Failure during Distribute"
exit 1
}
- name: Convert Documentation to HTML
run: |
make html-tk TOOL_DIR=$TOOL_DIR || {
echo "::error::Failure during Distribute"
exit 1
}
- name: Discover Version ID
if: ${{ env.BUILD_CONFIG_ID == 'gcc' }}
run: |
cd /tmp/dist
echo "VERSION=`ls -d tk* | sed 's/tk//'`" >> $GITHUB_ENV
- name: Upload Source Distribution
if: ${{ env.BUILD_CONFIG_ID == 'gcc-no' }}
uses: actions/[email protected]
with:
name: Tk ${{ env.VERSION }} Source distribution (snapshot)
path: |
/tmp/dist/tk*
!/tmp/dist/tk*/html/**
- name: Upload Documentation Distribution
if: ${{ env.BUILD_CONFIG_ID == 'gcc-no' }}
uses: actions/[email protected]
with:
name: Tk ${{ env.VERSION }} HTML documentation (snapshot)
path: /tmp/dist/tk*/html
test:
runs-on: ubuntu-20.04
strategy:
matrix:
compiler:
- "gcc"
cfgopt:
- ""
- "--enable-symbols"
steps:
- name: Checkout
uses: actions/[email protected]
with:
path: tk
- name: Setup Environment (compiler=${{ matrix.compiler }})
run: |
sudo apt-get install tcl8.6-dev libxss-dev xvfb
mkdir "$HOME/install dir"
touch tk/doc/man.macros tk/generic/tkStubInit.c
echo "CFGOPT=$CFGOPT --with-tcl=/usr/lib/tcl8.6 --disable-zipfs" >> $GITHUB_ENV
echo "CC=$COMPILER" >> $GITHUB_ENV
working-directory: "."
env:
CFGOPT: ${{ matrix.cfgopt }}
COMPILER: ${{ matrix.compiler }}
- name: Configure ${{ matrix.cfgopt }}
run: |
./configure $CFGOPT "--prefix=$HOME/install dir" || {
cat config.log
echo "::error::Failure during Configure"
exit 1
}
- name: Build
run: |
make binaries libraries tktest || {
echo "::error::Failure during Build"
exit 1
}
- name: Run Tests
run: |
xvfb-run --auto-servernum make test-classic | tee out-classic.txt
xvfb-run --auto-servernum make test-ttk | tee out-ttk.txt
grep -q "Failed 0" out-classic.txt || {
echo "::error::Failure during Test"
exit 1
}
grep -q "Failed 0" out-ttk.txt || {
echo "::error::Failure during Test"
exit 1
}
|
Added .github/workflows/linux-with-tcl8-build.yml.
> > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 | name: Linux (with Tcl 8.7)
on: [push]
defaults:
run:
shell: bash
working-directory: tk/unix
env:
ERROR_ON_FAILURES: 1
jobs:
build:
runs-on: ubuntu-20.04
strategy:
matrix:
compiler:
- "gcc"
- "clang"
cfgopt:
- ""
- "CFLAGS=-DTK_NO_DEPRECATED=1"
- "--disable-shared"
- "--disable-xft"
- "--disable-xss"
- "--enable-symbols"
steps:
- name: Checkout
uses: actions/[email protected]
with:
path: tk
- name: Checkout Tcl
uses: actions/[email protected]
with:
repository: tcltk/tcl
ref: core-8-branch
path: tcl
- name: Setup Environment (compiler=${{ matrix.compiler }})
run: |
sudo apt-get install libxss-dev
mkdir "$HOME/install dir"
touch tk/doc/man.macros tk/generic/tkStubInit.c
echo "CFGOPT=$CFGOPT" >> $GITHUB_ENV
echo "CC=$COMPILER" >> $GITHUB_ENV
echo "TOOL_DIR=$(cd tcl/tools;pwd)" >> $GITHUB_ENV
echo "BUILD_CONFIG_ID=$OPTS" >> $GITHUB_ENV
working-directory: "."
env:
CFGOPT: ${{ matrix.cfgopt }}
COMPILER: ${{ matrix.compiler }}
OPTS: ${{ matrix.compiler }}${{ matrix.cfgopt }}
- name: Configure and Build Tcl
run: |
./configure ${CFGOPT} "--prefix=$HOME/install dir" || {
cat config.log
echo "::warning::Failure during Tcl Configure"
exit 1
}
make all install || {
echo "::warning::Failure during Tcl Build"
exit 1
}
echo "TCL_CONFIG_PATH=`pwd`" >> $GITHUB_ENV
working-directory: tcl/unix
- name: Configure (opts=${{ matrix.cfgopt }})
run: |
./configure $CFGOPT --with-tcl=$TCL_CONFIG_PATH "--prefix=$HOME/install dir" || {
cat config.log
echo "::error::Failure during Configure"
exit 1
}
- name: Build
run: |
make binaries libraries || {
echo "::error::Failure during Build"
exit 1
}
- name: Build Test Harness
run: |
make tktest || {
echo "::error::Failure during Build"
exit 1
}
- name: Test-Drive Installation
run: |
make install || {
echo "::error::Failure during Install"
exit 1
}
- name: Create Distribution Package
run: |
make dist || {
echo "::error::Failure during Distribute"
exit 1
}
- name: Convert Documentation to HTML
run: |
make html-tk TOOL_DIR=$TOOL_DIR || {
echo "::error::Failure during Distribute"
exit 1
}
- name: Discover Version ID
if: ${{ env.BUILD_CONFIG_ID == 'gcc' }}
run: |
cd /tmp/dist
echo "VERSION=`ls -d tk* | sed 's/tk//'`" >> $GITHUB_ENV
- name: Upload Source Distribution
if: ${{ env.BUILD_CONFIG_ID == 'gcc' }}
uses: actions/[email protected]
with:
name: Tk ${{ env.VERSION }} Source distribution (snapshot)
path: |
/tmp/dist/tk*
!/tmp/dist/tk*/html/**
- name: Upload Documentation Distribution
if: ${{ env.BUILD_CONFIG_ID == 'gcc' }}
uses: actions/[email protected]
with:
name: Tk ${{ env.VERSION }} HTML documentation (snapshot)
path: /tmp/dist/tk*/html
test:
runs-on: ubuntu-20.04
strategy:
matrix:
compiler:
- "gcc"
cfgopt:
- ""
- "--enable-symbols"
steps:
- name: Checkout
uses: actions/[email protected]
with:
path: tk
- name: Checkout Tcl
uses: actions/[email protected]
with:
repository: tcltk/tcl
ref: core-8-branch
path: tcl
- name: Setup Environment (compiler=${{ matrix.compiler }})
run: |
sudo apt-get install libxss-dev xvfb
mkdir "$HOME/install dir"
touch tk/doc/man.macros tk/generic/tkStubInit.c
echo "CFGOPT=$CFGOPT" >> $GITHUB_ENV
echo "CC=$COMPILER" >> $GITHUB_ENV
working-directory: "."
env:
CFGOPT: ${{ matrix.cfgopt }}
COMPILER: ${{ matrix.compiler }}
- name: Configure and Build Tcl
run: |
./configure ${CFGOPT} "--prefix=$HOME/install dir" || {
cat config.log
echo "::warning::Failure during Tcl Configure"
exit 1
}
make all install || {
echo "::warning::Failure during Tcl Build"
exit 1
}
echo "TCL_CONFIG_PATH=`pwd`" >> $GITHUB_ENV
working-directory: tcl/unix
- name: Configure ${{ matrix.cfgopt }}
run: |
./configure $CFGOPT --with-tcl=$TCL_CONFIG_PATH "--prefix=$HOME/install dir" || {
cat config.log
echo "::error::Failure during Configure"
exit 1
}
- name: Build
run: |
make binaries libraries tktest || {
echo "::error::Failure during Build"
exit 1
}
- name: Run Tests
run: |
xvfb-run --auto-servernum make test-classic | tee out-classic.txt
xvfb-run --auto-servernum make test-ttk | tee out-ttk.txt
grep -q "Failed 0" out-classic.txt || {
echo "::error::Failure during Test"
exit 1
}
grep -q "Failed 0" out-ttk.txt || {
echo "::error::Failure during Test"
exit 1
}
|
Added .github/workflows/linux-with-tcl9-build.yml.
> > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 | name: Linux (with Tcl 9.0)
on: [push]
defaults:
run:
shell: bash
working-directory: tk/unix
env:
ERROR_ON_FAILURES: 1
jobs:
build:
runs-on: ubuntu-20.04
strategy:
matrix:
compiler:
- "gcc"
- "clang"
cfgopt:
- ""
- "CFLAGS=-DTK_NO_DEPRECATED=1"
- "--disable-shared"
- "--disable-xft"
- "--disable-xss"
- "--enable-symbols"
steps:
- name: Checkout
uses: actions/[email protected]
with:
path: tk
- name: Checkout Tcl
uses: actions/[email protected]
with:
repository: tcltk/tcl
ref: main
path: tcl
- name: Setup Environment (compiler=${{ matrix.compiler }})
run: |
sudo apt-get install libxss-dev
mkdir "$HOME/install dir"
touch tk/doc/man.macros tk/generic/tkStubInit.c
echo "CFGOPT=$CFGOPT" >> $GITHUB_ENV
echo "CC=$COMPILER" >> $GITHUB_ENV
echo "TOOL_DIR=$(cd tcl/tools;pwd)" >> $GITHUB_ENV
echo "BUILD_CONFIG_ID=$OPTS" >> $GITHUB_ENV
working-directory: "."
env:
CFGOPT: ${{ matrix.cfgopt }}
COMPILER: ${{ matrix.compiler }}
OPTS: ${{ matrix.compiler }}${{ matrix.cfgopt }}
- name: Configure and Build Tcl
run: |
./configure ${CFGOPT} "--prefix=$HOME/install dir" || {
cat config.log
echo "::warning::Failure during Tcl Configure"
exit 1
}
make all install || {
echo "::warning::Failure during Tcl Build"
exit 1
}
echo "TCL_CONFIG_PATH=`pwd`" >> $GITHUB_ENV
working-directory: tcl/unix
- name: Configure (opts=${{ matrix.cfgopt }})
run: |
./configure $CFGOPT --with-tcl=$TCL_CONFIG_PATH "--prefix=$HOME/install dir" || {
cat config.log
echo "::error::Failure during Configure"
exit 1
}
- name: Build
run: |
make binaries libraries || {
echo "::error::Failure during Build"
exit 1
}
- name: Build Test Harness
run: |
make tktest || {
echo "::error::Failure during Build"
exit 1
}
- name: Test-Drive Installation
run: |
make install || {
echo "::error::Failure during Install"
exit 1
}
- name: Create Distribution Package
run: |
make dist || {
echo "::error::Failure during Distribute"
exit 1
}
- name: Convert Documentation to HTML
run: |
make html-tk TOOL_DIR=$TOOL_DIR || {
echo "::error::Failure during Distribute"
exit 1
}
- name: Discover Version ID
if: ${{ env.BUILD_CONFIG_ID == 'gcc' }}
run: |
cd /tmp/dist
echo "VERSION=`ls -d tk* | sed 's/tk//'`" >> $GITHUB_ENV
test:
runs-on: ubuntu-20.04
strategy:
matrix:
compiler:
- "gcc"
cfgopt:
- ""
- "--enable-symbols"
steps:
- name: Checkout
uses: actions/[email protected]
with:
path: tk
- name: Checkout Tcl
uses: actions/[email protected]
with:
repository: tcltk/tcl
ref: main
path: tcl
- name: Setup Environment (compiler=${{ matrix.compiler }})
run: |
sudo apt-get install libxss-dev xvfb
mkdir "$HOME/install dir"
touch tk/doc/man.macros tk/generic/tkStubInit.c
echo "CFGOPT=$CFGOPT" >> $GITHUB_ENV
echo "CC=$COMPILER" >> $GITHUB_ENV
working-directory: "."
env:
CFGOPT: ${{ matrix.cfgopt }}
COMPILER: ${{ matrix.compiler }}
- name: Configure and Build Tcl
run: |
./configure ${CFGOPT} "--prefix=$HOME/install dir" || {
cat config.log
echo "::warning::Failure during Tcl Configure"
exit 1
}
make all install || {
echo "::warning::Failure during Tcl Build"
exit 1
}
echo "TCL_CONFIG_PATH=`pwd`" >> $GITHUB_ENV
working-directory: tcl/unix
- name: Configure ${{ matrix.cfgopt }}
run: |
./configure $CFGOPT --with-tcl=$TCL_CONFIG_PATH "--prefix=$HOME/install dir" || {
cat config.log
echo "::error::Failure during Configure"
exit 1
}
- name: Build
run: |
make binaries libraries tktest || {
echo "::error::Failure during Build"
exit 1
}
- name: Run Tests
run: |
xvfb-run --auto-servernum make test-classic | tee out-classic.txt
xvfb-run --auto-servernum make test-ttk | tee out-ttk.txt
grep -q "Failed 0" out-classic.txt || {
echo "::error::Failure during Test"
exit 1
}
grep -q "Failed 0" out-ttk.txt || {
echo "::error::Failure during Test"
exit 1
}
|
Added .github/workflows/mac-build.yml.
> > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 | name: macOS
on: [push]
env:
ERROR_ON_FAILURES: 1
jobs:
xcode:
runs-on: macos-11
defaults:
run:
shell: bash
working-directory: tk/macosx
steps:
- name: Check out Tk
uses: actions/[email protected]
with:
path: tk
- name: Check out Tcl
uses: actions/[email protected]
with:
repository: tcltk/tcl
ref: core-8-6-branch
path: tcl
- name: Prepare checked out repositories
run: |
touch tk/generic/tkStubInit.c
mkdir build
echo "BUILD_DIR=`cd build && pwd`" >> $GITHUB_ENV
echo "DESTDIR=`cd build && pwd`" >> $GITHUB_ENV
working-directory: .
- name: Build Tcl
run: |
make all
working-directory: tcl/macosx
- name: Build
run: |
make all install || {
echo "::error::Failure during Build"
exit 1
}
- name: Run Tests
run: |
make test | tee out.txt
nmatches=$( grep -c "Failed 0" out.txt )
if [ $nmatches -lt 4 ]
then
echo "::error::Failure during Test"
exit 1
fi
clang:
runs-on: macos-11
strategy:
matrix:
symbols:
- 'no'
- 'mem'
options:
- '--enable-aqua'
- '--disable-aqua'
defaults:
run:
shell: bash
working-directory: tk/unix
steps:
- name: Check out Tk
uses: actions/[email protected]
with:
path: tk
- name: Check out Tcl
uses: actions/[email protected]
with:
repository: tcltk/tcl
ref: core-8-6-branch
path: tcl
- name: Prepare checked out repositories
env:
SET_DISPLAY: ${{ contains(matrix.options, '--disable-aqua') }}
run: |
touch tkStubInit.c
mkdir "$HOME/install dir"
echo "USE_XVFB=$SET_DISPLAY" >> $GITHUB_ENV
working-directory: tk/generic
- name: Add X11 (if required)
if: ${{ env.USE_XVFB == 'true' }}
run: |
brew install --cask xquartz
sudo /opt/X11/libexec/privileged_startx || true
working-directory: .
- name: Build Tcl
# Note that macOS is always a 64 bit platform
run: |
./configure --enable-64bit ${CFGOPT} "--prefix=$HOME/install dir" || {
cat config.log
echo "::error::Failure during Tcl Configure"
exit 1
}
make all || {
echo "::error::Failure during Tcl Build"
exit 1
}
make install || {
echo "::error::Failure during Tcl Install"
exit 1
}
working-directory: tcl/unix
env:
CFGOPT: --enable-symbols=${{ matrix.symbols }}
- name: Configure (symbols=${{ matrix.symbols }} ${{matrix.options }})
# Note that macOS is always a 64 bit platform
run: |
./configure --enable-64bit ${CFGOPT} "--prefix=$HOME/install dir" || {
cat config.log
echo "::error::Failure during Configure"
exit 1
}
env:
CFGOPT: --enable-symbols=${{ matrix.symbols }} ${{matrix.options }}
- name: Build
run: |
make all tktest || {
echo "::error::Failure during Build"
exit 1
}
- name: Run Tests
run: |
if [ $USE_XVFB == true ]; then
function runXvfb {
PATH=$PATH:/opt/X11/bin
Xvfb $1 &
XVFB_PID=$!
echo Launched Xvfb $1 as process $XVFB_PID >&2
trap "echo killing process $XVFB_PID... >&2; kill $XVFB_PID" 0
export DISPLAY=$1
sleep 2
}
else
function runXvfb {
echo Xvfb not used, this is a --enable-aqua build
}
fi
( runXvfb :0; make test-classic; exit $? ) | tee out-classic.txt || {
echo "::error::Failure during Test (classic)"
exit 1
}
( runXvfb :0; make test-ttk; exit $? ) | tee out-ttk.txt || {
echo "::error::Failure during Test (ttk)"
exit 1
}
cat out-classic.txt | grep -q "Failed 0" || {
echo "::error::Failure in classic test results"
exit 1
}
cat out-ttk.txt | grep -q "Failed 0" || {
echo "::error::Failure in ttk test results"
exit 1
}
- name: Carry out trial installation
run: |
make install || {
cat config.log
echo "::error::Failure during Install"
exit 1
}
|
Added .github/workflows/onefiledist.yml.
> > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 | name: Build Binaries
on: [push]
jobs:
linux:
name: Linux
runs-on: ubuntu-18.04
defaults:
run:
shell: bash
env:
CC: gcc
CFGOPT: --disable-symbols --disable-shared
steps:
- name: Checkout Tk
uses: actions/[email protected]
with:
path: tk
- name: Checkout Tcl 8.7
uses: actions/[email protected]
with:
repository: tcltk/tcl
ref: core-8-branch
path: tcl
- name: Setup Environment
run: |
sudo apt-get install libxss-dev
touch tcl/generic/tclStubInit.c tcl/generic/tclOOStubInit.c
touch tk/generic/tkStubInit.c
echo "INST_DIR=$(cd install;pwd)" >> $GITHUB_ENV
echo "VER_PATH=$(cd tcl/tools; pwd)/addVerToFile.tcl" >> $GITHUB_ENV
working-directory: "."
- name: Configure Tcl
run: |
./configure $CFGOPT --enable-zipfs --prefix=$INST_DIR
working-directory: tcl/unix
- name: Build & Install Tcl
run: |
make binaries libraries install
make shell SCRIPT="$VER_PATH $GITHUB_ENV"
working-directory: tcl/unix
- name: Configure Tk
run: |
./configure $CFGOPT --with-tcl=$INST_DIR/lib --prefix=$INST_DIR
working-directory: tk/unix
- name: Build & Install Tk
run: |
make binaries libraries install
working-directory: tk/unix
# TODO: need the Tk version separately for distro naming below
- name: Package
run: |
cp bin/wish8.7 ${BUILD_NAME}
chmod +x ${BUILD_NAME}
tar -cf ${BUILD_NAME}.tar ${BUILD_NAME}
working-directory: ${{ env.INST_DIR }}
env:
BUILD_NAME: wish${{ env.TCL_PATCHLEVEL }}_snapshot
- name: Upload
uses: actions/[email protected]
with:
name: Wish ${{ env.TCL_PATCHLEVEL }} Linux single-file build (snapshot)
path: ${{ env.INST_DIR }}/*.tar
- name: Describe Installation Zip Contents
if: ${{ always() }}
run: |
unzip -l wish${{ env.TCL_PATCHLEVEL }}_snapshot || true
working-directory: ${{ env.INST_DIR }}
macos:
name: macOS
runs-on: macos-11
defaults:
run:
shell: bash
env:
CC: gcc
CFGOPT: --disable-symbols --disable-shared --enable-64bit
steps:
- name: Checkout Tk
uses: actions/[email protected]
with:
path: tk
- name: Checkout Tcl 8.7
uses: actions/[email protected]
with:
repository: tcltk/tcl
ref: core-8-branch
path: tcl
- name: Checkout create-dmg
uses: actions/[email protected]
with:
repository: create-dmg/create-dmg
ref: v1.0.8
path: create-dmg
- name: Setup Environment
run: |
mkdir -p install/contents
touch tcl/generic/tclStubInit.c tcl/generic/tclOOStubInit.c
touch tk/generic/tkStubInit.c
echo "INST_DIR=$(cd install;pwd)" >> $GITHUB_ENV
echo "VER_PATH=$(cd tcl/tools; pwd)/addVerToFile.tcl" >> $GITHUB_ENV
echo "CREATE_DMG=$(cd create-dmg;pwd)/create-dmg" >> $GITHUB_ENV
echo "CFLAGS=-arch x86_64 -arch arm64e" >> $GITHUB_ENV
working-directory: "."
- name: Configure Tcl
run: |
./configure $CFGOPT --enable-zipfs --prefix=$INST_DIR
working-directory: tcl/unix
- name: Build & Install Tcl
run: |
make binaries libraries install
make shell SCRIPT="$VER_PATH $GITHUB_ENV"
working-directory: tcl/unix
- name: Configure Tk
run: |
./configure $CFGOPT --with-tcl=$INST_DIR/lib --prefix=$INST_DIR \
--enable-aqua
working-directory: tk/unix
- name: Build & Install Tk
run: |
make binaries libraries install
working-directory: tk/unix
# TODO: need the Tk version separately for distro naming below
- name: Package
run: |
cp ../tk/unix/wish contents/${BUILD_NAME}
chmod +x contents/${BUILD_NAME}
cat > contents/README.txt <<EOF
This is a single-file executable developer preview of Tcl/Tk $TCL_PATCHLEVEL
It is not intended as an official release at all, so it is unsigned and unnotarized.
Use strictly at your own risk.
To run it, you need to copy the executable out and run:
xattr -d com.apple.quarantine ${BUILD_NAME}
to mark the executable as runnable on your machine.
EOF
$CREATE_DMG \
--volname "TclTk $TCL_PATCHLEVEL (snapshot)" \
--window-pos 200 120 \
--window-size 800 400 \
"TclTk-$TCL_PATCHLEVEL-(snapshot).dmg" \
"contents/"
working-directory: ${{ env.INST_DIR }}
env:
BUILD_NAME: wish${{ env.TCL_PATCHLEVEL }}_snapshot
- name: Upload
uses: actions/[email protected]
with:
name: Wish ${{ env.TCL_PATCHLEVEL }} macOS single-file build (snapshot)
path: ${{ env.INST_DIR }}/*.dmg
win:
name: Windows
runs-on: windows-latest
defaults:
run:
shell: msys2 {0}
env:
CC: gcc
CFGOPT: --disable-symbols --disable-shared
steps:
- name: Install MSYS2
uses: msys2/[email protected]
with:
msystem: MINGW64
install: git mingw-w64-x86_64-toolchain make zip
- name: Checkout Tk
uses: actions/[email protected]
with:
path: tk
- name: Checkout Tcl 8.7
uses: actions/[email protected]
with:
repository: tcltk/tcl
ref: core-8-branch
path: tcl
- name: Setup Environment
run: |
mkdir -p install/combined
touch tcl/generic/tclStubInit.c tcl/generic/tclOOStubInit.c
touch tk/generic/tkStubInit.c
echo "INST_DIR=$(cd install;pwd)" >> $GITHUB_ENV
echo "VER_PATH=$(cd tcl/tools; pwd)/addVerToFile.tcl" >> $GITHUB_ENV
working-directory: "."
- name: Configure Tcl
run: |
./configure $CFGOPT --enable-zipfs --prefix=$INST_DIR
working-directory: tcl/win
- name: Build & Install Tcl
run: |
make binaries libraries install
$INST_DIR/bin/tclsh* $VER_PATH $GITHUB_ENV
working-directory: tcl/win
- name: Configure Tk
run: |
./configure $CFGOPT --with-tcl=$INST_DIR/lib --prefix=$INST_DIR
working-directory: tk/win
- name: Build & Install Tk
run: |
make all install
echo "TK_BIN=`pwd`/`echo wish*.exe`" >> $GITHUB_ENV
working-directory: tk/win
# TODO: need the Tk version separately for distro naming below
- name: Package
run: |
cp ${TK_BIN} combined/${BUILD_NAME}.exe
working-directory: install
env:
BUILD_NAME: wish${{ env.TCL_PATCHLEVEL }}_snapshot
- name: Upload
uses: actions/[email protected]
with:
name: Wish ${{ env.TCL_PATCHLEVEL }} Windows single-file build (snapshot)
path: install/combined/wish${{ env.TCL_PATCHLEVEL }}_snapshot.exe
|
Added .github/workflows/win-build.yml.
> > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 | name: Windows
on: [push]
env:
ERROR_ON_FAILURES: 1
jobs:
msvc:
runs-on: windows-2019
defaults:
run:
shell: powershell
working-directory: tk/win
# Using powershell means we need to explicitly stop on failure
steps:
- name: Checkout
uses: actions/[email protected]
with:
path: tk
- name: Checkout
uses: actions/[email protected]
with:
repository: tcltk/tcl
ref: core-8-branch
path: tcl
- name: Init MSVC
uses: ilammy/[email protected]
- name: Make Install Location
working-directory: tcl
run: |
echo "TCLDIR=`pwd`" >> $GITHUB_ENV
cd ..
mkdir install
cd install
echo "INSTALLDIR=`pwd`" >> $GITHUB_ENV
- name: Build Tcl
run: |
&nmake -f makefile.vc release install
if ($lastexitcode -ne 0) {
throw "nmake exit code: $lastexitcode"
}
working-directory: tcl/win
- name: Build
run: |
&nmake -f makefile.vc all
if ($lastexitcode -ne 0) {
throw "nmake exit code: $lastexitcode"
}
- name: Build Test Harness
run: |
&nmake -f makefile.vc tktest
if ($lastexitcode -ne 0) {
throw "nmake exit code: $lastexitcode"
}
- name: Run Tests
run: |
nmake -f makefile.vc test-classic | tee out-classic.txt || {
echo "::error::Failure during Test"
exit 1
}
nmake -f makefile.vc test-ttk | tee out-ttk.txt || {
echo "::error::Failure during Test"
exit 1
}
grep -q "Failed 0" out-classic.txt || {
echo "::error::Failure during Test"
exit 1
}
grep -q "Failed 0" out-ttk.txt || {
echo "::error::Failure during Test"
exit 1
}
env:
CI_BUILD_WITH_MSVC: 1
shell: bash
- name: Build Help
run: |
&nmake -f makefile.vc htmlhelp
if ($lastexitcode -ne 0) {
throw "nmake exit code: $lastexitcode"
}
- name: Install
run: |
&nmake -f makefile.vc install
if ($lastexitcode -ne 0) {
throw "nmake exit code: $lastexitcode"
}
gcc:
runs-on: windows-2019
defaults:
run:
shell: msys2 {0}
working-directory: win
strategy:
matrix:
symbols:
- "no"
- "mem"
- "all"
steps:
- name: Install MSYS2
uses: msys2/[email protected]
with:
msystem: MINGW64
install: git mingw-w64-x86_64-toolchain make zip
- name: Checkout
uses: actions/[email protected]
- name: Checkout
uses: actions/[email protected]
with:
repository: tcltk/tcl
ref: core-8-6-branch
path: tcl
- name: Prepare
run: |
touch tkStubInit.c
touch "${HOME}/forWinDialog-5.12.7"
mkdir "${HOME}/install_dir"
echo "INSTALL_DIR=${HOME}/install_dir" >> $GITHUB_ENV
working-directory: generic
- name: Configure and Build Tcl
run: |
./configure ${CFGOPT} "--prefix=$INSTALL_DIR" || {
cat config.log
echo "::warning::Failure during Tcl Configure"
exit 1
}
make all install || {
echo "::warning::Failure during Tcl Build"
exit 1
}
echo "TCL_CONFIG_PATH=`pwd`" >> $GITHUB_ENV
env:
CFGOPT: --enable-64bit --enable-symbols=${{ matrix.symbols }}
working-directory: tcl/win
- name: Configure (symbols=${{ matrix.symbols }})
run: |
./configure ${CFGOPT} "--prefix=$HOME/INSTALL_DIR" "--with-tcl=$TCL_CONFIG_PATH" || {
cat config.log
echo "::error::Failure during Configure"
exit 1
}
env:
CFGOPT: --enable-64bit --enable-symbols=${{ matrix.symbols }}
- name: Build
run: |
make all tktest || {
echo "::error::Failure during Build"
exit 1
}
- name: Run Tests
run: |
make test-classic | tee out-classic.txt
make test-ttk | tee out-ttk.txt
grep -q "Failed 0" out-classic.txt || {
echo "::error::Failure during Test"
exit 1
}
grep -q "Failed 0" out-ttk.txt || {
echo "::error::Failure during Test"
exit 1
}
|
Changes to .travis.yml.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 | - gcc-mingw-w64
- gcc-mingw-w64-base
- gcc-mingw-w64-i686
- gcc-mingw-w64-x86-64
- gcc-multilib
- tcl8.6-dev
- libx11-dev
- xvfb
homebrew:
packages:
- tcl-tk
| > > > > > | | | 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 | - gcc-mingw-w64
- gcc-mingw-w64-base
- gcc-mingw-w64-i686
- gcc-mingw-w64-x86-64
- gcc-multilib
- tcl8.6-dev
- libx11-dev
- libnotify-dev
- libglib2.0-dev
- libxss-dev
- xvfb
homebrew:
packages:
- tcl-tk
- libnotify
- glib
# casks:
# - xquartz
jobs:
include:
# Testing on Linux GCC
- name: "Linux/GCC/Shared"
os: linux
dist: focal
services:
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 | dist: focal
services:
- xvfb
compiler: gcc
env:
- BUILD_DIR=unix
- CFGOPT="--disable-xft"
script: *x11gui
- name: "Linux/GCC/Shared/bionic"
os: linux
dist: bionic
services:
- xvfb
compiler: gcc
| > > > > > > > > > > | 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 | dist: focal
services:
- xvfb
compiler: gcc
env:
- BUILD_DIR=unix
- CFGOPT="--disable-xft"
script: *x11gui
- name: "Linux/GCC/Shared/no-libnotify"
os: linux
dist: focal
services:
- xvfb
compiler: gcc
env:
- BUILD_DIR=unix
- CFGOPT="--disable-libnotify"
script: *x11gui
- name: "Linux/GCC/Shared/bionic"
os: linux
dist: bionic
services:
- xvfb
compiler: gcc
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
177 178 179 180 181 182 183 | - CFGOPT="--with-tcl=/usr/local/opt/tcl-tk/lib --enable-aqua CFLAGS=-I/usr/local/opt/tcl-tk/include"
- name: "macOS/Clang++/Xcode 12/Shared"
os: osx
osx_image: xcode12
env:
- BUILD_DIR=unix
- CFGOPT="--with-tcl=/usr/local/opt/tcl-tk/lib CC=clang++ --enable-aqua CFLAGS=-I/usr/local/opt/tcl-tk/include CPPFLAGS=-D__private_extern__=extern"
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < | 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 | - CFGOPT="--with-tcl=/usr/local/opt/tcl-tk/lib --enable-aqua CFLAGS=-I/usr/local/opt/tcl-tk/include"
- name: "macOS/Clang++/Xcode 12/Shared"
os: osx
osx_image: xcode12
env:
- BUILD_DIR=unix
- CFGOPT="--with-tcl=/usr/local/opt/tcl-tk/lib CC=clang++ --enable-aqua CFLAGS=-I/usr/local/opt/tcl-tk/include CPPFLAGS=-D__private_extern__=extern"
- name: "macOS/Xcode 12/Static"
os: osx
osx_image: xcode12
env:
- BUILD_DIR=unix
- CFGOPT="--with-tcl=/usr/local/opt/tcl-tk/lib --enable-aqua --disable-shared CFLAGS=-I/usr/local/opt/tcl-tk/include"
- name: "macOS/Xcode 12/Debug"
os: osx
osx_image: xcode12
env:
- BUILD_DIR=unix
- CFGOPT="--with-tcl=/usr/local/opt/tcl-tk/lib --enable-aqua --enable-symbols CFLAGS=-I/usr/local/opt/tcl-tk/include"
# - name: "macOS/Xcode 12/Shared/XQuartz"
# os: osx
# osx_image: xcode12
# env:
# - BUILD_DIR=unix
# - CFGOPT="--with-tcl=/usr/local/opt/tcl-tk/lib --disable-corefoundation --x-includes=/opt/X11/include --x-libraries=/opt/X11/lib CFLAGS=-I/usr/local/opt/tcl-tk/include"
# Older MacOS versions
- name: "macOS/Xcode 11/Shared"
os: osx
osx_image: xcode11.7
env:
- BUILD_DIR=unix
- CFGOPT="--with-tcl=/usr/local/opt/tcl-tk/lib --enable-aqua CFLAGS=-I/usr/local/opt/tcl-tk/include CPPFLAGS=-mmacosx-version-min=10.14"
- name: "macOS/Xcode 10/Shared"
os: osx
osx_image: xcode10.3
addons:
homebrew:
packages:
- tcl-tk
update: true
env:
- BUILD_DIR=unix
- CFGOPT="--with-tcl=/usr/local/opt/tcl-tk/lib --enable-aqua CFLAGS=-I/usr/local/opt/tcl-tk/include CPPFLAGS=-mmacosx-version-min=10.14"
- name: "macOS/Xcode 9/Shared"
os: osx
osx_image: xcode9.4
addons:
homebrew:
packages:
- tcl-tk
update: true
env:
- BUILD_DIR=unix
- CFGOPT="--with-tcl=/usr/local/opt/tcl-tk/lib --enable-aqua CFLAGS=-I/usr/local/opt/tcl-tk/include CPPFLAGS=-mmacosx-version-min=10.13"
# Test on Windows with MSVC native
# - name: "Windows/MSVC/Shared"
# os: windows
# compiler: cl
# env: &vcenv
# - BUILD_DIR=win
# - VCDIR="/C/Program Files (x86)/Microsoft Visual Studio/2017/BuildTools/VC/Auxiliary/Build"
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 | - cd ${BUILD_DIR}
install:
- mkdir "$HOME/install dir"
- ./configure ${CFGOPT} "--prefix=$HOME/install dir" || (cat config.log && exit 1)
script:
- make all tktest
- make install
cache:
directories:
- $HOME/AppData/Local/Temp/chocolatey
- $HOME/AppData/Local/Apps/Tcl86
| > > > > > > > > | 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 | - cd ${BUILD_DIR}
install:
- mkdir "$HOME/install dir"
- ./configure ${CFGOPT} "--prefix=$HOME/install dir" || (cat config.log && exit 1)
script:
- make all tktest
- make install
before_cache:
- |-
case $TRAVIS_OS_NAME in
osx)
brew cleanup
;;
esac
cache:
directories:
- $HOME/Library/Caches/Homebrew
- $HOME/AppData/Local/Temp/chocolatey
- $HOME/AppData/Local/Apps/Tcl86
|
Changes to ChangeLog.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3199 3200 3201 3202 3203 3204 3205 | * library/demos/mclist.tcl: Added support for arrow indicators to show which way a column is being sorted. Corrected determination of which fonts to use for measurements. 2009-03-25 Jan Nijtmans <[email protected]> * doc/wish.1: Bring doc and demos in line with | | | 3199 3200 3201 3202 3203 3204 3205 3206 3207 3208 3209 3210 3211 3212 3213 | * library/demos/mclist.tcl: Added support for arrow indicators to show which way a column is being sorted. Corrected determination of which fonts to use for measurements. 2009-03-25 Jan Nijtmans <[email protected]> * doc/wish.1: Bring doc and demos in line with * library/demos/hello: https://wiki.tcl-lang.org/page/exec+magic * library/demos/rmt * library/demos/square * library/demos/tcolor * library/demos/timer * library/demos/widget * win/tkWinMenu.c: Eliminate a few compiler warnings on mingw * win/ttkWinXPTheme.c: Spacing |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to README.md.
1 2 | # README: Tk | | > > > > > > > > > | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 | # README: Tk This is the **Tk 8.7a6** source distribution. You can get any source release of Tk from [our distribution site](https://sourceforge.net/projects/tcl/files/Tcl/). 8.6 (production release, daily build) [](https://github.com/tcltk/tk/actions?query=workflow%3A%22Linux%22+branch%3Acore-8-6-branch) [](https://github.com/tcltk/tk/actions?query=workflow%3A%22Windows%22+branch%3Acore-8-6-branch) [](https://github.com/tcltk/tk/actions?query=workflow%3A%22macOS%22+branch%3Acore-8-6-branch) <br> 8.7 (in development, daily build)) [](https://github.com/tcltk/tk/actions?query=workflow%3A%22Linux%22+branch%3Amain) [](https://github.com/tcltk/tk/actions?query=workflow%3A%22Windows%22+branch%3Amain) [](https://github.com/tcltk/tk/actions?query=workflow%3A%22macOS%22+branch%3Amain) ## <a id="intro">1.</a> Introduction This directory contains the sources and documentation for Tk, a cross-platform GUI toolkit implemented with the Tcl scripting language. For details on features, incompatibilities, and potential problems with this release, see [the Tcl/Tk 8.7 Web page](https://www.tcl-lang.org/software/tcltk/8.7.html) or refer to the "changes" file in this directory, which contains a historical record of all changes to Tk. Tk is maintained, enhanced, and distributed freely by the Tcl community. Source code development and tracking of bug reports and feature requests take place at [core.tcl-lang.org](https://core.tcl-lang.org/). Tcl/Tk release and mailing list services are [hosted by SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/tcl/) with the Tcl Developer Xchange hosted at [www.tcl-lang.org](https://www.tcl-lang.org). Tk is a freely available open-source package. You can do virtually anything you like with it, such as modifying it, redistributing it, and selling it either in whole or in part. See the file `license.terms` for complete information. ## <a id="tcl">2.</a> See Tcl README.md Please see the README.md file that comes with the associated Tcl release for more information. There are pointers there to extensive documentation. In addition, there are additional README files in the subdirectories of this distribution. |
Changes to changes.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
7433 7434 7435 7436 7437 7438 7439 | 2017-03-21 (TIP 442) display text in a progressbar (zaumseil) 2017-04-13 \u escaped content in msg files converted to true utf-8 (nijtmans) 2017-08-28 (TIP 166) Extended color notation for alpha channel (bachmann) | | | 7433 7434 7435 7436 7437 7438 7439 7440 7441 7442 7443 7444 7445 7446 7447 | 2017-03-21 (TIP 442) display text in a progressbar (zaumseil) 2017-04-13 \u escaped content in msg files converted to true utf-8 (nijtmans) 2017-08-28 (TIP 166) Extended color notation for alpha channel (bachmann) --- Released 8.7a1, September 8, 2017 --- https://core.tcl-lang.org/tk/ for details 2017-08-24 (bug)[f1a3ca] Memory leak in [text] B-tree (edhume3) 2017-08-24 (bug)[ee40fd] Report [console] init errors (the) 2017-08-24 (bug)[3295446] Improve history visibility in [console] (goth) |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
7718 7719 7720 7721 7722 7723 7724 7725 7726 7727 7728 7729 7730 7731 7732 7733 7734 7735 7736 7737 7738 7739 7740 7741 7742 7743 |
2019-11-17 [90d555] workaround NSFontManager bad selections (culler)
2019-11-19 (new) Partial Emoji support in text displays (nijtmans,culler)
- Released 8.6.10, Nov 21, 2019 - https://core.tcl-lang.org/tk/ for details
Changes to 8.7a3 include all changes to the 8.6 line through 8.6.10,
plus the following, which focuses on the high-level feature changes
in this changeset (new minor version) rather than bug fixes:
2017-11-25 [TIP 161] $menu -tearoff default changed to false (roseman,vogel)
*** POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY ***
2017-12-07 [TIP 487] End support for pre-XP Windows (nijtmans)
2018-03-04 [TIP 489] New subcommand [$canvas image] (pitcher,vogel)
2018-05-13 [TIP 496] New options -placeholder* for entries (zaumseil,vogel)
2018-09-23 [TIP 517] New option -activerelief for menus (vogel)
2018-11-03 [TIP 512] Deprecate stub for Tk_MainEx() (nijtmans)
2018-11-06 [TIP 415] New option -height for [$canvas create arc] (geard)
| > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 7718 7719 7720 7721 7722 7723 7724 7725 7726 7727 7728 7729 7730 7731 7732 7733 7734 7735 7736 7737 7738 7739 7740 7741 7742 7743 7744 7745 7746 7747 7748 7749 7750 7751 7752 7753 7754 7755 7756 7757 7758 7759 7760 7761 7762 7763 7764 7765 7766 7767 7768 7769 7770 7771 7772 7773 7774 7775 7776 7777 7778 7779 7780 7781 7782 7783 7784 7785 7786 7787 7788 7789 7790 7791 7792 7793 7794 7795 7796 7797 7798 7799 7800 7801 7802 7803 7804 7805 7806 7807 7808 7809 7810 7811 7812 7813 7814 7815 7816 7817 7818 7819 7820 7821 7822 7823 7824 7825 7826 7827 7828 7829 7830 7831 7832 7833 7834 7835 7836 7837 7838 7839 7840 7841 7842 7843 7844 7845 7846 7847 7848 7849 7850 7851 7852 7853 7854 7855 7856 7857 7858 7859 7860 7861 7862 7863 7864 7865 7866 7867 7868 7869 7870 7871 7872 7873 7874 7875 7876 7877 7878 7879 7880 7881 7882 7883 7884 7885 7886 7887 7888 7889 7890 7891 7892 7893 7894 7895 7896 7897 7898 7899 7900 7901 7902 7903 7904 7905 7906 7907 7908 7909 7910 7911 7912 7913 7914 7915 7916 7917 7918 7919 7920 7921 7922 7923 7924 7925 7926 7927 7928 7929 7930 7931 7932 7933 7934 7935 7936 7937 7938 7939 7940 7941 7942 7943 7944 7945 7946 7947 7948 7949 7950 7951 7952 7953 7954 7955 7956 7957 7958 7959 7960 7961 7962 7963 7964 7965 7966 7967 7968 7969 7970 7971 7972 7973 7974 7975 7976 7977 7978 7979 7980 7981 |
2019-11-17 [90d555] workaround NSFontManager bad selections (culler)
2019-11-19 (new) Partial Emoji support in text displays (nijtmans,culler)
- Released 8.6.10, Nov 21, 2019 - https://core.tcl-lang.org/tk/ for details
2019-11-25 (bug)[a95373] TkKeyEvent platform variations (werner)
2019-11-26 (bug) workaround Win bug so test bind-34.3 passes (nijtmans)
2019-12-03 Aqua: white cursors in dark mode (culler)
2019-12-04 (bug)[749bd9] Aqua: systemControlAccentColor (bll,culler)
2019-12-14 (bug)[b3b56a] ttk respect -cursor option (vogel)
2019-12-14 (bug)[b094cb] Win: $tv -show grows widget width 1 pixel (vogel)
2019-12-14 (bug)[02a694] spinbox options used wrong db names (vogel)
2020-01-11 (bug)[2b8fa6] MouseWheel for ttk::scrollbar (oehlmann)
2020-01-18 (bug)[1771594] icursor and scrollregion, canvText-14.7 (vogel)
2020-01-18 (bug)[587937] tag list ops preserve list order (vogel)
2020-01-18 (bug)[2830360] lose invalid state at focus event, entry-10.1 (vogel)
2020-01-18 (bug)[077d49] string table options support null ok (vogel)
2020-01-18 (bug)[bf93d0] Aqua: unresponsive menubar (culler)
2020-01-31 (bug)[a196fb] restore support for unthreaded Tcl (porter,sebres)
2020-02-09 (bug)[90a4d7] fontconfig crash when no font installed (vogel)
2020-02-24 (bug) Aqua: incomplete floating window display (walzer)
2020-03-11 (bug)[fb2ec3] OSX 10.15+: full screen options (nicolas,walzer)
2020-03-12 (bug)[08e2f8] focus on unmapped windows, focus-7.1 (vogel)
2020-03-12 (bug)[2edd84] [$c postscript] result management (gavilan)
2020-03-22 (bug)[98662d] restore TK_MAC_DEBUG_DRAWING build (chavez)
2020-03-29 (bug)[655fe2] tearoff menu redraw artifacts (vogel)
2020-04-03 (bug)[efbedd] Aqua: compund button-like widget appearance (chavez)
2020-04-14 (bug)[87bade] Aqua: improved dealing with PressAndHold (culler)
2020-04-14 (bug)[376788] X: stop crash w/Noto Color Emoji font (nijtmans)
2020-04-15 (bug)[89354d] Aqua: text color w/o clipping (culler)
2020-04-15 (new) Aqua: assign Button 3 to the middle button (chavez)
2020-04-25 (bug)[3519111] treeview horizontal scroll, entry-2.1.1 (vogel)
2020-04-25 (bug)[141881] treeview vertical scroll, treeview-9.2 (vogel)
2020-05-01 (bug)[2712f4] X: crash angled text w/o Xft, canvText-20.2 (vogel)
2020-05-01 (bug)[cd8714] Win: long angled text (chavez)
2020-05-09 (bug)[88c9e0] treeview -selectmode none focus ring (gavilan)
2020-05-12 (new) Aqua: Rewrite of the Key event system (culler)
2020-05-12 (bug)[411359] Aqua: stop crashes/zombies related to TouchBar (culler)
2020-05-12 (new) Aqua: systemLinkColor (chavez)
2020-05-16 (bug)[40ada9] crash when active button is destroyed (chavez)
2020-05-28 (bug)[3c6660,601cea,4b50b7] Win10: ttk scale (nemethi,lanam)
2020-06-08 (bug)[2790615] Some callbacks not eval'd in global scope (nijtmans)
2020-06-25 Aqua: Update OSX version tests to support Big Sur (culler)
2020-06-27 (bug)[6920b2] dup in spinbox -values causes trouble (lanam)
2020-06-27 (bug)[5c51be] invalid mem read buffer in Tk_PhotoPut* (chavez)
2020-06-27 (bug)[16ef16] restore bind sequence support, bind-33.(16-21) (vogel)
2020-07-02 (bug)[2d2459] default style for combobox (bll)
2020-07-06 (bug)[40e4bf] double free, entry-19.21 (vogel)
2020-07-06 (bug)[e3888d] grab & warp, bind-36.1 (vogel)
2020-07-12 (bug)[2442314] fontchooser i18n (nijtmans)
2020-07-13 (bug)[7655f6] [*entry]: selected text drawing reform (chavez)
2020-07-14 (bug)[09abd7] workaround invalid key codes from Debian 10 (vogel)
2020-07-20 (bug)[cf3853] Aqua: improve bounds on non-Retina displays (chavez)
2020-08-01 Aqua: [winfo rgb] light and dark mode support (culler)
2020-08-15 (bug)[315104] Aqua: appearance change virtual events (culler)
2020-08-21 (bug)[291699] mouse binding for scrollbar grip (bll)
2020-09-08 (bug)[6c2425] buffer bounds violation (chavez)
2020-09-08 (bug)[2a6d63] OSX 10.6 crash (hellstrom,culler)
2020-09-08 (bug)[420feb] undefined behavior due to alignment (chavez,nijtmans)
2020-09-10 (bug)[ab1fea] Aqua init issues (culler)
2020-09-14 (bug)[71e18c] Aqua: crash in full screen toggle (culler)
2020-09-18 (bug)[4f4f03] Aqua: mouse drags across title bar (nab,culler)
2020-09-21 (bug)[d91e05] select/copy in disabled text (bll)
2020-09-27 (TIP #581) disfavor Master/Slave terminology (nijtmans)
2020-09-30 (bug)[59cba3] win: improve theme detection (bll,nijtmans)
2020-10-06 (bug)[175a6e] Aqua: support tiled windows (culler)
2020-10-07 (bug)[1fa8c3] Aqua: crash on resize during display (nab,culler)
2020-10-16 (bug)[c2483b] Aqua: consistent finalization (culler,nijtmans)
2020-11-06 (bug)[c9ebac] Aqua: use standard about dialog (culler)
2020-11-07 (bug)[4ebcc0] sticky fontchooser options (roseman,vogel)
2020-11-10 (bug)[f9fa92] Aqua: crash in color caching scheme (culler)
2020-11-20 (bug)[7185d2] Aqua: fixes to special menu support (culler)
2020-11-24 (bug)[4a40c6] Aqua: [wm manage] frame offset (chavez)
2020-12-04 (bug)[3ef77f] Aqua dark mode combobox focus ring (walzer,culler)
2020-12-15 (bug)[80e4c6] Aqua: progressbar animation (nab,culler)
2020-12-24 (bug)[6157a8] Aqua: file dialog -filetypes (davis,culler)
- Released 8.6.11, Dec 31, 2020 - https://core.tcl-lang.org/tk/ for details
Changes to 8.7a3 include all changes to the 8.6 line through 8.6.10,
plus the following, which focuses on the high-level feature changes
in this changeset (new minor version) rather than bug fixes:
2017-11-25 [TIP 161] $menu -tearoff default changed to false (roseman,vogel)
*** POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY ***
2017-12-07 [TIP 487] End support for pre-XP Windows (nijtmans)
2018-03-04 [TIP 489] New subcommand [$canvas image] (pitcher,vogel)
2018-05-13 [TIP 496] New options -placeholder* for entries (zaumseil,vogel)
2018-09-23 [TIP 517] New option -activerelief for menus (vogel)
2018-11-03 [TIP 512] Deprecate stub for Tk_MainEx() (nijtmans)
2018-11-06 [TIP 415] New option -height for [$canvas create arc] (geard)
2018-11-06 [TIP 518] New event <<NoManagedChild>> (oehlmann)
2019-04-14 [TIP 164] New subcommand [$canvas rotate] (fellows)
2019-04-14 [TIP 507] New photo image format 'svg' (zaumseil)
2019-04-14 [TIP 483] Record more configuration items (cassoff)
2019-04-14 [TIP 482] Record configured directory for demos (cassoff)
2019-05-25 [TIP 262] New frame options -backgroundimage, -tile (fellows)
2019-06-15 [TIP 528] Deprecate Tk_Offset() (nijtmans)
2019-08-19 [TIP 545] Revised options for photo image format 'svg' (oehlmann)
--- Released 8.7a3, November 25, 2019 --- https://core.tcl-lang.org/tk/ for details
Changes to 8.7a5 include all changes to the 8.6 line through 8.6.11,
plus the following, which focuses on the high-level feature changes
in this changeset (new minor version) rather than bug fixes:
2020-02-22 [TIP 565] Gracefully ignore non-existent tags in canvas raise/lower
2020-02-22 [TIP 564] Specify ttk font sizes in points on X11
2020-02-24 [TIP 563] Scrollwheel on Horizontal Scrollbar Scrolls Without Shift too
2020-02-28 [TIP 557] C++ support
2020-03-12 (bug)[355180] solve XKeycodeToKeysym deprecation
*** POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY -- Tk 8.7 now requires X11R6 ***
2020-03-18 [TIP 569] Eliminate comments that serve lint
2020-05-17 [d87dc2] Remove TkMacOSXGetStringObjFromCFString()
2020-05-24 [TIP 574] Add a 'tag delete' command to the ttk::treeview widget
2020-06-27 (bug)[50ed1e] spinbox with duplicate values
2020-07-03 [TIP 578] Death to TCL_DBGX
2020-08-23 (bug)[bb85d2] valgrind on TIP 489
2020-08024 (bug)[d30c21] default colors for TIP 496
2020-09-02 [TIP 580] Export Tk_GetDoublePixelsFromObj and 5 more
2020-10-21 [TIP 474] Uniform mouse wheel events
2020-11-15 [TIP 584] Better introspection for ttk
2020-11-16 [TIP 588] Unicode for (X11) keysyms
2020-12-03 [TIP 590] Recommend lowercase package names
2020-12-09 (bug)[d6e9b4] SVG memory overflow
2020-12-11 [TIP 591] Rotate ttk::notebook window with mousewheel on tab
2020-12-12 [TIP 325] System tray and system notification
2021-01-08 [TIP 592] End support: Windows XP, Server 2003, Vista, Server 2008
2021-01-08 (bug)[822330] Prevent buffer overflow in SVG image.
2021-01-28 (bug)[237971] 'end' argument to [$canvas insert]
2021-02-25 (bug)[be9cad] crash in [tkwait]
2021-02-27 [TIP 529] Add metadata dictionary property to tk photo image
2021-03-02 (bug)[1626ed] Aqua crash: dead keys as meny accelerator
2021-03-29 (bug)[9b6065] Restore Tcl [update] when Tk is destroyed
2021-04-08 (bug)[58222c] background colors
2021-04-09 [TIP 595] Unicode-aware/case-sensitive Loadable Library handling
2021-04-21 (bug)[cde766] update scrollbars on treeview
2021-04-26 (bug)[c97464] memleak in aqua fonts
2021-05-02 (bug)[2ecb09] Follow Mac OSX Key-repeat setting
2021-05-03 (bug)[8a5086] ttk::entry issue
2021-05-22 (bug)[3e3360] bind substitution %S
2021-05-25 (bug)[7bda98] aqua: double click bind with changing focus
- Released 8.7a5, Jun 18, 2021 --- https://core.tcl-lang.org/tcl/ for details -
|
Changes to doc/AddOption.3.
1 | '\" | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1998-2000 Scriptics Corporation. '\" All rights reserved. '\" .TH Tk_AddOption 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_AddOption \- Add an option to the option database |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/CrtPhImgFmt.3.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Australian National University '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" '\" Author: Paul Mackerras ([email protected]), '\" Department of Computer Science, '\" Australian National University. '\" | | > > > > | > > > > | > > > > > | | | | > | | | | | | | | > | | > > | > > | > > | | | > > | > > > | > > > | | > | > | | > > > > > | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Australian National University '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" '\" Author: Paul Mackerras ([email protected]), '\" Department of Computer Science, '\" Australian National University. '\" .TH Tk_CreatePhotoImageFormat 3 8.7 Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_CreatePhotoImageFormat \- define new file format for photo images .SH SYNOPSIS .nf \fB#include <tk.h>\fR .sp .VS 8.7 \fBTk_CreatePhotoImageFormatVersion3\fR(\fIformatVersion3Ptr\fR) .VE 8.7 .sp \fBTk_CreatePhotoImageFormat\fR(\fIformatPtr\fR) .SH ARGUMENTS .AS "const Tk_PhotoImageFormatVersion3" *formatVersion3Ptr .VS 8.7 .AP "const Tk_PhotoImageFormatVersion3" *formatVersion3Ptr in Structure that defines the new file format including metadata functionality. .VE 8.7 .AP "const Tk_PhotoImageFormat" *formatPtr in Structure that defines the new file format. .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP \fBTk_CreatePhotoImageFormatVersion3\fR is invoked to define a new file format for image data for use with photo images. The code that implements an image file format is called an image file format handler, or handler for short. The photo image code maintains a list of handlers that can be used to read and write data to or from a file. Some handlers may also support reading image data from a string or converting image data to a string format. The user can specify which handler to use with the \fB\-format\fR image configuration option or the \fB\-format\fR option to the \fBread\fR and \fBwrite\fR photo image subcommands. .PP The alternate version 2 function \fBTk_CreatePhotoImageFormat\fR has identical functionality, but does not allow the handler to get or return the metadata dictionary of the image. It is described in section \fBVERSION 2 INTERFACE\fR below. .PP An image file format handler consists of a collection of procedures plus a \fBTk_PhotoImageFormatVersion3\fR structure, which contains the name of the image file format and pointers to six procedures provided by the handler to deal with files and strings in this format. The Tk_PhotoImageFormatVersion3 structure contains the following fields: .VS 8.7 .CS typedef struct Tk_PhotoImageFormatVersion3 { const char *\fIname\fR; Tk_ImageFileMatchProcVersion3 *\fIfileMatchProc\fR; Tk_ImageStringMatchProcVersion3 *\fIstringMatchProc\fR; Tk_ImageFileReadProcVersion3 *\fIfileReadProc\fR; Tk_ImageStringReadProcVersion3 *\fIstringReadProc\fR; Tk_ImageFileWriteProcVersion3 *\fIfileWriteProc\fR; Tk_ImageStringWriteProcVersion3 *\fIstringWriteProc\fR; } \fBTk_PhotoImageFormatVersion3\fR; .CE .VE 8.7 .PP The handler need not provide implementations of all six procedures. For example, the procedures that handle string data would not be provided for a format in which the image data are stored in binary, and could therefore contain null characters. If any procedure is not implemented, the corresponding pointer in the Tk_PhotoImageFormat structure should be set to NULL. The handler must provide the \fIfileMatchProc\fR procedure if it provides the \fIfileReadProc\fR procedure, and the \fIstringMatchProc\fR procedure if it provides the \fIstringReadProc\fR procedure. .SS NAME .PP \fIformatPtr->name\fR provides a name for the image type. Once \fBTk_CreatePhotoImageFormatVersion3\fR returns, this name may be used in the \fB\-format\fR photo image configuration and subcommand option. The manual page for the photo image (photo(n)) describes how image file formats are chosen based on their names and the value given to the \fB\-format\fR option. The first character of \fIformatPtr->name\fR must not be an uppercase character from the ASCII character set (that is, one of the characters \fBA\fR-\fBZ\fR). Such names are used only for legacy interface support (see below). .VS 8.7 .SS FILEMATCHPROC .PP \fIformatPtr->fileMatchProc\fR provides the address of a procedure for Tk to call when it is searching for an image file format handler suitable for reading data in a given file. \fIformatPtr->fileMatchProc\fR must match the following prototype: .CS typedef int \fBTk_ImageFileMatchProcVersion3\fR( Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR, Tcl_Channel \fIchan\fR, const char *\fIfileName\fR, Tcl_Obj *\fIformat\fR, Tcl_Obj *\fImetadataIn\fR, int *\fIwidthPtr\fR, int *\fIheightPtr\fR, Tcl_Obj *\fImetadataOut\fR); .CE The \fIfileName\fR argument is the name of the file containing the image data, which is open for reading as \fIchan\fR. The \fIformat\fR argument contains the value given for the \fB\-format\fR option, or NULL if the option was not specified. \fBmetadataIn\fR and \fBmetadataOut\fR inputs and returns a metadata dictionary as described in section \fBMETADATA INTERFACE\fR below. If the data in the file appears to be in the format supported by this handler, the \fIformatPtr->fileMatchProc\fR procedure should store the width and height of the image in *\fIwidthPtr\fR and *\fIheightPtr\fR respectively, and return 1. Otherwise it should return 0. .SS STRINGMATCHPROC .PP \fIformatPtr->stringMatchProc\fR provides the address of a procedure for Tk to call when it is searching for an image file format handler suitable for reading data from a given string. \fIformatPtr->stringMatchProc\fR must match the following prototype: .CS typedef int \fBTk_ImageStringMatchProcVersion3\fR( Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR, Tcl_Obj *\fIdata\fR, Tcl_Obj *\fIformat\fR, Tcl_Obj *\fImetadataIn\fR, int *\fIwidthPtr\fR, int *\fIheightPtr\fR, Tcl_Obj *\fImetadataOut\fR); .CE The \fIdata\fR argument points to the object containing the image data. The \fIformat\fR argument contains the value given for the \fB\-format\fR option, or NULL if the option was not specified. \fBmetadataIn\fR and \fBmetadataOut\fR inputs and returns a metadata dictionary as described in section \fBMETADATA INTERFACE\fR below. If the data in the string appears to be in the format supported by this handler, the \fIformatPtr->stringMatchProc\fR procedure should store the width and height of the image in *\fIwidthPtr\fR and *\fIheightPtr\fR respectively, and return 1. Otherwise it should return 0. .SS FILEREADPROC .PP \fIformatPtr->fileReadProc\fR provides the address of a procedure for Tk to call to read data from an image file into a photo image. \fIformatPtr->fileReadProc\fR must match the following prototype: .CS typedef int \fBTk_ImageFileReadProc\fR( Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR, Tcl_Channel \fIchan\fR, const char *\fIfileName\fR, Tcl_Obj *\fIformat\fR, Tcl_Obj *\fImetadataIn\fR, PhotoHandle \fIimageHandle\fR, int \fIdestX\fR, int \fIdestY\fR, int \fIwidth\fR, int \fIheight\fR, int \fIsrcX\fR, int \fIsrcY\fR, Tcl_Obj *\fImetadataOut\fR); .CE The \fIinterp\fR argument is the interpreter in which the command was invoked to read the image; it should be used for reporting errors. The image data is in the file named \fIfileName\fR, which is open for reading as \fIchan\fR. The \fIformat\fR argument contains the value given for the \fB\-format\fR option, or NULL if the option was not specified. The image data in the file, or a subimage of it, is to be read into the photo image identified by the handle \fIimageHandle\fR. The subimage of the data in the file is of dimensions \fIwidth\fR x \fIheight\fR and has its top-left corner at coordinates (\fIsrcX\fR,\fIsrcY\fR). It is to be stored in the photo image with its top-left corner at coordinates (\fIdestX\fR,\fIdestY\fR) using the \fBTk_PhotoPutBlock\fR procedure. \fBmetadataIn\fR and \fBmetadataOut\fR inputs and returns a metadata dictionary as described in section \fBMETADATA INTERFACE\fR below. The return value is a standard Tcl return value. .SS STRINGREADPROC .PP \fIformatPtr->stringReadProc\fR provides the address of a procedure for Tk to call to read data from a string into a photo image. \fIformatPtr->stringReadProc\fR must match the following prototype: .CS typedef int \fBTk_ImageStringReadProc\fR( Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR, Tcl_Obj *\fIdata\fR, Tcl_Obj *\fIformat\fR, Tcl_Obj *\fImetadataIn\fR, PhotoHandle \fIimageHandle\fR, int \fIdestX\fR, int \fIdestY\fR, int \fIwidth\fR, int \fIheight\fR, int \fIsrcX\fR, int \fIsrcY\fR, Tcl_Obj *\fImetadataOut\fR); .CE The \fIinterp\fR argument is the interpreter in which the command was invoked to read the image; it should be used for reporting errors. The \fIdata\fR argument points to the image data in object form. The \fIformat\fR argument contains the value given for the \fB\-format\fR option, or NULL if the option was not specified. The image data in the string, or a subimage of it, is to be read into the photo image identified by the handle \fIimageHandle\fR. The subimage of the data in the string is of dimensions \fIwidth\fR x \fIheight\fR and has its top-left corner at coordinates (\fIsrcX\fR,\fIsrcY\fR). It is to be stored in the photo image with its top-left corner at coordinates (\fIdestX\fR,\fIdestY\fR) using the \fBTk_PhotoPutBlock\fR procedure. \fBmetadataIn\fR and \fBmetadataOut\fR inputs and returns a metadata dictionary as described in section \fBMETADATA INTERFACE\fR below. The return value is a standard Tcl return value. .SS FILEWRITEPROC .PP \fIformatPtr->fileWriteProc\fR provides the address of a procedure for Tk to call to write data from a photo image to a file. \fIformatPtr->fileWriteProc\fR must match the following prototype: .CS typedef int \fBTk_ImageFileWriteProc\fR( Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR, const char *\fIfileName\fR, Tcl_Obj *\fIformat\fR, Tcl_Obj *\fImetadataIn\fR, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *\fIblockPtr\fR); .CE The \fIinterp\fR argument is the interpreter in which the command was invoked to write the image; it should be used for reporting errors. The image data to be written are in memory and are described by the Tk_PhotoImageBlock structure pointed to by \fIblockPtr\fR; see the manual page FindPhoto(3) for details. The \fIfileName\fR argument points to the string giving the name of the file in which to write the image data. The \fIformat\fR argument contains the value given for the \fB\-format\fR option, or NULL if the option was not specified. The format string can contain extra characters after the name of the format. If appropriate, the \fIformatPtr->fileWriteProc\fR procedure may interpret these characters to specify further details about the image file. \fBmetadataIn\fR may contain metadata keys that a driver may include into the output data. The return value is a standard Tcl return value. .SS STRINGWRITEPROC .PP \fIformatPtr->stringWriteProc\fR provides the address of a procedure for Tk to call to translate image data from a photo image into a string. \fIformatPtr->stringWriteProc\fR must match the following prototype: .CS typedef int \fBTk_ImageStringWriteProc\fR( Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR, Tcl_Obj *\fIformat\fR, Tcl_Obj *\fImetadataIn\fR, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *\fIblockPtr\fR); .CE The \fIinterp\fR argument is the interpreter in which the command was invoked to convert the image; it should be used for reporting errors. The image data to be converted are in memory and are described by the Tk_PhotoImageBlock structure pointed to by \fIblockPtr\fR; see the manual page FindPhoto(3) for details. The data for the string should be put in the interpreter \fIinterp\fR result. The \fIformat\fR argument contains the value given for the \fB\-format\fR option, or NULL if the option was not specified. The format string can contain extra characters after the name of the format. If appropriate, the \fIformatPtr->stringWriteProc\fR procedure may interpret these characters to specify further details about the image file. \fBmetadataIn\fR may contain metadata keys that a driver may include into the output data. The return value is a standard Tcl return value. .PP .SH "METADATA INTERFACE" .PP Image formats contain a description of the image bitmap and may contain additional information like image resolution or comments. Image metadata may be read from image files and passed to the script level by including dictionary keys into the metadata property of the image. Image metadata may be written to image data on file write or image data output. .PP .PP .SS "METADATA KEYS" .PP The metadata may contain any key. A driver will handle only a set of dictionary keys documented in the documentation. See the photo image manual page for currently defined keys for the system drivers. .PP The following rules may give guidance to name metadata keys: .RS Abreviation are in upper case .RE .RS Words are in US English in small case (except proper nouns) .RE .RS Vertical DPI is expressed as DPI/aspect. The reason is, that some image formats may feature aspect and no resolution value. .RE .SS "METADATA INPUT" .PP Each driver function gets a Tcl object pointer \fBmetadataIn\fR as parameter. This parameter serves to input a metadata dict to the driver function. It may be NULL to flag that the metadata dict is empty. .PP A typical driver code snipped to check for a metadata key is: .CS if (NULL != metadataIn) { Tcl_Obj *itemData; Tcl_DictObjGet(interp, metadataIn, Tcl_NewStringObj("Comment",-1), &itemData)); .CE .PP The \-metadata command option data of the following commands is passed to the driver: \fBimage create\fR, \fBconfigure\fR, \fBput\fR, \fBread\fR, \fBdata\fR and \fBwrite\fR. If no \-metadata command option available or not given, the metadata property of the image is passed to the driver using the following commands: \fBcget\fR, \fBconfigure\fR, \fBdata\fR and \fBwrite\fR. .PP Note that setting the \-metadata property of an image using \fBconfigure\fR without any other option does not invoke any driver function. .PP The metadata dictionary is not suited to pass options to the driver related to the bitmap representation, as the image bitmap is not recreated on a metadata change. The format string should be used for this purpose. .PP .SS "METADATA OUTPUT" .PP The image match and read driver functions may set keys in a prepared matadata dict to return them. Those functions get a Tcl object pointer \fBmetadataOut\fR as parameter. metadataOut may be NULL to indicate, that no metadata return is attended(\fBput\fR, \fBread\fR subcommands). \fBmetadataOut\fR is initialized to an empty unshared dict object if metadata return is attended (\fBimage create\fR command, \fBconfigure\fR subcommand). The driver may set dict keys in this object to return metadata. If a match function succeeds, the metadataOut pointer is passed to the corresponding read function. .PP A sample driver code snippet is: .CS if (NULL != metadataOut) { Tcl_DictObjPut(NULL, metadataOut, Tcl_NewStringObj("XMP",-1), Tcl_NewStringObj(xmpMetadata); .CE .PP The metadata keys returned by the driver are merged into the present metadata property of the image or into the metadata dict given by the \fB\-metadata\fR command line option. At the script level, the command \fBimage create\fR and the \fBconfigure\fR method may return metadata from the driver. .PP Format string options or metadata keys may influence the creation of metadata within the driver. For example, the creation of an expensive metadata key may depend on a format string option or on a metadata input key. .PP .VE 8.7 .SH "VERSION 2 INTERFACE" .PP Version 2 Interface does not include the possibility for the driver to use the metadata dict for input or output. .SS SYNOPSIS \fB#include <tk.h>\fR .sp \fBTk_CreatePhotoImageFormat\fR(\fIformatPtr\fR) .SS ARGUMENTS .AS "const Tk_PhotoImageFormat" *formatPtr .AP "const Tk_PhotoImageFormat" *formatPtr in Structure that defines the new file format. .BE .SS DESCRIPTION A driver using the version 2 interface invokes \fBTk_CreatePhotoImageFormat\fR for driver registration. The Tk_PhotoImageFormat structure contains the following fields: .CS typedef struct Tk_PhotoImageFormat { const char *\fIname\fR; Tk_ImageFileMatchProc *\fIfileMatchProc\fR; Tk_ImageStringMatchProc *\fIstringMatchProc\fR; Tk_ImageFileReadProc *\fIfileReadProc\fR; Tk_ImageStringReadProc *\fIstringReadProc\fR; Tk_ImageFileWriteProc *\fIfileWriteProc\fR; Tk_ImageStringWriteProc *\fIstringWriteProc\fR; } \fBTk_PhotoImageFormat\fR; .CE .PP .SS FILEMATCHPROC .PP \fIformatPtr->fileMatchProc\fR must match the following prototype: .CS typedef int \fBTk_ImageFileMatchProc\fR( Tcl_Channel \fIchan\fR, const char *\fIfileName\fR, Tcl_Obj *\fIformat\fR, int *\fIwidthPtr\fR, int *\fIheightPtr\fR, Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR); .CE .PP .SS STRINGMATCHPROC .PP \fIformatPtr->stringMatchProc\fR must match the following prototype: .CS typedef int \fBTk_ImageStringMatchProc\fR( Tcl_Obj *\fIdata\fR, Tcl_Obj *\fIformat\fR, int *\fIwidthPtr\fR, int *\fIheightPtr\fR, Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR); .CE .SS FILEREADPROC .PP \fIformatPtr->fileReadProc\fR must match the following prototype: .CS typedef int \fBTk_ImageFileReadProc\fR( Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR, Tcl_Channel \fIchan\fR, const char *\fIfileName\fR, Tcl_Obj *\fIformat\fR, PhotoHandle \fIimageHandle\fR, int \fIdestX\fR, int \fIdestY\fR, int \fIwidth\fR, int \fIheight\fR, int \fIsrcX\fR, int \fIsrcY\fR); .CE .SS STRINGREADPROC .PP \fIformatPtr->stringReadProc\fR must match the following prototype: .CS typedef int \fBTk_ImageStringReadProc\fR( Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR, Tcl_Obj *\fIdata\fR, Tcl_Obj *\fIformat\fR, PhotoHandle \fIimageHandle\fR, int \fIdestX\fR, int \fIdestY\fR, int \fIwidth\fR, int \fIheight\fR, int \fIsrcX\fR, int \fIsrcY\fR); .CE .SS FILEWRITEPROC .PP \fIformatPtr->fileWriteProc\fR must match the following prototype: .CS typedef int \fBTk_ImageFileWriteProc\fR( Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR, const char *\fIfileName\fR, Tcl_Obj *\fIformat\fR, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *\fIblockPtr\fR); .CE .SS STRINGWRITEPROC .PP \fIformatPtr->stringWriteProc\fR must match the following prototype: .CS typedef int \fBTk_ImageStringWriteProc\fR( Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR, Tcl_Obj *\fIformat\fR, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *\fIblockPtr\fR); .CE .PP .SH "LEGACY INTERFACE SUPPORT" .PP In Tk 8.2 and earlier, the definition of all the function pointer types stored in fields of a \fBTk_PhotoImageFormat\fR struct were incompatibly different. Legacy programs and libraries dating from those days may still contain code that defines extended Tk photo image formats using the old interface. The Tk header file will still support |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/GetHINSTANCE.3.
1 | '\" | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1998-2000 Scriptics Corporation. '\" All rights reserved. '\" .TH Tk_GetHISTANCE 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_GetHINSTANCE \- retrieve the global application instance handle |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/GetHWND.3.
1 | '\" | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1998-2000 Scriptics Corporation. '\" All rights reserved. '\" .TH HWND 3 8.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_GetHWND, Tk_AttachHWND \- manage interactions between the Windows handle and an X window |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/Grab.3.
1 | '\" | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1998-2000 Scriptics Corporation. '\" All rights reserved. '\" .TH Tk_Grab 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_Grab, Tk_Ungrab \- manipulate grab state in an application |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/HWNDToWindow.3.
1 | '\" | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1998-2000 Scriptics Corporation. '\" All rights reserved. '\" .TH Tk_HWNDToWindow 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_HWNDToWindow \- Find Tk's window information for a Windows window |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/Inactive.3.
1 | '\" | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1998-2000 Scriptics Corporation. '\" All rights reserved. '\" .TH Tk_GetUserInactiveTime 3 8.5 Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_GetUserInactiveTime, Tk_ResetUserInactiveTime \- discover user inactivity time |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/TextLayout.3.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
104 105 106 107 108 109 110 | The index of the first character to draw from the given text layout. The number 0 means to draw from the beginning. .AP int lastChar in The index of the last character up to which to draw. The character specified by \fIlastChar\fR itself will not be drawn. A number less than 0 means to draw all characters in the text layout. .AP int underline in | | > | | 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 | The index of the first character to draw from the given text layout. The number 0 means to draw from the beginning. .AP int lastChar in The index of the last character up to which to draw. The character specified by \fIlastChar\fR itself will not be drawn. A number less than 0 means to draw all characters in the text layout. .AP int underline in Index of the single character to underline in the text layout, or a negative number counting backwards from the end of the string. Any out-of-range number (e.g. INT_MIN) means no underline. .AP int index in The index of the character whose bounding box is desired. The bounding box is computed with respect to the upper-left hand corner of the text layout. .AP int "*xPtr, *yPtr" out Filled with the upper-left hand corner, in pixels, of the bounding box for the character specified by \fIindex\fR. Either or both \fIxPtr\fR and \fIyPtr\fR may be NULL, in which case the corresponding value |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/bind.n.
1 2 3 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" Copyright (c) 1998 Scriptics Corporation. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH bind n 8.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/chooseDirectory.n.
1 | '\" | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1998-2000 Scriptics Corporation. '\" All rights reserved. '\" .TH tk_chooseDirectory n 8.3 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/colors.n.
1 | '\" | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1998-2000 Scriptics Corporation. '\" Copyright (c) 2003 ActiveState Corporation. '\" Copyright (c) 2006-2007 Daniel A. Steffen <[email protected]> '\" Copyright (c) 2008 Donal K. Fellows '\" .TH colors n 8.3 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/console.n.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 | and output on the standard I/O channels on platforms that do not have a real console. It is implemented as a separate interpreter with the Tk toolkit loaded, and control over this interpreter is given through the \fBconsole\fR command. The behaviour of the console window is defined mainly through the contents of the \fIconsole.tcl\fR file in the Tk library. Except for TkAqua, this command is not available when Tk is loaded into a tclsh interpreter with | | | 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 | and output on the standard I/O channels on platforms that do not have a real console. It is implemented as a separate interpreter with the Tk toolkit loaded, and control over this interpreter is given through the \fBconsole\fR command. The behaviour of the console window is defined mainly through the contents of the \fIconsole.tcl\fR file in the Tk library. Except for TkAqua, this command is not available when Tk is loaded into a tclsh interpreter with .QW "\fBpackage require tk\fR" , as a conventional terminal is expected to be present in that case. In TkAqua, this command is disabled when there is a startup script and stdin is \fB/dev/null\fR (as is the case e.g. when a bundled application embedding Tk is started by the macOS Launcher). To enable the command in that case, define the environment variable \fBTK_CONSOLE\fR. This can be done by modifying the Info.plist file by adding the LSEnvironment key to the main dict and setting its value to be a dict with the key \fBTK_CONSOLE\fR. |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/cursors.n.
1 | '\" | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1998-2000 Scriptics Corporation. '\" All rights reserved. '\" '\" Copyright (c) 2006-2007 Daniel A. Steffen <[email protected]> '\" .TH cursors n 8.3 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/event.n.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 | This is sent to a text widget when the selection in the widget is changed. .TP \fB<<ThemeChanged>>\fR This is sent to all widgets when the ttk theme changed. The ttk widgets listen to this event and redisplay themselves when it fires. The legacy widgets ignore this event. .TP \fB<<TraverseIn>>\fR This is sent to a widget when the focus enters the widget because of a user-driven .QW "tab to widget" action. .TP | > > > > > > > > > | 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 | This is sent to a text widget when the selection in the widget is changed. .TP \fB<<ThemeChanged>>\fR This is sent to all widgets when the ttk theme changed. The ttk widgets listen to this event and redisplay themselves when it fires. The legacy widgets ignore this event. .TP \fB<<TkWorldChanged>>\fR . This event is sent to all widgets when a font is changed, for example, by the use of [font configure]. The user_data field (%d) will have the value "FontChanged". For other system wide changes, this event will be sent to all widgets, and the user_data field will indicate the cause of the change. NOTE: all tk and ttk widgets already handle this event internally. .TP \fB<<TraverseIn>>\fR This is sent to a widget when the focus enters the widget because of a user-driven .QW "tab to widget" action. .TP |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/grid.n.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
307 308 309 310 311 312 313 | is returned, most recently managed first. \fIOption\fR can be either \fB\-row\fR or \fB\-column\fR which causes only the content in the row (or column) specified by \fIvalue\fR to be returned. .TP \fBgrid slaves \fIwindow\fR ?\fI\-option value\fR? . | | | 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 | is returned, most recently managed first. \fIOption\fR can be either \fB\-row\fR or \fB\-column\fR which causes only the content in the row (or column) specified by \fIvalue\fR to be returned. .TP \fBgrid slaves \fIwindow\fR ?\fI\-option value\fR? . Synonym for \fBgrid content \fIwindow\fR ?\fI\-option value\fR?. .SH "RELATIVE PLACEMENT" .PP The \fBgrid\fR command contains a limited set of capabilities that permit layouts to be created without specifying the row and column information for each content. This permits content to be rearranged, added, or removed without the need to explicitly specify row and column information. |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/keysyms.n.
1 | '\" | | | | > > | | | | < | | | | | < | | > | < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1998-2000 Scriptics Corporation. '\" All rights reserved. '\" .TH keysyms n 8.3 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME keysyms \- keysyms recognized by Tk .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP Tk recognizes many keysyms when specifying key bindings (e.g., .QW "\fBbind\fR \fB. <\fR\fIkeysym\fR\fB>\fR" ). The following list enumerates the keysyms that will be recognized by Tk. Note that not all keysyms will be valid on all platforms, and some keysyms are also available on platforms that have a different native name for that key. For example, on Unix systems, the presence of a particular keysym is dependent on the configuration of the keyboard modifier map. This list shows keysyms along with their decimal and hexadecimal values. .PP .CS space 32 0x20 ! (exclam) 33 0x21 quotedbl 34 0x22 numbersign 35 0x23 dollar 36 0x24 % (percent) 37 0x25 & (ampersand) 38 0x26 ' (apostrophe) 39 0x27 ( (parenleft) 40 0x28 ) (parenright) 41 0x29 * (asterisk) 42 0x2A + (plus) 43 0x2B , (comma) 44 0x2C minus 45 0x2D . (period) 46 0x2E / (slash) 47 0x2F 0 48 0x30 1 49 0x31 2 50 0x32 3 51 0x33 4 52 0x34 5 53 0x35 6 54 0x36 7 55 0x37 8 56 0x38 9 57 0x39 : (colon) 58 0x3A semicolon 59 0x3B less 60 0x3C = (equal) 61 0x3D greater 62 0x3E ? (question) 63 0x3F @ (at) 64 0x40 A 65 0x41 B 66 0x42 C 67 0x43 D 68 0x44 E 69 0x45 F 70 0x46 G 71 0x47 |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
81 82 83 84 85 86 87 | W 87 0x57 X 88 0x58 Y 89 0x59 Z 90 0x5A bracketleft 91 0x5B backslash 92 0x5C bracketright 93 0x5D | | > | < | 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 | W 87 0x57 X 88 0x58 Y 89 0x59 Z 90 0x5A bracketleft 91 0x5B backslash 92 0x5C bracketright 93 0x5D ^ (asciicircum) 94 0x5E _ (underscore) 95 0x5F ` (grave) 96 0x60 a 97 0x61 b 98 0x62 c 99 0x63 d 100 0x64 e 101 0x65 f 102 0x66 g 103 0x67 |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
111 112 113 114 115 116 117 | u 117 0x75 v 118 0x76 w 119 0x77 x 120 0x78 y 121 0x79 z 122 0x7A braceleft 123 0x7B | | | < | | | < < | | | | | > | > > < | | < | | | | | < | | | < | < > | | | | > > | > > < | | | | | < | | | | | | | | | | | | > | | > < | < | | > | | | | < | | > | | | | | < | | > > | | < | | | | < | | | | | | | | | > | | | > > > < < | 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 | u 117 0x75
v 118 0x76
w 119 0x77
x 120 0x78
y 121 0x79
z 122 0x7A
braceleft 123 0x7B
| (bar) 124 0x7C
braceright 125 0x7D
~ (asciitilde) 126 0x7E
nobreakspace 160 0xA0
\(r! (exclamdown) 161 0xA1
\(ct (cent) 162 0xA2
\(Po (sterling) 163 0xA3
\(Cs (currency) 164 0xA4
\(Ye (yen) 165 0xA5
\(bb (brokenbar) 166 0xA6
\(sc (section) 167 0xA7
\(ad (diaeresis) 168 0xA8
\(co (copyright) 169 0xA9
\(Of (ordfeminine) 170 0xAA
\(Fo (guillemotleft) 171 0xAB
\(no (notsign) 172 0xAC
hyphen 173 0xAD
\(rg (registered) 174 0xAE
\(a- (macron) 175 0xAF
\(de (degree) 176 0xB0
\(+- (plusminus) 177 0xB1
\(S2 (twosuperior) 178 0xB2
\(S3 (threesuperior) 179 0xB3
\(aa (acute) 180 0xB4
\(mc (mu) 181 0xB5
\(ps (paragraph) 182 0xB6
\(pc (periodcentered) 183 0xB7
\(ac (cedilla) 184 0xB8
\(S1 (onesuperior) 185 0xB9
\(Om (masculine) 186 0xBA
\(Fc (guillemotright) 187 0xBB
\(14 (onequarter) 188 0xBC
\(12 (onehalf) 189 0xBD
\(34 (threequarters) 190 0xBE
\(r? (questiondown) 191 0xBF
\(`A (Agrave) 192 0xC0
\('A (Aacute) 193 0xC1
\(^A (Acircumflex) 194 0xC2
\(~A (Atilde) 195 0xC3
\(:A (Adiaeresis) 196 0xC4
\(oA (Aring) 197 0xC5
\(AE (AE) 198 0xC6
\(,C (Ccedilla) 199 0xC7
\(`E (Egrave) 200 0xC8
\('E (Eacute) 201 0xC9
\(^E (Ecircumflex) 202 0xCA
\(:E (Ediaeresis) 203 0xCB
\(`I (Igrave) 204 0xCC
\('I (Iacute) 205 0xCD
\(^I (Icircumflex) 206 0xCE
\(:I (Idiaeresis) 207 0xCF
\(-D (ETH) 208 0xD0
\(~N (Ntilde) 209 0xD1
\(`O (Ograve) 210 0xD2
\('O (Oacute) 211 0xD3
\(^O (Ocircumflex) 212 0xD4
\(~O (Otilde) 213 0xD5
\(:O (Odiaeresis) 214 0xD6
\(mu (multiply) 215 0xD7
\(/O (Oslash) 216 0xD8
\(`U (Ugrave) 217 0xD9
\('U (Uacute) 218 0xDA
\(^U (Ucircumflex) 219 0xDB
\(:U (Udiaeresis) 220 0xDC
\('Y (Yacute) 221 0xDD
\(TP (THORN) 222 0xDE
\(ss (ssharp) 223 0xDF
\(`a (agrave) 224 0xE0
\('a (aacute) 225 0xE1
\(^a (acircumflex) 226 0xE2
\(~a (atilde) 227 0xE3
\(:a (adiaeresis) 228 0xE4
\(oa (aring) 229 0xE5
\(ae (ae) 230 0xE6
\(,c (ccedilla) 231 0xE7
\(`e (egrave) 232 0xE8
\('e (eacute) 233 0xE9
\(^e (ecircumflex) 234 0xEA
\(:e (ediaeresis) 235 0xEB
\(`i (igrave) 236 0xEC
\('i (iacute) 237 0xED
\(^i (icircumflex) 238 0xEE
\(:i (idiaeresis) 239 0xEF
\(Sd (eth) 240 0xF0
\(~n (ntilde) 241 0xF1
\(`o (ograve) 242 0xF2
\('o (oacute) 243 0xF3
\(^o (ocircumflex) 244 0xF4
\(~o (otilde) 245 0xF5
\(:o (odiaeresis) 246 0xF6
\(di (division) 247 0xF7
\(/o (oslash) 248 0xF8
\(`u (ugrave) 249 0xF9
\('u (uacute) 250 0xFA
\(^u (ucircumflex) 251 0xFB
\(:u (udiaeresis) 252 0xFC
\('y (yacute) 253 0xFD
\(Tp (thorn) 254 0xFE
\(:y (ydiaeresis) 255 0xFF
.CE
.CS
Aogonek 417 0x1A1
breve 418 0x1A2
Lstroke 419 0x1A3
Lcaron 421 0x1A5
Sacute 422 0x1A6
Scaron 425 0x1A9
Scedilla 426 0x1AA
Tcaron 427 0x1AB
Zacute 428 0x1AC
Zcaron 430 0x1AE
Zabovedot 431 0x1AF
aogonek 433 0x1B1
ogonek 434 0x1B2
lstroke 435 0x1B3
lcaron 437 0x1B5
sacute 438 0x1B6
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 | kana_RU 1241 0x4D9 kana_RE 1242 0x4DA kana_RO 1243 0x4DB kana_WA 1244 0x4DC kana_N 1245 0x4DD voicedsound 1246 0x4DE semivoicedsound 1247 0x4DF Arabic_comma 1452 0x5AC Arabic_semicolon 1467 0x5BB Arabic_question_mark 1471 0x5BF Arabic_hamza 1473 0x5C1 Arabic_maddaonalef 1474 0x5C2 Arabic_hamzaonalef 1475 0x5C3 Arabic_hamzaonwaw 1476 0x5C4 | > > | 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 | kana_RU 1241 0x4D9 kana_RE 1242 0x4DA kana_RO 1243 0x4DB kana_WA 1244 0x4DC kana_N 1245 0x4DD voicedsound 1246 0x4DE semivoicedsound 1247 0x4DF .CE .CS Arabic_comma 1452 0x5AC Arabic_semicolon 1467 0x5BB Arabic_question_mark 1471 0x5BF Arabic_hamza 1473 0x5C1 Arabic_maddaonalef 1474 0x5C2 Arabic_hamzaonalef 1475 0x5C3 Arabic_hamzaonwaw 1476 0x5C4 |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
425 426 427 428 429 430 431 | Arabic_ghain 1498 0x5DA Arabic_tatweel 1504 0x5E0 Arabic_feh 1505 0x5E1 Arabic_qaf 1506 0x5E2 Arabic_kaf 1507 0x5E3 Arabic_lam 1508 0x5E4 Arabic_meem 1509 0x5E5 | < < | 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 | Arabic_ghain 1498 0x5DA Arabic_tatweel 1504 0x5E0 Arabic_feh 1505 0x5E1 Arabic_qaf 1506 0x5E2 Arabic_kaf 1507 0x5E3 Arabic_lam 1508 0x5E4 Arabic_meem 1509 0x5E5 Arabic_noon 1510 0x5E6 Arabic_ha 1511 0x5E7 Arabic_waw 1512 0x5E8 Arabic_alefmaksura 1513 0x5E9 Arabic_yeh 1514 0x5EA Arabic_fathatan 1515 0x5EB Arabic_dammatan 1516 0x5EC |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 | Cyrillic_CHE 1790 0x6FE Cyrillic_HARDSIGN 1791 0x6FF Greek_ALPHAaccent 1953 0x7A1 Greek_EPSILONaccent 1954 0x7A2 Greek_ETAaccent 1955 0x7A3 Greek_IOTAaccent 1956 0x7A4 Greek_IOTAdieresis 1957 0x7A5 Greek_OMICRONaccent 1959 0x7A7 Greek_UPSILONaccent 1960 0x7A8 Greek_UPSILONdieresis 1961 0x7A9 Greek_OMEGAaccent 1963 0x7AB Greek_accentdieresis 1966 0x7AE Greek_horizbar 1967 0x7AF Greek_alphaaccent 1969 0x7B1 Greek_epsilonaccent 1970 0x7B2 Greek_etaaccent 1971 0x7B3 Greek_iotaaccent 1972 0x7B4 | > > | 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 | Cyrillic_CHE 1790 0x6FE Cyrillic_HARDSIGN 1791 0x6FF Greek_ALPHAaccent 1953 0x7A1 Greek_EPSILONaccent 1954 0x7A2 Greek_ETAaccent 1955 0x7A3 Greek_IOTAaccent 1956 0x7A4 Greek_IOTAdieresis 1957 0x7A5 Greek_IOTAaccentdiaeresis 1958 0x7A6 Greek_OMICRONaccent 1959 0x7A7 Greek_UPSILONaccent 1960 0x7A8 Greek_UPSILONdieresis 1961 0x7A9 Greek_UPSILONaccentdieresis 1962 0x7AA Greek_OMEGAaccent 1963 0x7AB Greek_accentdieresis 1966 0x7AE Greek_horizbar 1967 0x7AF Greek_alphaaccent 1969 0x7B1 Greek_epsilonaccent 1970 0x7B2 Greek_etaaccent 1971 0x7B3 Greek_iotaaccent 1972 0x7B4 |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 | Greek_finalsmallsigma 2035 0x7F3 Greek_tau 2036 0x7F4 Greek_upsilon 2037 0x7F5 Greek_phi 2038 0x7F6 Greek_chi 2039 0x7F7 Greek_psi 2040 0x7F8 Greek_omega 2041 0x7F9 leftradical 2209 0x8A1 topleftradical 2210 0x8A2 horizconnector 2211 0x8A3 topintegral 2212 0x8A4 botintegral 2213 0x8A5 vertconnector 2214 0x8A6 topleftsqbracket 2215 0x8A7 | > > | 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 | Greek_finalsmallsigma 2035 0x7F3 Greek_tau 2036 0x7F4 Greek_upsilon 2037 0x7F5 Greek_phi 2038 0x7F6 Greek_chi 2039 0x7F7 Greek_psi 2040 0x7F8 Greek_omega 2041 0x7F9 .CE .CS leftradical 2209 0x8A1 topleftradical 2210 0x8A2 horizconnector 2211 0x8A3 topintegral 2212 0x8A4 botintegral 2213 0x8A5 vertconnector 2214 0x8A6 topleftsqbracket 2215 0x8A7 |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
629 630 631 632 633 634 635 | topleftsummation 2225 0x8B1 botleftsummation 2226 0x8B2 topvertsummationconnector 2227 0x8B3 botvertsummationconnector 2228 0x8B4 toprightsummation 2229 0x8B5 botrightsummation 2230 0x8B6 rightmiddlesummation 2231 0x8B7 | < < | 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 | topleftsummation 2225 0x8B1 botleftsummation 2226 0x8B2 topvertsummationconnector 2227 0x8B3 botvertsummationconnector 2228 0x8B4 toprightsummation 2229 0x8B5 botrightsummation 2230 0x8B6 rightmiddlesummation 2231 0x8B7 lessthanequal 2236 0x8BC notequal 2237 0x8BD greaterthanequal 2238 0x8BE integral 2239 0x8BF therefore 2240 0x8C0 variation 2241 0x8C1 infinity 2242 0x8C2 |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 | hebrew_pe 3316 0xCF4 hebrew_finalzade 3317 0xCF5 hebrew_zade 3318 0xCF6 hebrew_qoph 3319 0xCF7 hebrew_resh 3320 0xCF8 hebrew_shin 3321 0xCF9 hebrew_taw 3322 0xCFA Thai_kokai 3489 0xDA1 Thai_khokhai 3490 0xDA2 Thai_khokhuat 3491 0xDA3 Thai_khokhwai 3492 0xDA4 Thai_khokhon 3493 0xDA5 Thai_khorakhang 3494 0xDA6 Thai_ngongu 3495 0xDA7 | > > | 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 | hebrew_pe 3316 0xCF4 hebrew_finalzade 3317 0xCF5 hebrew_zade 3318 0xCF6 hebrew_qoph 3319 0xCF7 hebrew_resh 3320 0xCF8 hebrew_shin 3321 0xCF9 hebrew_taw 3322 0xCFA .CE .CS Thai_kokai 3489 0xDA1 Thai_khokhai 3490 0xDA2 Thai_khokhuat 3491 0xDA3 Thai_khokhwai 3492 0xDA4 Thai_khokhon 3493 0xDA5 Thai_khorakhang 3494 0xDA6 Thai_ngongu 3495 0xDA7 |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
990 991 992 993 994 995 996 | Hangul_J_PanSios 3832 0xEF8 Hangul_J_KkogjiDalrinIeung 3833 0xEF9 Hangul_J_YeorinHieuh 3834 0xEFA Korean_Won 3839 0xEFF OE 5052 0x13BC oe 5053 0x13BD Ydiaeresis 5054 0x13BE | | > > | 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 | Hangul_J_PanSios 3832 0xEF8 Hangul_J_KkogjiDalrinIeung 3833 0xEF9 Hangul_J_YeorinHieuh 3834 0xEFA Korean_Won 3839 0xEFF OE 5052 0x13BC oe 5053 0x13BD Ydiaeresis 5054 0x13BE \(eu (EuroSign) 8364 0x20AC .CE .CS 3270_Duplicate 64769 0xFD01 3270_FieldMark 64770 0xFD02 3270_Right2 64771 0xFD03 3270_Left2 64772 0xFD04 3270_BackTab 64773 0xFD05 3270_EraseEOF 64774 0xFD06 3270_EraseInput 64775 0xFD07 |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 | Pointer_Drag3 65271 0xFEF7 Pointer_Drag4 65272 0xFEF8 Pointer_EnableKeys 65273 0xFEF9 Pointer_Accelerate 65274 0xFEFA Pointer_DfltBtnNext 65275 0xFEFB Pointer_DfltBtnPrev 65276 0xFEFC Pointer_Drag5 65277 0xFEFD BackSpace 65288 0xFF08 Tab 65289 0xFF09 Linefeed 65290 0xFF0A Clear 65291 0xFF0B Return 65293 0xFF0D Pause 65299 0xFF13 Scroll_Lock 65300 0xFF14 | > > | 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 | Pointer_Drag3 65271 0xFEF7 Pointer_Drag4 65272 0xFEF8 Pointer_EnableKeys 65273 0xFEF9 Pointer_Accelerate 65274 0xFEFA Pointer_DfltBtnNext 65275 0xFEFB Pointer_DfltBtnPrev 65276 0xFEFC Pointer_Drag5 65277 0xFEFD .CE .CS BackSpace 65288 0xFF08 Tab 65289 0xFF09 Linefeed 65290 0xFF0A Clear 65291 0xFF0B Return 65293 0xFF0D Pause 65299 0xFF13 Scroll_Lock 65300 0xFF14 |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 | Up 65362 0xFF52 Right 65363 0xFF53 Down 65364 0xFF54 Prior 65365 0xFF55 Next 65366 0xFF56 End 65367 0xFF57 Begin 65368 0xFF58 | < < < < < | | 1219 1220 1221 1222 1223 1224 1225 1226 1227 1228 1229 1230 1231 1232 1233 1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 | Up 65362 0xFF52 Right 65363 0xFF53 Down 65364 0xFF54 Prior 65365 0xFF55 Next 65366 0xFF56 End 65367 0xFF57 Begin 65368 0xFF58 Select 65376 0xFF60 Print 65377 0xFF61 Execute 65378 0xFF62 Insert 65379 0xFF63 Undo 65381 0xFF65 Redo 65382 0xFF66 Menu (App) 65383 0xFF67 Find 65384 0xFF68 Cancel 65385 0xFF69 Help 65386 0xFF6A Break 65387 0xFF6B Mode_switch 65406 0xFF7E Num_Lock 65407 0xFF7F KP_Space 65408 0xFF80 |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1309 1310 1311 1312 1313 1314 1315 | Control_R 65508 0xFFE4 Caps_Lock 65509 0xFFE5 Shift_Lock 65510 0xFFE6 Meta_L 65511 0xFFE7 Meta_R 65512 0xFFE8 Alt_L 65513 0xFFE9 Alt_R 65514 0xFFEA | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 1312 1313 1314 1315 1316 1317 1318 1319 1320 1321 1322 1323 1324 1325 1326 1327 1328 1329 1330 1331 1332 1333 1334 1335 1336 1337 1338 1339 1340 1341 1342 | Control_R 65508 0xFFE4 Caps_Lock 65509 0xFFE5 Shift_Lock 65510 0xFFE6 Meta_L 65511 0xFFE7 Meta_R 65512 0xFFE8 Alt_L 65513 0xFFE9 Alt_R 65514 0xFFEA Super_L (Win_L) 65515 0xFFEB Super_R (Win_R) 65516 0xFFEC Hyper_L 65517 0xFFED Hyper_R 65518 0xFFEE braille_dot_1 65521 0xFFF1 braille_dot_2 65522 0xFFF2 braille_dot_3 65523 0xFFF3 braille_dot_4 65524 0xFFF4 braille_dot_5 65525 0xFFF5 braille_dot_6 65526 0xFFF6 braille_dot_7 65527 0xFFF7 braille_dot_8 65528 0xFFF8 braille_dot_9 65529 0xFFF9 braille_dot_10 65530 0xFFFA Delete 65535 0xFFFF .CE .CS SunFA_Grave 268828416 0x1005FF00 SunFA_Circum 268828417 0x1005FF01 SunFA_Tilde 268828418 0x1005FF02 SunFA_Acute 268828419 0x1005FF03 SunFA_Diaeresis 268828420 0x1005FF04 SunFA_Cedilla 268828421 0x1005FF05 SunF36 268828432 0x1005FF10 |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/listbox.n.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
559 560 561 562 563 564 565 | extend the selection to the active element just as if button 1 had been pressed with the Shift key down. .IP [16] In \fBextended\fR mode, the Escape key cancels the most recent selection and restores all the elements in the selected range to their previous selection state. .IP [17] | | | 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 | extend the selection to the active element just as if button 1 had been pressed with the Shift key down. .IP [16] In \fBextended\fR mode, the Escape key cancels the most recent selection and restores all the elements in the selected range to their previous selection state. .IP [17] Control-/ selects everything in the widget, except in \fBsingle\fR and \fBbrowse\fR modes, in which case it selects the active element and deselects everything else. .IP [18] Control-backslash deselects everything in the widget, except in \fBbrowse\fR mode where it has no effect. .IP [19] The F16 key (labelled Copy on many Sun workstations) or Meta-w |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/menu.n.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
36 37 38 39 40 41 42 | .OP \-tearoff tearOff TearOff This option must have a proper boolean value (default is false), which specifies whether or not the menu should include a tear-off entry at the top. If so, it will exist as entry 0 of the menu and the other entries will number starting at 1. The default menu bindings arrange for the menu to be torn off when the tear-off entry is invoked. | | | | 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 | .OP \-tearoff tearOff TearOff This option must have a proper boolean value (default is false), which specifies whether or not the menu should include a tear-off entry at the top. If so, it will exist as entry 0 of the menu and the other entries will number starting at 1. The default menu bindings arrange for the menu to be torn off when the tear-off entry is invoked. This option is ignored under Aqua/MacOS, where menus cannot be torn off. .OP \-tearoffcommand tearOffCommand TearOffCommand If this option has a non-empty value, then it specifies a Tcl command to invoke whenever the menu is torn off. The actual command will consist of the value of this option, followed by a space, followed by the name of the menu window, followed by a space, followed by the name of the name of the torn off menu window. For example, if the option's value is .QW "\fBa b\fR" and menu \fB.x.y\fR is torn off to create a new menu \fB.x.tearoff1\fR, then the command .QW "\fBa b .x.y .x.tearoff1\fR" will be invoked. This option is ignored under Aqua/MacOS, where menus cannot be torn off. .OP \-title title Title The string will be used to title the window created when this menu is torn off. If the title is NULL, then the window will have the title of the menubutton or the text of the cascade item from which this menu was invoked. .OP \-type type Type |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
312 313 314 315 316 317 318 | indicator of which entry of the menu to operate on. These indicators are called \fIindex\fRes and may be specified in any of the following forms: .TP 12 \fBactive\fR . Indicates the entry that is currently active. If no entry is | | | | | > > > > | 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 | indicator of which entry of the menu to operate on. These
indicators are called \fIindex\fRes and may be specified in
any of the following forms:
.TP 12
\fBactive\fR
.
Indicates the entry that is currently active. If no entry is
active then this form is equivalent to \fB{}\fR. This form may
not be abbreviated.
.TP 12
\fBend\fR
.
Indicates the bottommost entry in the menu. If there are no
entries in the menu then this form is equivalent to \fB{}\fR.
This form may not be abbreviated.
.TP 12
\fBlast\fR
.
Same as \fBend\fR.
.TP 12
\fB{}\fR
.
Indicates
.QW "no entry at all" ;
this is used most commonly with
the \fBactivate\fR option to deactivate all the entries in the
menu. In most cases the specification of \fB{}\fR causes
nothing to happen in the widget command.
.TP 12
\fBnone\fR
.
Same as \fB{}\fR
This form may not be abbreviated.
.TP 12
\[email protected]\fInumber\fR
.
In this form, \fInumber\fR is treated as a y-coordinate in the
menu's window; the entry closest to that y-coordinate is used.
For example,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
367 368 369 370 371 372 373 | The following widget commands are possible for menu widgets: .TP \fIpathName \fBactivate \fIindex\fR . Change the state of the entry indicated by \fIindex\fR to \fBactive\fR and redisplay it using its active colors. Any previously-active entry is deactivated. If \fIindex\fR | | | 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 | The following widget commands are possible for menu widgets:
.TP
\fIpathName \fBactivate \fIindex\fR
.
Change the state of the entry indicated by \fIindex\fR to \fBactive\fR
and redisplay it using its active colors.
Any previously-active entry is deactivated. If \fIindex\fR
is specified as \fBnone\fR or \fB{}\fR, or if the specified entry is
disabled, then the menu ends up with no active entry.
Returns an empty string.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBadd \fItype \fR?\fIoption value option value ...\fR?
.
Add a new entry to the bottom of the menu. The new entry's type
is given by \fItype\fR and must be one of \fBcascade\fR,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
443 444 445 446 447 448 449 | If no \fIoptions\fR are specified, returns a list describing the current options for entry \fIindex\fR (see \fBTk_ConfigureInfo\fR for information on the format of this list). .TP \fIpathName \fBindex \fIindex\fR . Returns the numerical index corresponding to \fIindex\fR, or | | | 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 | If no \fIoptions\fR are specified, returns a list describing
the current options for entry \fIindex\fR (see \fBTk_ConfigureInfo\fR for
information on the format of this list).
.TP
\fIpathName \fBindex \fIindex\fR
.
Returns the numerical index corresponding to \fIindex\fR, or
\fBnone\fR if \fIindex\fR was specified as \fBnone\fR or \fB{}\fR.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBinsert \fIindex type \fR?\fIoption value option value ...\fR?
.
Same as the \fBadd\fR widget command except that it inserts the new
entry just before the entry given by \fIindex\fR, instead of appending
to the end of the menu. The \fItype\fR, \fIoption\fR, and \fIvalue\fR
arguments have the same interpretation as for the \fBadd\fR widget
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
519 520 521 522 523 524 525 | .SH "MENU ENTRY OPTIONS" The following options are allowed on menu entries. Most options are not supported by all entry types. .TP \fB\-activebackground \fIvalue\fR . Specifies a background color to use for displaying this entry when it | | | | > | | | 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 | .SH "MENU ENTRY OPTIONS" The following options are allowed on menu entries. Most options are not supported by all entry types. .TP \fB\-activebackground \fIvalue\fR . Specifies a background color to use for displaying this entry when it is active. This option is ignored on Aqua/MacOS. If it is specified as an empty string (the default), then the \fB\-activebackground\fR option for the overall menu is used. If the \fBtk_strictMotif\fR variable has been set to request strict Motif compliance, then this option is ignored and the \fB\-background\fR option is used in its place. This option is not available for separator or tear-off entries. .TP \fB\-activeforeground \fIvalue\fR . Specifies a foreground color to use for displaying this entry when it is active. This option is ignored on Aqua/macOS. If this option is specified as an empty string (the default), then the \fB\-activeforeground\fR option for the overall menu is used. This option is not available for separator or tear-off entries. .TP \fB\-accelerator \fIvalue\fR . Specifies a string to display at the right side of the menu entry. Normally describes an accelerator keystroke sequence that may be used to invoke the same function as the menu entry. This is a display option, it does not actually set the corresponding binding (which can be achieved using the \fBbind\fR command). This option is not available for separator or tear-off entries. .TP \fB\-background \fIvalue\fR . Specifies a background color to use for displaying this entry when it is in the normal state (neither active nor disabled). This option is ignored on Aqua/macOS. If it is specified as an empty string (the default), then the \fB\-background\fR option for the overall menu is used. This option is not available for separator or tear-off entries. .TP \fB\-bitmap \fIvalue\fR . Specifies a bitmap to display in the menu instead of a textual label, in any of the forms accepted by \fBTk_GetBitmap\fR. This option overrides the \fB\-label\fR option (as controlled by the \fB\-compound\fR option) but may be reset to an empty string to enable a textual label to be displayed. If a \fB\-image\fR option has been specified, it overrides \fB\-bitmap\fR. This option is not available for separator or tear-off entries. .TP \fB\-columnbreak \fIvalue\fR . When this option is zero, the entry appears below the previous entry. When this option is one, the entry appears at the top of a new column in the menu. This option is ignored on Aqua/macOS, where menus are always a single column. .TP \fB\-command \fIvalue\fR . Specifies a Tcl command to execute when the menu entry is invoked. Not available for separator or tear-off entries. .TP |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
599 600 601 602 603 604 605 | the \fB\-font\fR option for the overall menu is used. This option is not available for separator or tear-off entries. .TP \fB\-foreground \fIvalue\fR . Specifies a foreground color to use for displaying this entry when it is in the normal state (neither active nor disabled). | > | | 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 | the \fB\-font\fR option for the overall menu is used. This option is not available for separator or tear-off entries. .TP \fB\-foreground \fIvalue\fR . Specifies a foreground color to use for displaying this entry when it is in the normal state (neither active nor disabled). This option is ignored on Aqua/macOS. If it is specified as an empty string (the default), then the \fB\-foreground\fR option for the overall menu is used. This option is not available for separator or tear-off entries. .TP \fB\-hidemargin \fIvalue\fR . Specifies whether the standard margins should be drawn for this menu entry. This is useful when creating palette with images in them, i.e., |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/pack.n.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
162 163 164 165 166 167 168 | Returns a list of all of the content windows in the packing order for \fIwindow\fR. The order of the content windows in the list is the same as their order in the packing order. If \fIwindow\fR has no content then an empty string is returned. .TP \fBpack slaves \fIwindow\fR . | | | 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 | Returns a list of all of the content windows in the packing order for \fIwindow\fR. The order of the content windows in the list is the same as their order in the packing order. If \fIwindow\fR has no content then an empty string is returned. .TP \fBpack slaves \fIwindow\fR . Synonym for \fBpack content \fIwindow\fR. .SH "THE PACKER ALGORITHM" .PP For each container the packer maintains an ordered list of content windows called the \fIpacking list\fR. The \fB\-in\fR, \fB\-after\fR, and \fB\-before\fR configuration options are used to specify the container for each content and the content's position in the packing list. |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/photo.n.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 | .TP \fB\-height \fInumber\fR . Specifies the height of the image, in pixels. This option is useful primarily in situations where the user wishes to build up the contents of the image piece by piece. A value of zero (the default) allows the image to expand or shrink vertically to fit the data stored in it. .TP \fB\-palette \fIpalette-spec\fR . Specifies the resolution of the color cube to be allocated for displaying this image, and thus the number of colors used from the colormaps of the windows where it is displayed. The \fIpalette-spec\fR string may be either a single decimal number, | > > > > > > > > > > | 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 | .TP \fB\-height \fInumber\fR . Specifies the height of the image, in pixels. This option is useful primarily in situations where the user wishes to build up the contents of the image piece by piece. A value of zero (the default) allows the image to expand or shrink vertically to fit the data stored in it. .VS 8.7 .TP \fB\-metadata \fImetadata\fR . Set the metadata dictionary of the image. Additional keys may be set within the metadata dictionary of the image, if image data is processed due to a \fB\-file\fR or \fB\-data\fR options and the driver outputs any metadata keys. See section \fBMETADATA DICTIONARY\fR below. .VE 8.7 .TP \fB\-palette \fIpalette-spec\fR . Specifies the resolution of the color cube to be allocated for displaying this image, and thus the number of colors used from the colormaps of the windows where it is displayed. The \fIpalette-spec\fR string may be either a single decimal number, |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
142 143 144 145 146 147 148 | .PP The following commands are possible for photo images: .TP \fIimageName \fBblank\fR . Blank the image; that is, set the entire image to have no data, so it will be displayed as transparent, and the background of whatever | | | 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 | .PP The following commands are possible for photo images: .TP \fIimageName \fBblank\fR . Blank the image; that is, set the entire image to have no data, so it will be displayed as transparent, and the background of whatever window it is displayed in will show through. The metadata dict of the image is not changed. .TP \fIimageName \fBcget\fR \fIoption\fR . Returns the current value of the configuration option given by \fIoption\fR. \fIOption\fR may have any of the values accepted by the \fBimage create\fR \fBphoto\fR command. |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 | one named option (this list will be identical to the corresponding sublist of the value returned if no \fIoption\fR is specified). If one or more \fIoption\-value\fR pairs are specified, then the command modifies the given option(s) to have the given value(s); in this case the command returns an empty string. \fIOption\fR may have any of the values accepted by the \fBimage create\fR \fBphoto\fR command. .TP \fIimageName \fBcopy\fR \fIsourceImage\fR ?\fIoption value(s) ...\fR? . Copies a region from the image called \fIsourceImage\fR (which must be a photo image) to the image called \fIimageName\fR, possibly with pixel zooming and/or subsampling. If no options are specified, this command copies the whole of \fIsourceImage\fR into \fIimageName\fR, | > > > > | 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 | one named option (this list will be identical to the corresponding sublist of the value returned if no \fIoption\fR is specified). If one or more \fIoption\-value\fR pairs are specified, then the command modifies the given option(s) to have the given value(s); in this case the command returns an empty string. \fIOption\fR may have any of the values accepted by the \fBimage create\fR \fBphoto\fR command. .VS 8.7 Note: setting the \fB\-metadata\fR option without any other option will not invoke the image format driver to recreate the bitmap. .VE 8.7 .TP \fIimageName \fBcopy\fR \fIsourceImage\fR ?\fIoption value(s) ...\fR? . Copies a region from the image called \fIsourceImage\fR (which must be a photo image) to the image called \fIimageName\fR, possibly with pixel zooming and/or subsampling. If no options are specified, this command copies the whole of \fIsourceImage\fR into \fIimageName\fR, |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
283 284 285 286 287 288 289 | and excluding x2,y2. The default, if this option is not given, is the whole image. .TP \fB\-grayscale\fR . If this options is specified, the data will not contain color information. All pixel data will be transformed into grayscale. | < > > > > > > > > > > | 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 | and excluding x2,y2. The default, if this option is not given, is the whole image. .TP \fB\-grayscale\fR . If this options is specified, the data will not contain color information. All pixel data will be transformed into grayscale. .VS 8.7 .TP \fB\-metadata\fR \fImetadata\fR . Image format handler may use metadata to be included in the returned data string. The specified \fImetadata\fR is passed to the driver for inclusion in the data. If no \fB\-metadata\fR option is given, the current metadata of the image is used. .VE 8.7 .RE \fIimageName \fBget\fR \fIx y\fR ?\fB-withalpha\fR? . Returns the color of the pixel at coordinates (\fIx\fR,\fIy\fR) in the image as a list of three integers between 0 and 255, representing the red, green and blue components respectively. If the \fB-withalpha\fR option is specified, the returned list will have a fourth element representing the alpha value of the pixel as an integer between 0 and |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 | arguments to be passed to the format handler. Specifically, only image file format handlers whose names begin with \fIformat-name\fR will be used while searching for an image data format handler to read the data. Note: the value of this option must be a Tcl list. This means that the braces may be omitted if the argument has only one word. Also, instead of braces, double quotes may be used for quoting. .TP \fB\-to \fIx1 y1\fR ?\fIx2 y2\fR? . Specifies the coordinates of the top-left corner (\fIx1\fR,\fIy1\fR) of the region of \fIimageName\fR into which the image data will be copied. The default position is (0,0). If \fIx2\fR,\fIy2\fR is given and \fIdata\fR is not large enough to cover the rectangle specified by | > > > > > > > > > | 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 | arguments to be passed to the format handler. Specifically, only image file format handlers whose names begin with \fIformat-name\fR will be used while searching for an image data format handler to read the data. Note: the value of this option must be a Tcl list. This means that the braces may be omitted if the argument has only one word. Also, instead of braces, double quotes may be used for quoting. .VS 8.7 .TP \fB\-metadata\fR \fImetadata\fR . A specified \fImetadata\fR is passed to the image format driver when interpreting the data. Note: The current metadata of the image is not passed to the format driver and is not changed by the command. .VE 8.7 .TP \fB\-to \fIx1 y1\fR ?\fIx2 y2\fR? . Specifies the coordinates of the top-left corner (\fIx1\fR,\fIy1\fR) of the region of \fIimageName\fR into which the image data will be copied. The default position is (0,0). If \fIx2\fR,\fIy2\fR is given and \fIdata\fR is not large enough to cover the rectangle specified by |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 | Specifies a rectangular sub-region of the image file data to be copied to the destination image. If only \fIx1\fR and \fIy1\fR are specified, the region extends from (\fIx1,y1\fR) to the bottom-right corner of the image in the image file. If all four coordinates are specified, they specify diagonally opposite corners or the region. The default, if this option is not specified, is the whole of the image in the image file. .TP \fB\-shrink\fR . If this option, the size of \fIimageName\fR will be reduced, if necessary, so that the region into which the image file data are read is at the bottom-right corner of the \fIimageName\fR. This option will not affect the width or height of the image if the user has | > > > > > > > > > | 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 | Specifies a rectangular sub-region of the image file data to be copied to the destination image. If only \fIx1\fR and \fIy1\fR are specified, the region extends from (\fIx1,y1\fR) to the bottom-right corner of the image in the image file. If all four coordinates are specified, they specify diagonally opposite corners or the region. The default, if this option is not specified, is the whole of the image in the image file. .VS 8.7 .TP \fB\-metadata\fR \fImetadata\fR . A specified \fImetadata\fR is passed to the image format driver when interpreting the data. Note: The current metadata of the image is not passed to the format driver and is not changed by the command. .VE 8.7 .TP \fB\-shrink\fR . If this option, the size of \fIimageName\fR will be reduced, if necessary, so that the region into which the image file data are read is at the bottom-right corner of the \fIimageName\fR. This option will not affect the width or height of the image if the user has |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 | diagonally opposite corners of the rectangular region. The default, if this option is not given, is the whole image. .TP \fB\-grayscale\fR . If this options is specified, the data will not contain color information. All pixel data will be transformed into grayscale. .RE .SH "IMAGE FORMATS" .PP The photo image code is structured to allow handlers for additional image file formats to be added easily. The photo image code maintains a list of these handlers. Handlers are added to the list by registering them with a call to \fBTk_CreatePhotoImageFormat\fR. The | > > > > > > > > > > | 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 | diagonally opposite corners of the rectangular region. The default, if this option is not given, is the whole image. .TP \fB\-grayscale\fR . If this options is specified, the data will not contain color information. All pixel data will be transformed into grayscale. .VS 8.7 .TP \fB\-metadata\fR \fBmetadata\fR . Image format handler may use metadata to be included in the written file. The specified \fImetadata\fR is passed to the driver for inclusion in the file. If no \fB\-metadata\fR option is given, the current metadata of the image is used. .VE 8.7 .RE .SH "IMAGE FORMATS" .PP The photo image code is structured to allow handlers for additional image file formats to be added easily. The photo image code maintains a list of these handlers. Handlers are added to the list by registering them with a call to \fBTk_CreatePhotoImageFormat\fR. The |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 | The user can exercise some control over the number of colors that a photo image uses with the \fB\-palette\fR configuration option. If this option is used, it specifies the maximum number of shades of each primary color to try to allocate. It can also be used to force the image to be displayed in shades of gray, even on a color display, by giving a single number rather than three numbers separated by slashes. .SH CREDITS .PP The photo image type was designed and implemented by Paul Mackerras, based on his earlier photo widget and some suggestions from John Ousterhout. .SH EXAMPLE .PP | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 | The user can exercise some control over the number of colors that a photo image uses with the \fB\-palette\fR configuration option. If this option is used, it specifies the maximum number of shades of each primary color to try to allocate. It can also be used to force the image to be displayed in shades of gray, even on a color display, by giving a single number rather than three numbers separated by slashes. .VS 8.7 .SH "METADATA DICTIONARY" .PP Each image has a metadata dictionary property. This dictionary is not relevant to the bitmap representation of the image, but may contain additional information like resolution or comments. Image format drivers may output metadata when image data is parsed, or may use metadata to be included in image files or formats. .SS "METADATA KEYS" .PP Each image format driver supports an individual set of metadata dictionary keys. Predefined keys are: .TP DPI . Horizontal image resolution in DPI as a double value. Supported by format \fBpng\fR. .TP aspect . Aspect ratio horizontal divided by vertical as double value. Supported by formats \fBgif\fR and \fBpng\fR. .TP comment . Image text comment. Supported by formats \fBgif\fR and \fBpng\fR. .PP It is valid to set any key in the metadata dict. A format driver will ignore keys it does not handle. .PP .VE 8.7 .SH CREDITS .PP The photo image type was designed and implemented by Paul Mackerras, based on his earlier photo widget and some suggestions from John Ousterhout. .SH EXAMPLE .PP |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/place.n.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
193 194 195 196 197 198 199 | .TP \fBplace content \fIwindow\fR Returns a list of all the content windows for which \fIwindow\fR is the container. If there is no content for \fIwindow\fR then an empty string is returned. .TP \fBplace slaves \fIwindow\fR . | | | 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 | .TP \fBplace content \fIwindow\fR Returns a list of all the content windows for which \fIwindow\fR is the container. If there is no content for \fIwindow\fR then an empty string is returned. .TP \fBplace slaves \fIwindow\fR . Synonym for \fBplace content \fIwindow\fR. .PP If the configuration of a window has been retrieved with \fBplace info\fR, that configuration can be restored later by first using \fBplace forget\fR to erase any existing information for the window and then invoking \fBplace configure\fR with the saved information. .SH "FINE POINTS" |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Added doc/print.n.
> > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 | .\" Text automatically generated by txt2man '\" '\" Copyright (c) 2021 Kevin Walzer/WordTech Communications LLC. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. .TH tk print n "" Tk "Tk Built-in Commands" .so man.macros .SH NAME print \- Print canvas and text widgets using native dialogs and APIs. .SH SYNOPSIS \fBtk print \fIwindow\fR . .SH DESCRIPTION .PP The \fBtk print\fR command posts a dialog that allows users to print output from the \fBcanvas\fR and \fBtext\fR widgets. The printing will be done using platform-native APIs and dialogs where available. .PP The \fBcanvas\fR widget has long supported PostScript export and both PostScript and text files can be sent directly to a printer on Unix-like systems using the .QW "lp" and .QW "lpr" Unix commands, and the \fBtk print\fR command does not supersede that functionality; it builds on it. The \fBtk print\fR command is a fuller implementation that uses native dialogs on macOS and Windows, and a Tk-based dialog that provides parallel functionality on X11. .SH PLATFORM NOTES .TP \fBmacOS\fR . The Mac implementation uses native print dialogs and relies on the underlying Common Unix Printing System (CUPS) to render text output from the text widget and PostScript output from the canvas widget to the printer, to a PDF file, or a PostScript file. .TP \fBWindows\fR . The Windows implementation is based on the GDI (Graphics Device Interface) API. Because there are slight differences in how GDI and Tk's \fBcanvas\fR widget display graphics, printed output from the \fBcanvas\fR on Windows may not be identical to screen rendering. .TP \fBX11\fR . The X11 implementation uses a Tk GUI to configure print jobs for sending to a printer via the .QW "lpr" or .QW "lp" commands. While these commands have a large number of parameters for configuring print jobs, printers vary widely in how they support these parameters. As a result, only printer selection and number of copies are configured as arguments to the print command; many aspects of print rendering, such as grayscale or color for the canvas, are instead configured when PostScript is generated. .SH "SEE ALSO" canvas(n), text(n), tk(n) .SH KEYWORDS print, output, graphics, text, canvas |
Changes to doc/spinbox.n.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
220 221 222 223 224 225 226 | associated \fB\-textvariable\fR during validation, as that can cause the spinbox widget to become out of sync with the \fB\-textvariable\fR. .PP Also, the \fB-validate\fR option will set itself to \fBnone\fR when the spinbox value gets changed because of adjustment of \fB-from\fR or \fB-to\fR and the \fB-validatecommand\fR returns false. For instance .CS | | | 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 | associated \fB\-textvariable\fR during validation, as that can cause the
spinbox widget to become out of sync with the \fB\-textvariable\fR.
.PP
Also, the \fB-validate\fR option will set itself to \fBnone\fR when the
spinbox value gets changed because of adjustment of \fB-from\fR or \fB-to\fR
and the \fB-validatecommand\fR returns false. For instance
.CS
\fIspinbox pathName \-from 1 \-to 10 \-validate all \-validatecommand {return 0}\fR
.CE
will in fact set the \fB-validate\fR option to \fBnone\fR because the default
value for the spinbox gets changed (due to the \fB-from\fR and \fB-to\fR
options) to a value not accepted by the validation script.
.PP
Moreover, forced validation is performed when invoking any spinbutton of
the spinbox. If the validation script returns false in this situation,
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Added doc/sysnotify.n.
> > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 | .\" Text automatically generated by txt2man
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2020 Kevin Walzer/WordTech Communications LLC.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH tk sysnotify n "" Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.SH NAME
sysnotify \- Creates a notification window with a title and message.
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fBtk sysnotify\fR \fItitle\fR \fImessage\fR
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
The \fBtk sysnotify\fR command creates a platform-specific system notification alert. Its intent is to provide a brief, unobtrusive notification to the user by popping up a window that briefly appears in a corner of the screen.
.SH EXAMPLE
.PP
Here is an example of the \fBtk sysnotify\fR code:
.PP
.CS
tk sysnotify "Alert" \e
"This is just a test of the Tk System Notification Code."
.CE
.SH PLATFORM NOTES
.PP
The macOS and Windows versions are native implementations using system
API's. The X11 version has a conditional dependency on libnotify, and
falls back to a Tcl-only implementation if libnotify is not installed. On
each platform the notification includes a platform-specific default image to
accompany the text.
.TP
\fBmacOS\fR
.
The macOS version will request permission from the user to authorize
notifications. This must be activated in Apple's System Preferences
Notifications section.
.RS
.PP
If deploying an application using the standalone version of Wish.app,
setting the bundle ID in the applications Info.plist file to begin with
.QW \fBcom\fR
seems necessary for notifications to work. Using a different prefix
for the bundle ID, such as something like
.QW \fBtk.tcl.tkchat\fR ,
will cause notifications to silently fail.
.RE
.TP
\fBWindows\fR
.
The image is taken from the system tray, i.e., \fBsysnotify\fR can only be
called when a \fBsystray\fR was installed.
.
.SH KEYWORDS
notify, alert
|
Added doc/systray.n.
> > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 | .\" Text automatically generated by txt2man
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2020 Kevin Walzer/WordTech Communications LLC.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH tk systray n "" Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.SH NAME
systray \- Creates an icon display in the platform-specific system tray.
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fBtk systray create \fI-image image\fR \fI?-text text\fR? \fI?-button1 callback?\fR \fI?-button3 callback?\fR
.sp
\fBtk systray configure \fI?option? ?value option value ...?\fR
.sp
\fBtk systray destroy\fR
.BE
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
The \fBtk systray create\fR command creates an icon in the platform-specific
tray. The widget is configured with a Tk image for the icon display, an
optional string for display in a tooltip, and optional callbacks that are
bound to <Button-1> and <Button-3>.
.PP
The \fBtk systray configure\fR command sets one or more options of the systray
icon. Configurable options are the same as for the \fBcreate\fR subcommand. When
a single option name is given, the command returns the current valus of this
option. When no option is given this command returns the list of all options and
their current value.
.PP
The \fBtk systray destroy\fR command removes the icon from display and
deallocates it.
.PP
From a user-interface standpoint, only one icon per interpreter is
supported; attempts to create additional icons will return an error. The
existing tray icon can be modified with different images and
strings to indicate app state. Loading additional interpreters into a
running instance of Wish will allow additional icons to be displayed.
.SH EXAMPLE
.PP
Here is an example of the \fBtk systray\fR code:
.CS
image create photo book -data R0lGODlhDwAPAKIAAP//////AP8AAMDAwICAgAAAAAAAAAAAACwAAAAADwAPAAADSQhA2u5ksPeKABKSCaya29d4WKgERFF0l1IMQCAKatvBJ0OTdzzXI1xMB3TBZAvATtB6NSLKleXi3OBoLqrVgc0yv+DVSEUuFxIAOw==
tk systray create -image book -text "tk systray sample" -button1 {puts "Here is the tk systray output"} -button3 {puts "here is alternate output"}
.CE
.PP
Here is an example of modifying the \fBtk systray\fR icon:
.CS
image create photo book_page -data R0lGODlhCwAPAKIAAP//////AMDAwICAgAAA/wAAAAAAAAAAACwAAAAACwAPAAADMzi6CzAugiAgDGE68aB0RXgRJBFVX0SNpQlUWfahQOvSsgrX7eZJMlQMWBEYj8iQchlKAAA7
tk systray configure -image book_page -text "Updated sample" -button1 {puts "Different output from the tk systray"} -button3 {puts "and more different output from the tk systray"}
.CE
.SH PLATFORM NOTES
.PP
The X11 implementation is supported on a "best efforts" basis because it is
dependent on the window manager. The "text" flag, which is implemented as
a tooltip, does not always display if the WM does not support such features;
the systray icon itself may not even display with some window managers.
.PP
On Windows, the Tk image provided in the \fI-image\fR option must be a
photo image. On other platforms either a bitmap image or a photo image
may be provided.
.SH KEYWORDS
image, callback
|
Changes to doc/text.n.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1348 1349 1350 1351 1352 1353 1354 | given, then, within each range, only those characters which are not elided will be returned. This may have the effect that some of the returned ranges are empty strings. .TP \fIpathName \fBimage \fIoption \fR?\fIarg ...\fR? . This command is used to manipulate embedded images. The behavior of the | | | 1348 1349 1350 1351 1352 1353 1354 1355 1356 1357 1358 1359 1360 1361 1362 | given, then, within each range, only those characters which are not elided will be returned. This may have the effect that some of the returned ranges are empty strings. .TP \fIpathName \fBimage \fIoption \fR?\fIarg ...\fR? . This command is used to manipulate embedded images. The behavior of the command depends on the \fIoption\fR argument that follows the \fBimage\fR argument. The following forms of the command are currently supported: .RS .TP \fIpathName \fBimage cget \fIindex option\fR . Returns the value of a configuration option for an embedded image. \fIIndex\fR identifies the embedded image, and \fIoption\fR specifies a particular |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 2034 2035 | Tk automatically creates class bindings for texts that give them the following default behavior. In the descriptions below, .QW word is dependent on the value of the \fBtcl_wordchars\fR variable. See \fBtclvars\fR(n). .IP [1] | | | 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 2034 2035 2036 2037 2038 2039 2040 2041 2042 2043 | Tk automatically creates class bindings for texts that give them the following default behavior. In the descriptions below, .QW word is dependent on the value of the \fBtcl_wordchars\fR variable. See \fBtclvars\fR(n). .IP [1] Clicking mouse button 1 positions the insertion cursor at the closest edge of the character underneath the mouse cursor, sets the input focus to this widget, and clears any selection in the widget. Dragging with mouse button 1 strokes out a selection between the insertion cursor and the character under the mouse. .IP [2] Double-clicking with mouse button 1 selects the word under the mouse and positions the insertion cursor at the start of the word. Dragging after a |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/tk.n.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 | inactivity time is forbidden in safe interpreters and will throw an error if tried. .RE .TP \fBtk fontchooser \fIsubcommand\fR ... Controls the Tk font selection dialog. For more details see the \fBfontchooser\fR manual page. .TP \fBtk scaling \fR?\fB\-displayof \fIwindow\fR? ?\fInumber\fR? . Sets and queries the current scaling factor used by Tk to convert between physical units (for example, points, inches, or millimeters) and pixels. The \fInumber\fR argument is a floating point number that specifies the number of pixels per point on \fIwindow\fR's display. If the \fIwindow\fR argument is | > > > > > > > | 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 | inactivity time is forbidden in safe interpreters and will throw an error if tried. .RE .TP \fBtk fontchooser \fIsubcommand\fR ... Controls the Tk font selection dialog. For more details see the \fBfontchooser\fR manual page. .TP \fBtk print \fIwindow\fR . The \fBtk print\fR command posts a dialog that allows users to print output from the \fBcanvas\fR and \fBtext\fR widgets. The printing will be done using platform-native APIs and dialogs where available. For more details see the \fBprint\fR manual page. .TP \fBtk scaling \fR?\fB\-displayof \fIwindow\fR? ?\fInumber\fR? . Sets and queries the current scaling factor used by Tk to convert between physical units (for example, points, inches, or millimeters) and pixels. The \fInumber\fR argument is a floating point number that specifies the number of pixels per point on \fIwindow\fR's display. If the \fIwindow\fR argument is |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 | factor is set when the application starts, based on properties of the installed monitor, but it can be changed at any time. Measurements made after the scaling factor is changed will use the new scaling factor, but it is undefined whether existing widgets will resize themselves dynamically to accommodate the new scaling factor. .RE .TP \fBtk useinputmethods \fR?\fB\-displayof \fIwindow\fR? ?\fIboolean\fR? . Sets and queries the state of whether Tk should use XIM (X Input Methods) for filtering events. The resulting state is returned. XIM is used in some locales (i.e., Japanese, Korean), to handle special input devices. This feature is only significant on X. If XIM support is not available, this will always return 0. If the \fIwindow\fR argument is omitted, it defaults to the main window. If the \fIboolean\fR argument is omitted, the current state is returned. This is turned on by default for the main display. .TP \fBtk windowingsystem\fR . Returns the current Tk windowing system, one of \fBx11\fR (X11-based), \fBwin32\fR (MS Windows), or \fBaqua\fR (Mac OS X Aqua). .SH "SEE ALSO" | > > > > > > > > > > > > | | | 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 | factor is set when the application starts, based on properties of the installed monitor, but it can be changed at any time. Measurements made after the scaling factor is changed will use the new scaling factor, but it is undefined whether existing widgets will resize themselves dynamically to accommodate the new scaling factor. .RE .TP \fBtk sysnotify \fP \fItitle\fP? \fImessage\fP? . The \fBtk sysnotify\fP command creates a platform-specific system notification alert. Its intent is to provide a brief, unobtrusive notification to the user by popping up a window that briefly appears in a corner of the screen. For more details see the \fBsysnotify\fR manual page. .TP \fBtk systray create\fP \fIsubcommand...\fP . The \fBtk systray\fP command creates an icon in the platform-specific tray. For more details see the \fBsystray\fR manual page. .TP \fBtk useinputmethods \fR?\fB\-displayof \fIwindow\fR? ?\fIboolean\fR? . Sets and queries the state of whether Tk should use XIM (X Input Methods) for filtering events. The resulting state is returned. XIM is used in some locales (i.e., Japanese, Korean), to handle special input devices. This feature is only significant on X. If XIM support is not available, this will always return 0. If the \fIwindow\fR argument is omitted, it defaults to the main window. If the \fIboolean\fR argument is omitted, the current state is returned. This is turned on by default for the main display. .TP \fBtk windowingsystem\fR . Returns the current Tk windowing system, one of \fBx11\fR (X11-based), \fBwin32\fR (MS Windows), or \fBaqua\fR (Mac OS X Aqua). .SH "SEE ALSO" busy(n), fontchooser(n), print(n), send(n), sysnotify(n), systray(n), winfo(n) .SH KEYWORDS application name, print, send, sysnotify, systray '\" Local Variables: '\" mode: nroff '\" End: |
Changes to doc/tk_mac.n.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
214 215 216 217 218 219 220 | .SH "ADDITIONAL DIALOGS" .PP The Aqua/Mac OS X defines additional dialogs that applications should support. .TP \fB::tk::mac::standardAboutPanel\fR . | | | | > > > > | < > > > | 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 | .SH "ADDITIONAL DIALOGS" .PP The Aqua/Mac OS X defines additional dialogs that applications should support. .TP \fB::tk::mac::standardAboutPanel\fR . Brings the standard Cocoa about panel to the front with information filled in from the application bundle files. The panel displays the application icon and the values associated to the info.plist keys named CFBundleName, CFBundleShortVersionString, NSAboutPanelOptionVersion and NSHumanReadableCopyright. If a file named \fICredits.html\fR or \fICredits.rtf\fR exists in the bundle's Resources directory then its contents will be displayed in a scrolling text box at the bottom of the dialog. See the documentation for -[NSApplication orderFrontStandardAboutPanelWithOptions:] for more details. A hook is also provided for a custom About dialog. If a Tcl proc named tkAboutDialog is defined in the main interpreter then that procedure will be called instead of opening the standardAboutPanel. .SH "SYSTEM CONFIGURATION" .PP There are a number of additional global configuration options that control the details of how Tk renders by default. .TP \fB::tk::mac::useCompatibilityMetrics \fIboolean\fR . |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/tkvars.n.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 | This variable holds the file name for a directory containing a library of Tcl scripts related to Tk. These scripts include an initialization file that is normally processed whenever a Tk application starts up, plus other files containing procedures that implement default behaviors for widgets. .RS .PP | | | 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 | This variable holds the file name for a directory containing a library of Tcl scripts related to Tk. These scripts include an initialization file that is normally processed whenever a Tk application starts up, plus other files containing procedures that implement default behaviors for widgets. .RS .PP The initial value of \fBtk_library\fR is set when Tk is added to an interpreter; this is done by searching several different directories until one is found that contains an appropriate Tk startup script. If the \fBTK_LIBRARY\fR environment variable exists, then the directory it names is checked first. If \fBTK_LIBRARY\fR is not set or does not refer to an appropriate directory, then Tk checks several other directories based on a compiled-in default location, the location of the Tcl library directory, |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
46 47 48 49 50 51 52 | Contains a dot-separated sequence of decimal integers giving the current patch level for Tk. The patch level is incremented for each new release or patch, and it uniquely identifies an official version of Tk. .RS .PP This value is normally the same as the result of | | | 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 | Contains a dot-separated sequence of decimal integers giving the current patch level for Tk. The patch level is incremented for each new release or patch, and it uniquely identifies an official version of Tk. .RS .PP This value is normally the same as the result of .QW "\fBpackage require\fR \fBtk\fR" . .RE .TP \fBtk_strictMotif\fR . This variable is set to zero by default. If an application sets it to one, then Tk attempts to adhere as closely as possible to Motif look-and-feel standards. |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/toplevel.n.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
36 37 38 39 40 41 42 | been created with the \fBimage create\fR command. If specified as the empty string, no image will be displayed. .VE "8.7, TIP262" .OP \-class class Class Specifies a class for the window. This class will be used when querying the option database for the window's other options, and it will also be used later for | | > > | 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 | been created with the \fBimage create\fR command. If specified as the empty string, no image will be displayed. .VE "8.7, TIP262" .OP \-class class Class Specifies a class for the window. This class will be used when querying the option database for the window's other options, and it will also be used later for other purposes such as bindings. Some window managers display the class name for windows in their dock while some others display the window title. The \fB\-class\fR option may not be changed with the \fBconfigure\fR widget command. .OP \-colormap colormap Colormap Specifies a colormap to use for the window. The value may be either \fBnew\fR, in which case a new colormap is created for the window and its children, or the name of another window (which must be on the same screen and have the same visual |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/ttk_button.n.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
44 45 46 47 48 49 50 | .\" .OP \-foreground foreground Foreground .\" .OP \-font font Font .\" .OP \-anchor anchor Anchor .\" .OP \-relief relief Relief .SH "WIDGET COMMAND" .PP In addition to the standard | | > > | | 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 | .\" .OP \-foreground foreground Foreground .\" .OP \-font font Font .\" .OP \-anchor anchor Anchor .\" .OP \-relief relief Relief .SH "WIDGET COMMAND" .PP In addition to the standard \fBcget\fR, \fBconfigure\fR, \fBidentify element\fR, \fBinstate\fR, \fBstate\fR and \fBstyle\fR commands (see \fBttk::widget\fR), button widgets support the following additional commands: .TP \fIpathName \fBinvoke\fR Invokes the command associated with the button. .SH "STANDARD STYLES" .PP \fBTtk::button\fR widgets support the \fBToolbutton\fR style in all standard themes, which is useful for creating widgets for toolbars. |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/ttk_checkbutton.n.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
33 34 35 36 37 38 39 | when the widget is selected. Defaults to \fB1\fR. .OP \-variable variable Variable The name of a global variable whose value is linked to the widget. Defaults to the widget pathname if not specified. .SH "WIDGET COMMAND" .PP In addition to the standard | | > > | < | 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 | when the widget is selected. Defaults to \fB1\fR. .OP \-variable variable Variable The name of a global variable whose value is linked to the widget. Defaults to the widget pathname if not specified. .SH "WIDGET COMMAND" .PP In addition to the standard \fBcget\fR, \fBconfigure\fR, \fBidentify element\fR, \fBinstate\fR, \fBstate\fR and \fBstyle\fR commands (see \fBttk::widget\fR), checkbutton widgets support the following additional commands: .TP \fIpathname\fB invoke\fR Toggles between the selected and deselected states and evaluates the associated \fB\-command\fR. If the widget is currently selected, sets the \fB\-variable\fR to the \fB\-offvalue\fR and deselects the widget; otherwise, sets the \fB\-variable\fR to the \fB\-onvalue\fR |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/ttk_combobox.n.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
51 52 53 54 55 56 57 | .OP \-values values Values Specifies the list of values to display in the drop-down listbox. .OP \-width width Width Specifies an integer value indicating the desired width of the entry window, in average-size characters of the widget's font. .SH "WIDGET COMMAND" .PP | | < | < > | < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < | 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 | .OP \-values values Values Specifies the list of values to display in the drop-down listbox. .OP \-width width Width Specifies an integer value indicating the desired width of the entry window, in average-size characters of the widget's font. .SH "WIDGET COMMAND" .PP In addition to the standard \fBcget\fR, \fBconfigure\fR, \fBidentify element\fR, \fBinstate\fR, \fBstate\fR and \fBstyle\fR commands (see \fBttk::widget\fR), combobox widgets support the following additional commands: .TP \fIpathName \fBcurrent\fR ?\fInewIndex\fR? If \fInewIndex\fR is supplied, sets the combobox value to the element at position \fInewIndex\fR in the list of \fB\-values\fR (in addition to integers, the \fBend\fR index is supported and indicates the last element of the list). Otherwise, returns the index of the current value in the list of \fB\-values\fR or \fB\-1\fR if the current value does not appear in the list. .TP \fIpathName \fBget\fR Returns the current value of the combobox. .TP \fIpathName \fBset\fR \fIvalue\fR Sets the value of the combobox to \fIvalue\fR. .PP The combobox widget also supports the following \fBttk::entry\fR widget commands: .DS .ta 5.5c 11c \fBbbox\fR \fBdelete\fR \fBicursor\fR \fBindex\fR \fBinsert\fR \fBselection\fR \fBxview\fR .DE .SH "VIRTUAL EVENTS" .PP The combobox widget generates a \fB<<ComboboxSelected>>\fR virtual event when the user selects an element from the list of values. If the selection action unposts the listbox, this event is delivered after the listbox is unposted. .SH "STYLING OPTIONS" |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/ttk_entry.n.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
135 136 137 138 139 140 141 | .QW \fBe\fR or .QW \fBsel.l\fR . In general, out-of-range indices are automatically rounded to the nearest legal value. .SH "WIDGET COMMAND" .PP | > > > > | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 | .QW \fBe\fR or .QW \fBsel.l\fR . In general, out-of-range indices are automatically rounded to the nearest legal value. .SH "WIDGET COMMAND" .PP In addition to the standard \fBcget\fR, \fBconfigure\fR, \fBidentify element\fR, \fBinstate\fR, \fBstate\fR, \fBstyle\fR and \fBxview\fR commands (see \fBttk::widget\fR), entry widgets support the following additional commands: .TP \fIpathName \fBbbox \fIindex\fR Returns a list of four numbers describing the bounding box of the character given by \fIindex\fR. The first two elements of the list give the x and y coordinates of the upper-left corner of the screen area covered by the character (in pixels relative to the widget) and the last two elements give the width and height of the character, in pixels. The bounding box may refer to a region outside the visible area of the window. .TP \fIpathName \fBdelete \fIfirst \fR?\fIlast\fR? Delete one or more elements of the entry. \fIFirst\fR is the index of the first character to delete, and \fIlast\fR is the index of the character just after the last one to delete. If \fIlast\fR is not specified it defaults to \fIfirst\fR+1, i.e. a single character is deleted. This command returns the empty string. .TP \fIpathName \fBget\fR Returns the entry's string. .TP \fIpathName \fBicursor \fIindex\fR Arrange for the insert cursor to be displayed just before the character given by \fIindex\fR. Returns the empty string. .TP \fIpathName \fBindex\fI index\fR Returns the numerical index corresponding to \fIindex\fR. .TP \fIpathName \fBinsert \fIindex string\fR Insert \fIstring\fR just before the character indicated by \fIindex\fR. Returns the empty string. .TP \fIpathName \fBselection \fIoption arg\fR This command is used to adjust the selection within an entry. It has several forms, depending on \fIoption\fR: .RS .TP \fIpathName \fBselection clear\fR |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
207 208 209 210 211 212 213 | \fIpathName \fBselection range \fIstart\fR \fIend\fR Sets the selection to include the characters starting with the one indexed by \fIstart\fR and ending with the one just before \fIend\fR. If \fIend\fR refers to the same character as \fIstart\fR or an earlier one, then the entry's selection is cleared. .RE | < < < < < < < < < < < < | 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 | \fIpathName \fBselection range \fIstart\fR \fIend\fR Sets the selection to include the characters starting with the one indexed by \fIstart\fR and ending with the one just before \fIend\fR. If \fIend\fR refers to the same character as \fIstart\fR or an earlier one, then the entry's selection is cleared. .RE .TP \fIpathName \fBvalidate\fR Force revalidation, independent of the conditions specified by the \fB\-validate\fR option. Returns 0 if validation fails, 1 if it succeeds. Sets or clears the \fBinvalid\fR state accordingly. See \fBVALIDATION\fR below for more details. .SH VALIDATION .PP The \fB\-validate\fR, \fB\-validatecommand\fR, and \fB\-invalidcommand\fR options are used to enable entry widget validation. .SS "VALIDATION MODES" .PP There are two main validation modes: \fIprevalidation\fR, |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/ttk_frame.n.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 | Defaults to \fBflat\fR. .OP \-width width Width If specified, the widget's requested width in pixels. .OP \-height height Height If specified, the widget's requested height in pixels. .SH "WIDGET COMMAND" .PP | | | > | | 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 | Defaults to \fBflat\fR. .OP \-width width Width If specified, the widget's requested width in pixels. .OP \-height height Height If specified, the widget's requested height in pixels. .SH "WIDGET COMMAND" .PP Frame widgets support the standard commands \fBcget\fR, \fBconfigure\fR, \fBidentify element\fR, \fBinstate\fR, \fBstate\fR and \fBstyle\fR (see \fBttk::widget\fR). .SH "NOTES" .PP Note that if the \fBpack\fR, \fBgrid\fR, or other geometry managers are used to manage the children of the \fBframe\fR, by the GM's requested size will normally take precedence over the \fBframe\fR widget's \fB\-width\fR and \fB\-height\fR options. \fBpack propagate\fR and \fBgrid propagate\fR can be used |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/ttk_label.n.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
38 39 40 41 42 43 44 | Specifies the maximum line length (in pixels). If this option is less than or equal to zero, then automatic wrapping is not performed; otherwise the text is split into lines such that no line is longer than the specified value. .SH "WIDGET COMMAND" .PP | | | > | | 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 | Specifies the maximum line length (in pixels). If this option is less than or equal to zero, then automatic wrapping is not performed; otherwise the text is split into lines such that no line is longer than the specified value. .SH "WIDGET COMMAND" .PP Label widgets support the standard commands \fBcget\fR, \fBconfigure\fR, \fBidentify element\fR, \fBinstate\fR, \fBstate\fR and \fBstyle\fR (see \fBttk::widget\fR). .SH "STYLING OPTIONS" .PP The class name for a \fBttk::label\fP is \fBTLabel\fP. .PP Dynamic states: \fBdisabled\fP, \fBreadonly\fP. .PP \fBTLabel\fP styling options configurable with \fBttk::style\fP |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/ttk_labelframe.n.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
58 59 60 61 62 63 64 | The underlined character is used for mnemonic activation. Mnemonic activation for a \fBttk::labelframe\fR sets the keyboard focus to the first child of the \fBttk::labelframe\fR widget. .OP \-width width Width If specified, the widget's requested width in pixels. .SH "WIDGET COMMAND" .PP | | | > | | 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 | The underlined character is used for mnemonic activation. Mnemonic activation for a \fBttk::labelframe\fR sets the keyboard focus to the first child of the \fBttk::labelframe\fR widget. .OP \-width width Width If specified, the widget's requested width in pixels. .SH "WIDGET COMMAND" .PP Labelframe widgets support the standard commands \fBcget\fR, \fBconfigure\fR, \fBidentify element\fR, \fBinstate\fR, \fBstate\fR and \fBstyle\fR (see \fBttk::widget\fR). .SH "STYLING OPTIONS" .PP The class name for a \fBttk::labelframe\fP is \fBTLabelframe\fP. The text label has a class of \fBTLabelframe.Label\fP. .PP Dynamic states: \fBdisabled\fP, \fBreadonly\fP. |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/ttk_menubutton.n.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
34 35 36 37 38 39 40 | To be on the safe side, the menu ought to be a direct child of the menubutton. .\" not documented: may go away: .\" .OP \-anchor anchor Anchor .\" .OP \-padding padding Pad .SH "WIDGET COMMAND" .PP | | | > | | 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 | To be on the safe side, the menu ought to be a direct child of the menubutton. .\" not documented: may go away: .\" .OP \-anchor anchor Anchor .\" .OP \-padding padding Pad .SH "WIDGET COMMAND" .PP Menubutton widgets support the standard commands \fBcget\fR, \fBconfigure\fR, \fBidentify element\fR, \fBinstate\fR, \fBstate\fR and \fBstyle\fR (see \fBttk::widget\fR). .SH "STANDARD STYLES" .PP \fBTtk::menubutton\fR widgets support the \fBToolbutton\fR style in all standard themes, which is useful for creating widgets for toolbars. .SH "STYLING OPTIONS" .PP The class name for a \fBttk::menubutton\fP is \fBTMenubutton\fP. |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/ttk_notebook.n.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 | .IP \(bu The literal string .QW \fBend\fR , which returns the number of tabs (only valid for .QW "\fIpathname \fBindex\fR" ). .SH "WIDGET COMMAND" .TP \fIpathname \fBadd \fIwindow\fR ?\fIoptions...\fR? Adds a new tab to the notebook. See \fBTAB OPTIONS\fR for the list of available \fIoptions\fR. If \fIwindow\fR is currently managed by the notebook but hidden, it is restored to its previous position. .TP | > > > > > > < < < < < < | 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 | .IP \(bu The literal string .QW \fBend\fR , which returns the number of tabs (only valid for .QW "\fIpathname \fBindex\fR" ). .SH "WIDGET COMMAND" .PP In addition to the standard \fBcget\fR, \fBconfigure\fR, \fBinstate\fR, \fBstate\fR and \fBstyle\fR commands (see \fBttk::widget\fR), notebook widgets support the following additional commands: .TP \fIpathname \fBadd \fIwindow\fR ?\fIoptions...\fR? Adds a new tab to the notebook. See \fBTAB OPTIONS\fR for the list of available \fIoptions\fR. If \fIwindow\fR is currently managed by the notebook but hidden, it is restored to its previous position. .TP \fIpathname \fBforget \fItabid\fR Removes the tab specified by \fItabid\fR, unmaps and unmanages the associated window. .TP \fIpathname \fBhide \fItabid\fR Hides the tab specified by \fItabid\fR. The tab will not be displayed, but the associated window |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
147 148 149 150 151 152 153 | Inserts a pane at the specified position. \fIpos\fR is either the string \fBend\fR, an integer index, or the name of a managed subwindow. If \fIsubwindow\fR is already managed by the notebook, moves it to the specified position. See \fBTAB OPTIONS\fR for the list of available options. .TP | < < < < < < | 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 | Inserts a pane at the specified position. \fIpos\fR is either the string \fBend\fR, an integer index, or the name of a managed subwindow. If \fIsubwindow\fR is already managed by the notebook, moves it to the specified position. See \fBTAB OPTIONS\fR for the list of available options. .TP \fIpathname \fBselect\fR ?\fItabid\fR? Selects the specified tab. The associated content window will be displayed, and the previously-selected window (if different) is unmapped. If \fItabid\fR is omitted, returns the widget name of the currently selected pane. .TP \fIpathname \fBtab \fItabid\fR ?\fI\-option \fR?\fIvalue ...\fR Query or modify the options of the specific tab. If no \fI\-option\fR is specified, returns a dictionary of the tab option values. If one \fI\-option\fR is specified, returns the value of that \fIoption\fR. Otherwise, sets the \fI\-option\fRs to the corresponding \fIvalue\fRs. |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/ttk_panedwindow.n.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
44 45 46 47 48 49 50 | .SH "PANE OPTIONS" The following options may be specified for each pane: .OP \-weight weight Weight An integer specifying the relative stretchability of the pane. When the paned window is resized, the extra space is added or subtracted to each pane proportionally to its \fB\-weight\fR. .SH "WIDGET COMMAND" | > > | > | | | 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 | .SH "PANE OPTIONS" The following options may be specified for each pane: .OP \-weight weight Weight An integer specifying the relative stretchability of the pane. When the paned window is resized, the extra space is added or subtracted to each pane proportionally to its \fB\-weight\fR. .SH "WIDGET COMMAND" .PP In addition to the standard \fBcget\fR, \fBconfigure\fR, \fBinstate\fR, \fBstate\fR and \fBstyle\fR commands (see \fBttk::widget\fR), panedwindow widgets support the following additional commands: .TP \fIpathname \fBadd \fIsubwindow options...\fR Adds a new pane to the window. See \fBPANE OPTIONS\fR for the list of available options. .TP \fIpathname \fBforget \fIpane\fR Removes the specified subpane from the widget. |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
102 103 104 105 106 107 108 | Sash positions are further constrained to be between 0 and the total size of the widget. .\" Full story: "total size" is either the -height (resp -width), .\" or the actual window height (resp actual window width), .\" depending on which changed most recently. Returns the new position of sash number \fIindex\fR. .\" Full story: new position may be different than the requested position. | < < < < < < < < | 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 | Sash positions are further constrained to be between 0 and the total size of the widget. .\" Full story: "total size" is either the -height (resp -width), .\" or the actual window height (resp actual window width), .\" depending on which changed most recently. Returns the new position of sash number \fIindex\fR. .\" Full story: new position may be different than the requested position. .SH "VIRTUAL EVENTS" .PP The panedwindow widget generates an \fB<<EnteredChild>>\fR virtual event on LeaveNotify/NotifyInferior events, because Tk does not execute binding scripts for <Leave> events when the pointer crosses from a parent to a child. The panedwindow widget needs to know when that happens. .SH "STYLING OPTIONS" |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/ttk_progressbar.n.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
62 63 64 65 66 67 68 | .OP \-variable variable Variable The name of a global Tcl variable which is linked to the \fB\-value\fR. If specified to an existing variable, the \fB\-value\fR of the progress bar is automatically set to the value of the variable whenever the latter is modified. .SH "WIDGET COMMAND" .PP | < | < < | < < | < | < < | < < < | 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 | .OP \-variable variable Variable The name of a global Tcl variable which is linked to the \fB\-value\fR. If specified to an existing variable, the \fB\-value\fR of the progress bar is automatically set to the value of the variable whenever the latter is modified. .SH "WIDGET COMMAND" .PP In addition to the standard \fBcget\fR, \fBconfigure\fR, \fBidentify element\fR, \fBinstate\fR, \fBstate\fR and \fBstyle\fR commands (see \fBttk::widget\fR), progressbar widgets support the following additional commands: .TP \fIpathName \fBstart\fR ?\fIinterval\fR? Begin autoincrement mode: schedules a recurring timer event that calls \fBstep\fR every \fIinterval\fR milliseconds. If omitted, \fIinterval\fR defaults to 50 milliseconds (20 steps/second). .TP \fIpathName \fBstep\fR ?\fIamount\fR? Increments the \fB\-value\fR by \fIamount\fR. \fIamount\fR defaults to 1.0 if omitted. .TP \fIpathName \fBstop\fR Stop autoincrement mode: cancels any recurring timer event initiated by \fIpathName \fBstart\fR. |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/ttk_radiobutton.n.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
33 34 35 36 37 38 39 | when the widget is selected. .OP \-variable variable Variable The name of a global variable whose value is linked to the widget. Default value is \fB::selectedButton\fR. .SH "WIDGET COMMAND" .PP In addition to the standard | | > > | < | 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 | when the widget is selected. .OP \-variable variable Variable The name of a global variable whose value is linked to the widget. Default value is \fB::selectedButton\fR. .SH "WIDGET COMMAND" .PP In addition to the standard \fBcget\fR, \fBconfigure\fR, \fBidentify element\fR, \fBinstate\fR, \fBstate\fR and \fBstyle\fR commands (see \fBttk::widget\fR), radiobutton widgets support the following additional commands: .TP \fIpathname\fB invoke\fR Sets the \fB\-variable\fR to the \fB\-value\fR, selects the widget, and evaluates the associated \fB\-command\fR. Returns the result of the \fB\-command\fR, or the empty string if no \fB\-command\fR is specified. .\" Missing: select, deselect. Useful? |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/ttk_scale.n.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
47 48 49 50 51 52 53 | .OP \-variable variable Variable Specifies the name of a global variable to link to the scale. Whenever the value of the variable changes, the scale will update to reflect this value. Whenever the scale is manipulated interactively, the variable will be modified to reflect the scale's new value. .SH "WIDGET COMMAND" .PP | < | < < > > | < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 | .OP \-variable variable Variable Specifies the name of a global variable to link to the scale. Whenever the value of the variable changes, the scale will update to reflect this value. Whenever the scale is manipulated interactively, the variable will be modified to reflect the scale's new value. .SH "WIDGET COMMAND" .PP In addition to the standard \fBcget\fR, \fBconfigure\fR, \fBidentify element\fR, \fBinstate\fR, \fBstate\fR and \fBstyle\fR commands (see \fBttk::widget\fR), scale widgets support the following additional commands: .TP \fIpathName \fBget \fR?\fIx y\fR? Get the current value of the \fB\-value\fR option, or the value corresponding to the coordinates \fIx,y\fR if they are specified. \fIX\fR and \fIy\fR are pixel coordinates relative to the scale widget origin. .TP \fIpathName \fBset \fIvalue\fR Set the value of the widget (i.e. the \fB\-value\fR option) to \fIvalue\fR. The value will be clipped to the range given by the \fB\-from\fR and \fB\-to\fR options. Note that setting the linked variable (i.e. the variable named in the \fB\-variable\fR option) does not cause such clipping. .SH "INTERNAL COMMANDS" .PP .TP \fIpathName \fBcoords \fR?\fIvalue\fR? Get the coordinates corresponding to \fIvalue\fR, or the coordinates corresponding to the current value of the \fB\-value\fR option if \fIvalue\fR is omitted. .SH "STYLING OPTIONS" .PP The class name for a \fBttk::scale\fP is \fBTScale\fP. .PP Dynamic states: \fBactive\fP. .PP \fBTScale\fP styling options configurable with \fBttk::style\fP are: .PP \fB\-background\fP \fIcolor\fP .br \fB\-borderwidth\fP \fIamount\fP .br \fB\-darkcolor\fP \fIcolor\fP |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/ttk_scrollbar.n.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
43 44 45 46 47 48 49 | or \fByview\fR (for vertical scrollbars). .RE .OP \-orient orient Orient One of \fBhorizontal\fR or \fBvertical\fR. Specifies the orientation of the scrollbar. .SH "WIDGET COMMAND" .PP | < | < < | > | > < < < < < < < < < < | 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 | or \fByview\fR (for vertical scrollbars). .RE .OP \-orient orient Orient One of \fBhorizontal\fR or \fBvertical\fR. Specifies the orientation of the scrollbar. .SH "WIDGET COMMAND" .PP In addition to the standard \fBcget\fR, \fBconfigure\fR, \fBidentify element\fR, \fBinstate\fR, \fBstate\fR and \fBstyle\fR commands (see \fBttk::widget\fR), scrollbar widgets support the following additional commands: .TP \fIpathName \fBget\fR Returns the scrollbar settings in the form of a list whose elements are the arguments to the most recent \fBset\fR widget command. .TP \fIpathName \fBset \fIfirst last\fR This command is normally invoked by the scrollbar's associated widget from an \fB\-xscrollcommand\fR or \fB\-yscrollcommand\fR callback. Specifies the visible range to be displayed. \fIfirst\fR and \fIlast\fR are real fractions between 0 and 1. .SH "INTERNAL COMMANDS" .PP The following widget commands are used internally by the \fBTScrollbar\fP widget class bindings. .TP \fIpathName \fBdelta \fIdeltaX deltaY\fR Returns a real number indicating the fractional change in |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/ttk_separator.n.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 | .SE .SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS" .OP \-orient orient Orient One of \fBhorizontal\fR or \fBvertical\fR. Specifies the orientation of the separator. .SH "WIDGET COMMAND" .PP | | | > | | 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 | .SE .SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS" .OP \-orient orient Orient One of \fBhorizontal\fR or \fBvertical\fR. Specifies the orientation of the separator. .SH "WIDGET COMMAND" .PP Separator widgets support the standard commands \fBcget\fR, \fBconfigure\fR, \fBidentify element\fR, \fBinstate\fR, \fBstate\fR and \fBstyle\fR (see \fBttk::widget\fR). .PP .SH "STYLING OPTIONS" .PP The class name for a \fBttk::separator\fP is \fBTSeparator\fP. .PP \fBTSeparator\fP styling options configurable with \fBttk::style\fP are: |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/ttk_sizegrip.n.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 | by pressing and dragging the grip. .SO ttk_widget \-class \-cursor \-style \-takefocus .SE .SH "WIDGET COMMAND" .PP | | | > | | 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 | by pressing and dragging the grip. .SO ttk_widget \-class \-cursor \-style \-takefocus .SE .SH "WIDGET COMMAND" .PP Sizegrip widgets support the standard commands \fBcget\fR, \fBconfigure\fR, \fBidentify element\fR, \fBinstate\fR, \fBstate\fR and \fBstyle\fR (see \fBttk::widget\fR). .SH "PLATFORM-SPECIFIC NOTES" .PP On Mac OSX, toplevel windows automatically include a built-in size grip by default. Adding a \fBttk::sizegrip\fR there is harmless, since the built-in grip will just mask the widget. .SH EXAMPLES |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/ttk_style.n.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 | and how they are arranged, along with dynamic and default settings for element options. By default, the style name is the same as the widget's class; this may be overridden by the \fB\-style\fR option. .PP A \fItheme\fR is a collection of elements and styles which controls the overall look and feel of an application. .SH DESCRIPTION .PP The \fBttk::style\fR command takes the following arguments: .TP \fBttk::style configure \fIstyle\fR ?\fI\-option\fR ?\fIvalue option value...\fR? ? Sets the default value of the specified option(s) in \fIstyle\fR. .TP \fBttk::style element\fR \fIargs\fR .RS .TP \fBttk::style element create\fR \fIelementName\fR \fItype\fR ?\fIargs...\fR? Creates a new element in the current theme of type \fItype\fR. The only cross-platform built-in element type is \fIimage\fR | > > > > > > > > | 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 | and how they are arranged, along with dynamic and default settings for element options. By default, the style name is the same as the widget's class; this may be overridden by the \fB\-style\fR option. .PP A \fItheme\fR is a collection of elements and styles which controls the overall look and feel of an application. The .QW . style is the theme root style on which derived styles are based. .SH DESCRIPTION .PP The \fBttk::style\fR command takes the following arguments: .TP \fBttk::style configure \fIstyle\fR ?\fI\-option\fR ?\fIvalue option value...\fR? ? Sets the default value of the specified option(s) in \fIstyle\fR. If \fIstyle\fR does not exist, it is created. If only \fIstyle\fR and \fI-option\fR are specified, get the default value for option \fI-option\fR of style \fIstyle\fR. If only \fIstyle\fR is specified, get the default value for all options of style \fIstyle\fR. .TP \fBttk::style element\fR \fIargs\fR .RS .TP \fBttk::style element create\fR \fIelementName\fR \fItype\fR ?\fIargs...\fR? Creates a new element in the current theme of type \fItype\fR. The only cross-platform built-in element type is \fIimage\fR |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 | \fIstate\fR is a list of state names; if omitted,
it defaults to all bits off (the
.QW normal
state).
If the \fIdefault\fR argument is present, it is used as a fallback
value in case no specification for \fI\-option\fR is found.
.\" Otherwise -- signal error? return empty string? Leave unspecified for now.
.TP
\fBttk::style map \fIstyle\fR ?\fI\-option\fB { \fIstatespec value...\fB }\fR?
| > | > > > > > > > > > | 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 | \fIstate\fR is a list of state names; if omitted,
it defaults to all bits off (the
.QW normal
state).
If the \fIdefault\fR argument is present, it is used as a fallback
value in case no specification for \fI\-option\fR is found.
.\" Otherwise -- signal error? return empty string? Leave unspecified for now.
If \fIstyle\fR does not exist, it is created.
.TP
\fBttk::style map \fIstyle\fR ?\fI\-option\fB { \fIstatespec value...\fB }\fR?
Sets dynamic (state dependent) values of the specified option(s) in \fIstyle\fR.
Each \fIstatespec / value\fR pair is examined in order;
the value corresponding to the first matching \fIstatespec\fR
is used.
If \fIstyle\fR does not exist, it is created.
If only \fIstyle\fR and \fI-option\fR are specified, get the dynamic values
for option \fI-option\fR of style \fIstyle\fR.
If only \fIstyle\fR is specified, get the dynamic values for all options
of style \fIstyle\fR.
.TP
\fBttk::style theme\fR \fIargs\fR
.RS
.TP
\fBttk::style theme create\fR \fIthemeName\fR ?\fB\-parent \fIbasedon\fR? ?\fB\-settings \fIscript...\fR ?
Creates a new theme. It is an error if \fIthemeName\fR already exists.
If \fB\-parent\fR is specified, the new theme will inherit
styles, elements, and layouts from the parent theme \fIbasedon\fR.
If \fB\-settings\fR is present, \fIscript\fR is evaluated in the
context of the new theme as per \fBttk::style theme settings\fR.
.TP
\fBttk::style theme names\fR
Returns a list of all known themes.
.TP
\fBttk::style theme settings \fIthemeName\fR \fIscript\fR
Temporarily sets the current theme to \fIthemeName\fR,
evaluate \fIscript\fR, then restore the previous theme.
Typically \fIscript\fR simply defines styles and elements,
though arbitrary Tcl code may appear.
.TP
\fBttk::style theme styles\fR ?\fIthemeName\fR?
Returns a list of all styles in \fIthemeName\fR. If \fIthemeName\fR
is omitted, the current theme is used.
.TP
\fBttk::style theme use\fR ?\fIthemeName\fR?
Without an argument the result is the name of the current theme.
Otherwise this command sets the current theme to \fIthemeName\fR,
and refreshes all widgets.
.RE
.SH LAYOUTS
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/ttk_treeview.n.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 | The default is \fBtree headings\fR, i.e., show all elements. .PP \fBNOTE:\fR Column #0 always refers to the tree column, even if \fB\-show tree\fR is not specified. .RE .SH "WIDGET COMMAND" .PP .TP \fIpathname \fBbbox \fIitem\fR ?\fIcolumn\fR? Returns the bounding box (relative to the treeview widget's window) of the specified \fIitem\fR in the form \fIx y width height\fR. If \fIcolumn\fR is specified, returns the bounding box of that cell. If the \fIitem\fR is not visible (i.e., if it is a descendant of a closed item or is scrolled offscreen), returns the empty list. .TP | > > > > > < < < | 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 | The default is \fBtree headings\fR, i.e., show all elements. .PP \fBNOTE:\fR Column #0 always refers to the tree column, even if \fB\-show tree\fR is not specified. .RE .SH "WIDGET COMMAND" .PP In addition to the standard \fBcget\fR, \fBconfigure\fR, \fBinstate\fR, \fBstate\fR, \fBstyle\fR, \fBxview\fR and \fByview\fR commands (see \fBttk::widget\fR), treeview widgets support the following additional commands: .TP \fIpathname \fBbbox \fIitem\fR ?\fIcolumn\fR? Returns the bounding box (relative to the treeview widget's window) of the specified \fIitem\fR in the form \fIx y width height\fR. If \fIcolumn\fR is specified, returns the bounding box of that cell. If the \fIitem\fR is not visible (i.e., if it is a descendant of a closed item or is scrolled offscreen), returns the empty list. .TP \fIpathname \fBchildren \fIitem\fR ?\fInewchildren\fR? If \fInewchildren\fR is not specified, returns the list of children belonging to \fIitem\fR. .RS .PP If \fInewchildren\fR is specified, replaces \fIitem\fR's child list with \fInewchildren\fR. |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
156 157 158 159 160 161 162 | column width may be changed by Tk in order to honor \fB\-stretch\fR and/or \fB\-minwidth\fR, or when the widget is resized or the user drags a column separator. .PP Use \fIpathname column #0\fR to configure the tree column. .RE .TP | < < < | 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 | column width may be changed by Tk in order to honor \fB\-stretch\fR and/or \fB\-minwidth\fR, or when the widget is resized or the user drags a column separator. .PP Use \fIpathname column #0\fR to configure the tree column. .RE .TP \fIpathname \fBdelete \fIitemList\fR Deletes each of the items in \fIitemList\fR and all of their descendants. The root item may not be deleted. See also: \fBdetach\fR. .TP \fIpathname \fBdetach \fIitemList\fR Unlinks all of the specified items in \fIitemList\fR from the tree. |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
268 269 270 271 272 273 274 | .RS .PP \fIpathname \fBinsert\fR returns the item identifier of the newly created item. See \fBITEM OPTIONS\fR for the list of available options. .RE .TP | < < < | 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 | .RS .PP \fIpathname \fBinsert\fR returns the item identifier of the newly created item. See \fBITEM OPTIONS\fR for the list of available options. .RE .TP \fIpathname \fBitem \fIitem\fR ?\fI\-option \fR?\fIvalue \-option value...\fR? Query or modify the options for the specified \fIitem\fR. If no \fI\-option\fR is specified, returns a dictionary of option/value pairs. If a single \fI\-option\fR is specified, returns the value of that option. Otherwise, the item's options are updated with the specified values. |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
334 335 336 337 338 339 340 | With one argument, returns a dictionary of column/value pairs for the specified \fIitem\fR. With two arguments, returns the current value of the specified \fIcolumn\fR. With three arguments, sets the value of column \fIcolumn\fR in item \fIitem\fR to the specified \fIvalue\fR. See also \fBCOLUMN IDENTIFIERS\fR. .TP | < < < | 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 | With one argument, returns a dictionary of column/value pairs for the specified \fIitem\fR. With two arguments, returns the current value of the specified \fIcolumn\fR. With three arguments, sets the value of column \fIcolumn\fR in item \fIitem\fR to the specified \fIvalue\fR. See also \fBCOLUMN IDENTIFIERS\fR. .TP \fIpathName \fBtag \fIargs...\fR .RS .TP \fIpathName \fBtag add \fItag items\fR Adds the specified \fItag\fR to each of the listed \fIitems\fR. If \fItag\fR is already present for a particular item, then the \fB\-tags\fR for that item are unchanged. |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
394 395 396 397 398 399 400 | .TP \fIpathName \fBtag remove \fItag\fR ?\fIitems\fR? Removes the specified \fItag\fR from each of the listed \fIitems\fR. If \fIitems\fR is omitted, removes \fItag\fR from each item in the tree. If \fItag\fR is not present for a particular item, then the \fB\-tags\fR for that item are unchanged. .RE | < < < < < < < | 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 | .TP \fIpathName \fBtag remove \fItag\fR ?\fIitems\fR? Removes the specified \fItag\fR from each of the listed \fIitems\fR. If \fIitems\fR is omitted, removes \fItag\fR from each item in the tree. If \fItag\fR is not present for a particular item, then the \fB\-tags\fR for that item are unchanged. .RE .SH "ITEM OPTIONS" .PP The following item options may be specified for items in the \fBinsert\fR and \fBitem\fR widget commands. .OP \-text text Text The textual label to display for the item. .OP \-image image Image |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/ttk_widget.n.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
170 171 172 173 174 175 176 | This is a write-only option: setting it changes the widget state, but the \fBstate\fR widget command does not affect the \fB\-state\fR option. .SH COMMANDS .TP \fIpathName \fBcget \fIoption\fR | < < < | > < < > > > | 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 | This is a write-only option:
setting it changes the widget state,
but the \fBstate\fR widget command
does not affect the \fB\-state\fR option.
.SH COMMANDS
.TP
\fIpathName \fBcget \fIoption\fR
Returns the current value of the configuration option given
by \fIoption\fR.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBconfigure\fR ?\fIoption\fR? ?\fIvalue option value ...\fR?
Query or modify the configuration options of the widget.
If one or more \fIoption\-value\fR pairs are specified,
then the command modifies the given widget option(s)
to have the given value(s);
in this case the command returns an empty string.
If \fIoption\fR is specified with no \fIvalue\fR,
then the command returns a list describing the named option:
the elements of the list are the
option name, database name, database class, default value,
and current value.
.\" Note: Ttk widgets don't use TK_OPTION_SYNONYM.
If no \fIoption\fR is specified, returns a list describing all of
the available options for \fIpathName\fR.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBidentify element \fIx y\fR
Returns the name of the element under the point given
by \fIx\fR and \fIy\fR, or an empty string if the point does
not lie within any element.
\fIx\fR and \fIy\fR are pixel coordinates relative to the widget.
Some widgets accept other \fBidentify\fR subcommands described
in these widgets documentation.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBinstate \fIstatespec\fR ?\fIscript\fR?
Test the widget's state.
If \fIscript\fR is not specified, returns 1 if
the widget state matches \fIstatespec\fR and 0 otherwise.
If \fIscript\fR is specified, equivalent to
.CS
if {[\fIpathName\fR instate \fIstateSpec\fR]} \fIscript\fR
.CE
.TP
\fIpathName \fBstate\fR ?\fIstateSpec\fR?
Modify or inquire widget state.
If \fIstateSpec\fR is present, sets the widget state:
for each flag in \fIstateSpec\fR, sets the corresponding flag
or clears it if prefixed by an exclamation point.
.RS
Returns a new state spec indicating which flags were changed:
.CS
set changes [\fIpathName \fRstate \fIspec\fR]
\fIpathName \fRstate $changes
.CE
will restore \fIpathName\fR to the original state.
If \fIstateSpec\fR is not specified,
returns a list of the currently-enabled state flags.
.RE
.TP
\fIpathName \fBstyle\fR
Return the style used by the widget.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBxview \fIargs\fR
This command is used to query and change the horizontal position of the
content in the widget's window. It can take any of the following
forms:
.RS
.TP
\fIpathName \fBxview\fR
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/wm.n.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
116 117 118 119 120 121 122 | Makes the window content area transparent and turns off the window shadow. For the transparency to be effective, the toplevel background needs to be set to a color with some alpha, e.g. .QW systemTransparent . .PP On X11, the following attributes may be set. These are not supported by all window managers, and will have no effect under older WMs. | | | 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 | Makes the window content area transparent and turns off the window shadow. For the transparency to be effective, the toplevel background needs to be set to a color with some alpha, e.g. .QW systemTransparent . .PP On X11, the following attributes may be set. These are not supported by all window managers, and will have no effect under older WMs. .\" See https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec/ .TP \fB\-type\fR .VS 8.6 Requests that the window should be interpreted by the window manager as being of the specified type(s). This may cause the window to be decorated in a different way or otherwise managed differently, though exactly what happens is entirely up to the window manager. A list of types may be used, in order of |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 | a group of related windows. The window manager may use this information, for example, to unmap all of the windows in a group when the group's leader is iconified. \fIPathName\fR may be specified as an empty string to remove \fIwindow\fR from any group association. If \fIpathName\fR is specified then the command returns an empty string; otherwise it returns the path name of \fIwindow\fR's current group leader, or an empty string if \fIwindow\fR is not part of any group. .TP \fBwm iconbitmap \fIwindow\fR ?\fIbitmap\fR? . If \fIbitmap\fR is specified, then it names a bitmap in the standard forms accepted by Tk (see the \fBTk_GetBitmap\fR manual entry for details). This bitmap is passed to the window manager to be displayed in \fIwindow\fR's icon, and the command returns an empty string. If | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 | a group of related windows. The window manager may use this information, for example, to unmap all of the windows in a group when the group's leader is iconified. \fIPathName\fR may be specified as an empty string to remove \fIwindow\fR from any group association. If \fIpathName\fR is specified then the command returns an empty string; otherwise it returns the path name of \fIwindow\fR's current group leader, or an empty string if \fIwindow\fR is not part of any group. .TP \fBwm iconbadge \fIwindow\fR \fIbadge\fR . Sets a badge for the icon of the \fIwindow\fR. The badge can be a positive integer number, for instance the number of new or unread messages, or an exclamation point denoting attention needed. If the badge is an empty string, the badge image is removed from the application icon. Managing these changes through bindings, such as <FocusIn>, is the responsibility of the developer. .RS .PP On X11, for this command to work, the variable \fB::tk::icons::base_icon($window)\fR must be set to the image that is being used for the window icon of $window. On Windows and X11, the iconphoto images work best at 32x32 or a similar dimension, as the badge images are provided by Tk and drawn to overlay the icon images using native (Windows) API's or Tk rendering. On macOS, the icon badge is rendered by a system API and is not provided by Tk. The icon image itself should be higher-resolution, preferably 512 pixels, to avoid being blurry. .PP The icon badge is intended for display in the Dock (macOS), taskbar (Windows) or app panel (X11). On macOS, the last badge called will be displayed in the Dock, regardless of how many different icon badges may be assigned to different windows. On Windows, the taskbar display depends on whether the taskbar buttons are combined or not (this is an OS setting available to the user): if combined the behavior is the same as on macOS, otherwise each button in the taskbar shows the badge it was assigned. Badge display on macOS is configured in the system preferences. App panel display behavior on X11 will depend on the window manager and/or desktop environment. .RE .TP \fBwm iconbitmap \fIwindow\fR ?\fIbitmap\fR? . If \fIbitmap\fR is specified, then it names a bitmap in the standard forms accepted by Tk (see the \fBTk_GetBitmap\fR manual entry for details). This bitmap is passed to the window manager to be displayed in \fIwindow\fR's icon, and the command returns an empty string. If |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
477 478 479 480 481 482 483 | reflected to the titlebar icons. Multiple images are accepted to allow different images sizes (e.g., 16x16 and 32x32) to be provided. The window manager may scale provided icons to an appropriate size. .RS .PP On Windows, the images are packed into a Windows icon structure. This will override an ico specified to \fBwm iconbitmap\fR, and | | | > | 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 | reflected to the titlebar icons. Multiple images are accepted to allow different images sizes (e.g., 16x16 and 32x32) to be provided. The window manager may scale provided icons to an appropriate size. .RS .PP On Windows, the images are packed into a Windows icon structure. This will override an ico specified to \fBwm iconbitmap\fR, and vice versa. This command sets the taskbar icon for the window. .PP On X, the images are arranged into the _NET_WM_ICON X property, which most modern window managers support. A \fBwm iconbitmap\fR may exist simultaneously. It is recommended to use not more than 2 icons, placing the larger icon first. This command also sets the panel icon for the application if the window manager or desktop environment supports it. .PP On Macintosh, the first image called is loaded into an OSX-native icon format, and becomes the application icon in dialogs, the Dock, and other contexts. At the script level the command will accept only the first image passed in the parameters as support for multiple sizes/resolutions on macOS is outside Tk's scope. Developers should use the largest icon they can support |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/ks_names.h.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
16 17 18 19 20 21 22 | { "Linefeed", 0xFF0A },
{ "Clear", 0xFF0B },
{ "Return", 0xFF0D },
{ "Pause", 0xFF13 },
{ "Scroll_Lock", 0xFF14 },
{ "Sys_Req", 0xFF15 },
{ "Escape", 0xFF1B },
| < < < < < > > > > > > | > > > > > | | > < < < > > > > > > > > > | 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 | { "Linefeed", 0xFF0A },
{ "Clear", 0xFF0B },
{ "Return", 0xFF0D },
{ "Pause", 0xFF13 },
{ "Scroll_Lock", 0xFF14 },
{ "Sys_Req", 0xFF15 },
{ "Escape", 0xFF1B },
{ "Multi_key", 0xFF20 },
{ "Kanji", 0xFF21 },
{ "Muhenkan", 0xFF22 },
{ "Henkan_Mode", 0xFF23 },
{ "Henkan", 0xFF23 },
{ "Romaji", 0xFF24 },
{ "Hiragana", 0xFF25 },
{ "Katakana", 0xFF26 },
{ "Hiragana_Katakana", 0xFF27 },
{ "Zenkaku", 0xFF28 },
{ "Hankaku", 0xFF29 },
{ "Zenkaku_Hankaku", 0xFF2A },
{ "Touroku", 0xFF2B },
{ "Massyo", 0xFF2C },
{ "Kana_Lock", 0xFF2D },
{ "Kana_Shift", 0xFF2E },
{ "Eisu_Shift", 0xFF2F },
{ "Eisu_toggle", 0xFF30 },
{ "Hangul", 0xFF31 },
{ "Hangul_Start", 0xFF32 },
{ "Hangul_End", 0xFF33 },
{ "Hangul_Hanja", 0xFF34 },
{ "Hangul_Jamo", 0xFF35 },
{ "Hangul_Romaja", 0xFF36 },
{ "Codeinput", 0xFF37 },
{ "Hangul_Jeonja", 0xFF38 },
{ "Hangul_Banja", 0xFF39 },
{ "Hangul_PreHanja", 0xFF3A },
{ "Hangul_PostHanja", 0xFF3B },
{ "SingleCandidate", 0xFF3C },
{ "MultipleCandidate", 0xFF3D },
{ "PreviousCandidate", 0xFF3E },
{ "Hangul_Special", 0xFF3F },
{ "Home", 0xFF50 },
{ "Left", 0xFF51 },
{ "Up", 0xFF52 },
{ "Right", 0xFF53 },
{ "Down", 0xFF54 },
{ "Prior", 0xFF55 },
{ "Page_Up", 0xFF55 },
{ "Next", 0xFF56 },
{ "Page_Down", 0xFF56 },
{ "End", 0xFF57 },
{ "Begin", 0xFF58 },
{ "Select", 0xFF60 },
{ "Print", 0xFF61 },
{ "Execute", 0xFF62 },
{ "Insert", 0xFF63 },
{ "Undo", 0xFF65 },
{ "Redo", 0xFF66 },
{ "Menu", 0xFF67 },
#ifndef TK_NO_DEPRECATED
{ "App", 0xFF67 },
#endif
{ "Find", 0xFF68 },
{ "Cancel", 0xFF69 },
{ "Help", 0xFF6A },
{ "Break", 0xFF6B },
{ "Mode_switch", 0xFF7E },
#ifndef TK_NO_DEPRECATED
{ "script_switch", 0xFF7E },
{ "kana_switch", 0xFF7E },
{ "Arabic_switch", 0xFF7E },
{ "Greek_switch", 0xFF7E },
{ "Hebrew_switch", 0xFF7E },
#endif
{ "Num_Lock", 0xFF7F },
{ "KP_Space", 0xFF80 },
{ "KP_Tab", 0xFF89 },
{ "KP_Enter", 0xFF8D },
{ "KP_F1", 0xFF91 },
{ "KP_F2", 0xFF92 },
{ "KP_F3", 0xFF93 },
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
90 91 92 93 94 95 96 | { "KP_Page_Up", 0xFF9A },
{ "KP_Next", 0xFF9B },
{ "KP_Page_Down", 0xFF9B },
{ "KP_End", 0xFF9C },
{ "KP_Begin", 0xFF9D },
{ "KP_Insert", 0xFF9E },
{ "KP_Delete", 0xFF9F },
| < > | 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 | { "KP_Page_Up", 0xFF9A },
{ "KP_Next", 0xFF9B },
{ "KP_Page_Down", 0xFF9B },
{ "KP_End", 0xFF9C },
{ "KP_Begin", 0xFF9D },
{ "KP_Insert", 0xFF9E },
{ "KP_Delete", 0xFF9F },
{ "KP_Multiply", 0xFFAA },
{ "KP_Add", 0xFFAB },
{ "KP_Separator", 0xFFAC },
{ "KP_Subtract", 0xFFAD },
{ "KP_Decimal", 0xFFAE },
{ "KP_Divide", 0xFFAF },
{ "KP_0", 0xFFB0 },
{ "KP_1", 0xFFB1 },
{ "KP_2", 0xFFB2 },
{ "KP_3", 0xFFB3 },
{ "KP_4", 0xFFB4 },
{ "KP_5", 0xFFB5 },
{ "KP_6", 0xFFB6 },
{ "KP_7", 0xFFB7 },
{ "KP_8", 0xFFB8 },
{ "KP_9", 0xFFB9 },
{ "KP_Equal", 0xFFBD },
{ "F1", 0xFFBE },
{ "F2", 0xFFBF },
{ "F3", 0xFFC0 },
{ "F4", 0xFFC1 },
{ "F5", 0xFFC2 },
{ "F6", 0xFFC3 },
{ "F7", 0xFFC4 },
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 | { "Caps_Lock", 0xFFE5 },
{ "Shift_Lock", 0xFFE6 },
{ "Meta_L", 0xFFE7 },
{ "Meta_R", 0xFFE8 },
{ "Alt_L", 0xFFE9 },
{ "Alt_R", 0xFFEA },
{ "Super_L", 0xFFEB },
{ "Super_R", 0xFFEC },
{ "Hyper_L", 0xFFED },
{ "Hyper_R", 0xFFEE },
{ "ISO_Lock", 0xFE01 },
{ "ISO_Level2_Latch", 0xFE02 },
{ "ISO_Level3_Shift", 0xFE03 },
{ "ISO_Level3_Latch", 0xFE04 },
{ "ISO_Level3_Lock", 0xFE05 },
| > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > < < < < > > > | 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 | { "Caps_Lock", 0xFFE5 },
{ "Shift_Lock", 0xFFE6 },
{ "Meta_L", 0xFFE7 },
{ "Meta_R", 0xFFE8 },
{ "Alt_L", 0xFFE9 },
{ "Alt_R", 0xFFEA },
{ "Super_L", 0xFFEB },
#ifndef TK_NO_DEPRECATED
{ "Win_L", 0xFFEB },
#endif
{ "Super_R", 0xFFEC },
#ifndef TK_NO_DEPRECATED
{ "Win_R", 0xFFEC },
#endif
{ "Hyper_L", 0xFFED },
{ "Hyper_R", 0xFFEE },
{ "braille_dot_1", 0xFFF1 },
{ "braille_dot_2", 0xFFF2 },
{ "braille_dot_3", 0xFFF3 },
{ "braille_dot_4", 0xFFF4 },
{ "braille_dot_5", 0xFFF5 },
{ "braille_dot_6", 0xFFF6 },
{ "braille_dot_7", 0xFFF7 },
{ "braille_dot_8", 0xFFF8 },
{ "braille_dot_9", 0xFFF9 },
{ "braille_dot_10", 0xFFFA },
{ "Delete", 0xFFFF },
{ "ISO_Lock", 0xFE01 },
{ "ISO_Level2_Latch", 0xFE02 },
{ "ISO_Level3_Shift", 0xFE03 },
{ "ISO_Level3_Latch", 0xFE04 },
{ "ISO_Level3_Lock", 0xFE05 },
{ "ISO_Group_Latch", 0xFE06 },
{ "ISO_Group_Lock", 0xFE07 },
{ "ISO_Next_Group", 0xFE08 },
{ "ISO_Next_Group_Lock", 0xFE09 },
{ "ISO_Prev_Group", 0xFE0A },
{ "ISO_Prev_Group_Lock", 0xFE0B },
{ "ISO_First_Group", 0xFE0C },
{ "ISO_First_Group_Lock", 0xFE0D },
{ "ISO_Last_Group", 0xFE0E },
{ "ISO_Last_Group_Lock", 0xFE0F },
{ "ISO_Level5_Shift", 0xFE11 },
{ "ISO_Level5_Latch", 0xFE12 },
{ "ISO_Level5_Lock", 0xFE13 },
{ "ISO_Left_Tab", 0xFE20 },
{ "ISO_Move_Line_Up", 0xFE21 },
{ "ISO_Move_Line_Down", 0xFE22 },
{ "ISO_Partial_Line_Up", 0xFE23 },
{ "ISO_Partial_Line_Down", 0xFE24 },
{ "ISO_Partial_Space_Left", 0xFE25 },
{ "ISO_Partial_Space_Right", 0xFE26 },
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
256 257 258 259 260 261 262 | { "dead_belowcircumflex", 0xFE69 },
{ "dead_belowtilde", 0xFE6A },
{ "dead_belowbreve", 0xFE6B },
{ "dead_belowdiaeresis", 0xFE6C },
{ "dead_invertedbreve", 0xFE6D },
{ "dead_belowcomma", 0xFE6E },
{ "dead_currency", 0xFE6F },
| | > > | > > > > | | > > > > > > > > > > > < < < < < < < < < < < | 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 | { "dead_belowcircumflex", 0xFE69 },
{ "dead_belowtilde", 0xFE6A },
{ "dead_belowbreve", 0xFE6B },
{ "dead_belowdiaeresis", 0xFE6C },
{ "dead_invertedbreve", 0xFE6D },
{ "dead_belowcomma", 0xFE6E },
{ "dead_currency", 0xFE6F },
{ "AccessX_Enable", 0xFE70 },
{ "AccessX_Feedback_Enable", 0xFE71 },
{ "RepeatKeys_Enable", 0xFE72 },
{ "SlowKeys_Enable", 0xFE73 },
{ "BounceKeys_Enable", 0xFE74 },
{ "StickyKeys_Enable", 0xFE75 },
{ "MouseKeys_Enable", 0xFE76 },
{ "MouseKeys_Accel_Enable", 0xFE77 },
{ "Overlay1_Enable", 0xFE78 },
{ "Overlay2_Enable", 0xFE79 },
{ "AudibleBell_Enable", 0xFE7A },
{ "dead_a", 0xFE80 },
{ "dead_A", 0xFE81 },
{ "dead_e", 0xFE82 },
{ "dead_E", 0xFE83 },
{ "dead_i", 0xFE84 },
{ "dead_I", 0xFE85 },
{ "dead_o", 0xFE86 },
{ "dead_O", 0xFE87 },
{ "dead_u", 0xFE88 },
{ "dead_U", 0xFE89 },
{ "dead_small_schwa", 0xFE8A },
{ "dead_capital_schwa", 0xFE8B },
{ "dead_greek", 0xFE8C },
{ "dead_lowline", 0xFE90 },
{ "dead_aboveverticalline", 0xFE91 },
{ "dead_belowverticalline", 0xFE92 },
{ "dead_longsolidusoverlay", 0xFE93 },
{ "ch", 0xFEA0 },
{ "Ch", 0xFEA1 },
{ "CH", 0xFEA2 },
{ "c_h", 0xFEA3 },
{ "C_h", 0xFEA4 },
{ "C_H", 0xFEA5 },
{ "First_Virtual_Screen", 0xFED0 },
{ "Prev_Virtual_Screen", 0xFED1 },
{ "Next_Virtual_Screen", 0xFED2 },
{ "Last_Virtual_Screen", 0xFED4 },
{ "Terminate_Server", 0xFED5 },
{ "Pointer_Left", 0xFEE0 },
{ "Pointer_Right", 0xFEE1 },
{ "Pointer_Up", 0xFEE2 },
{ "Pointer_Down", 0xFEE3 },
{ "Pointer_UpLeft", 0xFEE4 },
{ "Pointer_UpRight", 0xFEE5 },
{ "Pointer_DownLeft", 0xFEE6 },
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
314 315 316 317 318 319 320 | { "Pointer_DblClick4", 0xFEF2 },
{ "Pointer_DblClick5", 0xFEF3 },
{ "Pointer_Drag_Dflt", 0xFEF4 },
{ "Pointer_Drag1", 0xFEF5 },
{ "Pointer_Drag2", 0xFEF6 },
{ "Pointer_Drag3", 0xFEF7 },
{ "Pointer_Drag4", 0xFEF8 },
| < | < < < < < | 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 | { "Pointer_DblClick4", 0xFEF2 },
{ "Pointer_DblClick5", 0xFEF3 },
{ "Pointer_Drag_Dflt", 0xFEF4 },
{ "Pointer_Drag1", 0xFEF5 },
{ "Pointer_Drag2", 0xFEF6 },
{ "Pointer_Drag3", 0xFEF7 },
{ "Pointer_Drag4", 0xFEF8 },
{ "Pointer_EnableKeys", 0xFEF9 },
{ "Pointer_Accelerate", 0xFEFA },
{ "Pointer_DfltBtnNext", 0xFEFB },
{ "Pointer_DfltBtnPrev", 0xFEFC },
{ "Pointer_Drag5", 0xFEFD },
{ "3270_Duplicate", 0xFD01 },
{ "3270_FieldMark", 0xFD02 },
{ "3270_Right2", 0xFD03 },
{ "3270_Left2", 0xFD04 },
{ "3270_BackTab", 0xFD05 },
{ "3270_EraseEOF", 0xFD06 },
{ "3270_EraseInput", 0xFD07 },
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 | { "3270_ChangeScreen", 0xFD19 },
{ "3270_DeleteWord", 0xFD1A },
{ "3270_ExSelect", 0xFD1B },
{ "3270_CursorSelect", 0xFD1C },
{ "3270_PrintScreen", 0xFD1D },
{ "3270_Enter", 0xFD1E },
{ "space", 0x20 },
{ "exclam", 0x21 },
{ "quotedbl", 0x22 },
{ "numbersign", 0x23 },
{ "dollar", 0x24 },
{ "percent", 0x25 },
{ "ampersand", 0x26 },
{ "apostrophe", 0x27 },
{ "quoteright", 0x27 },
{ "parenleft", 0x28 },
{ "parenright", 0x29 },
{ "asterisk", 0x2A },
{ "plus", 0x2B },
{ "comma", 0x2C },
{ "minus", 0x2D },
{ "period", 0x2E },
{ "slash", 0x2F },
{ "0", 0x30 },
{ "1", 0x31 },
{ "2", 0x32 },
{ "3", 0x33 },
{ "4", 0x34 },
{ "5", 0x35 },
{ "6", 0x36 },
{ "7", 0x37 },
{ "8", 0x38 },
{ "9", 0x39 },
{ "colon", 0x3A },
{ "semicolon", 0x3B },
{ "less", 0x3C },
{ "equal", 0x3D },
{ "greater", 0x3E },
{ "question", 0x3F },
{ "at", 0x40 },
{ "A", 0x41 },
{ "B", 0x42 },
{ "C", 0x43 },
{ "D", 0x44 },
{ "E", 0x45 },
| > > > > > > > > > | 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 | { "3270_ChangeScreen", 0xFD19 },
{ "3270_DeleteWord", 0xFD1A },
{ "3270_ExSelect", 0xFD1B },
{ "3270_CursorSelect", 0xFD1C },
{ "3270_PrintScreen", 0xFD1D },
{ "3270_Enter", 0xFD1E },
{ "space", 0x20 },
#ifndef TK_NO_DEPRECATED
{ "exclam", 0x21 },
#endif
{ "quotedbl", 0x22 },
{ "numbersign", 0x23 },
{ "dollar", 0x24 },
#ifndef TK_NO_DEPRECATED
{ "percent", 0x25 },
{ "ampersand", 0x26 },
{ "apostrophe", 0x27 },
{ "quoteright", 0x27 },
{ "parenleft", 0x28 },
{ "parenright", 0x29 },
{ "asterisk", 0x2A },
{ "plus", 0x2B },
{ "comma", 0x2C },
#endif
{ "minus", 0x2D },
#ifndef TK_NO_DEPRECATED
{ "period", 0x2E },
{ "slash", 0x2F },
{ "0", 0x30 },
{ "1", 0x31 },
{ "2", 0x32 },
{ "3", 0x33 },
{ "4", 0x34 },
{ "5", 0x35 },
{ "6", 0x36 },
{ "7", 0x37 },
{ "8", 0x38 },
{ "9", 0x39 },
{ "colon", 0x3A },
#endif
{ "semicolon", 0x3B },
{ "less", 0x3C },
#ifndef TK_NO_DEPRECATED
{ "equal", 0x3D },
#endif
{ "greater", 0x3E },
#ifndef TK_NO_DEPRECATED
{ "question", 0x3F },
{ "at", 0x40 },
{ "A", 0x41 },
{ "B", 0x42 },
{ "C", 0x43 },
{ "D", 0x44 },
{ "E", 0x45 },
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 | { "T", 0x54 },
{ "U", 0x55 },
{ "V", 0x56 },
{ "W", 0x57 },
{ "X", 0x58 },
{ "Y", 0x59 },
{ "Z", 0x5A },
{ "bracketleft", 0x5B },
{ "backslash", 0x5C },
{ "bracketright", 0x5D },
{ "asciicircum", 0x5E },
{ "underscore", 0x5F },
{ "grave", 0x60 },
{ "quoteleft", 0x60 },
{ "a", 0x61 },
{ "b", 0x62 },
{ "c", 0x63 },
| > > | 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 | { "T", 0x54 },
{ "U", 0x55 },
{ "V", 0x56 },
{ "W", 0x57 },
{ "X", 0x58 },
{ "Y", 0x59 },
{ "Z", 0x5A },
#endif
{ "bracketleft", 0x5B },
{ "backslash", 0x5C },
{ "bracketright", 0x5D },
#ifndef TK_NO_DEPRECATED
{ "asciicircum", 0x5E },
{ "underscore", 0x5F },
{ "grave", 0x60 },
{ "quoteleft", 0x60 },
{ "a", 0x61 },
{ "b", 0x62 },
{ "c", 0x63 },
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 | { "t", 0x74 },
{ "u", 0x75 },
{ "v", 0x76 },
{ "w", 0x77 },
{ "x", 0x78 },
{ "y", 0x79 },
{ "z", 0x7A },
{ "braceleft", 0x7B },
{ "bar", 0x7C },
{ "braceright", 0x7D },
{ "asciitilde", 0x7E },
{ "nobreakspace", 0xA0 },
{ "exclamdown", 0xA1 },
{ "cent", 0xA2 },
{ "sterling", 0xA3 },
{ "currency", 0xA4 },
{ "yen", 0xA5 },
{ "brokenbar", 0xA6 },
{ "section", 0xA7 },
| > > > > > > | 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 | { "t", 0x74 },
{ "u", 0x75 },
{ "v", 0x76 },
{ "w", 0x77 },
{ "x", 0x78 },
{ "y", 0x79 },
{ "z", 0x7A },
#endif
{ "braceleft", 0x7B },
#ifndef TK_NO_DEPRECATED
{ "bar", 0x7C },
#endif
{ "braceright", 0x7D },
#ifndef TK_NO_DEPRECATED
{ "asciitilde", 0x7E },
#endif
{ "nobreakspace", 0xA0 },
#ifndef TK_NO_DEPRECATED
{ "exclamdown", 0xA1 },
{ "cent", 0xA2 },
{ "sterling", 0xA3 },
{ "currency", 0xA4 },
{ "yen", 0xA5 },
{ "brokenbar", 0xA6 },
{ "section", 0xA7 },
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
546 547 548 549 550 551 552 | { "ograve", 0xF2 },
{ "oacute", 0xF3 },
{ "ocircumflex", 0xF4 },
{ "otilde", 0xF5 },
{ "odiaeresis", 0xF6 },
{ "division", 0xF7 },
{ "oslash", 0xF8 },
| < < < > | 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 | { "ograve", 0xF2 },
{ "oacute", 0xF3 },
{ "ocircumflex", 0xF4 },
{ "otilde", 0xF5 },
{ "odiaeresis", 0xF6 },
{ "division", 0xF7 },
{ "oslash", 0xF8 },
{ "ugrave", 0xF9 },
{ "uacute", 0xFA },
{ "ucircumflex", 0xFB },
{ "udiaeresis", 0xFC },
{ "yacute", 0xFD },
{ "thorn", 0xFE },
{ "ydiaeresis", 0xFF },
#endif /* TK_NO_DEPRECATED */
{ "Aogonek", 0x1A1 },
{ "breve", 0x1A2 },
{ "Lstroke", 0x1A3 },
{ "Lcaron", 0x1A5 },
{ "Sacute", 0x1A6 },
{ "Scaron", 0x1A9 },
{ "Scedilla", 0x1AA },
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
676 677 678 679 680 681 682 | { "imacron", 0x3EF },
{ "ncedilla", 0x3F1 },
{ "omacron", 0x3F2 },
{ "kcedilla", 0x3F3 },
{ "uogonek", 0x3F9 },
{ "utilde", 0x3FD },
{ "umacron", 0x3FE },
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 | { "imacron", 0x3EF },
{ "ncedilla", 0x3F1 },
{ "omacron", 0x3F2 },
{ "kcedilla", 0x3F3 },
{ "uogonek", 0x3F9 },
{ "utilde", 0x3FD },
{ "umacron", 0x3FE },
{ "OE", 0x13BC },
{ "oe", 0x13BD },
{ "Ydiaeresis", 0x13BE },
{ "overline", 0x47E },
{ "kana_fullstop", 0x4A1 },
{ "kana_openingbracket", 0x4A2 },
{ "kana_closingbracket", 0x4A3 },
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
784 785 786 787 788 789 790 | { "kana_RU", 0x4D9 },
{ "kana_RE", 0x4DA },
{ "kana_RO", 0x4DB },
{ "kana_WA", 0x4DC },
{ "kana_N", 0x4DD },
{ "voicedsound", 0x4DE },
{ "semivoicedsound", 0x4DF },
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 | { "kana_RU", 0x4D9 },
{ "kana_RE", 0x4DA },
{ "kana_RO", 0x4DB },
{ "kana_WA", 0x4DC },
{ "kana_N", 0x4DD },
{ "voicedsound", 0x4DE },
{ "semivoicedsound", 0x4DF },
{ "Arabic_comma", 0x5AC },
{ "Arabic_semicolon", 0x5BB },
{ "Arabic_question_mark", 0x5BF },
{ "Arabic_hamza", 0x5C1 },
{ "Arabic_maddaonalef", 0x5C2 },
{ "Arabic_hamzaonalef", 0x5C3 },
{ "Arabic_hamzaonwaw", 0x5C4 },
{ "Arabic_hamzaunderalef", 0x5C5 },
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
864 865 866 867 868 869 870 | { "Arabic_dammatan", 0x5EC },
{ "Arabic_kasratan", 0x5ED },
{ "Arabic_fatha", 0x5EE },
{ "Arabic_damma", 0x5EF },
{ "Arabic_kasra", 0x5F0 },
{ "Arabic_shadda", 0x5F1 },
{ "Arabic_sukun", 0x5F2 },
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 | { "Arabic_dammatan", 0x5EC },
{ "Arabic_kasratan", 0x5ED },
{ "Arabic_fatha", 0x5EE },
{ "Arabic_damma", 0x5EF },
{ "Arabic_kasra", 0x5F0 },
{ "Arabic_shadda", 0x5F1 },
{ "Arabic_sukun", 0x5F2 },
{ "Serbian_dje", 0x6A1 },
{ "Macedonia_gje", 0x6A2 },
{ "Cyrillic_io", 0x6A3 },
{ "Ukrainian_ie", 0x6A4 },
#ifndef TK_NO_DEPRECATED
{ "Ukranian_je", 0x6A4 },
#endif
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 | { "Cyrillic_CHE", 0x6FE },
{ "Cyrillic_HARDSIGN", 0x6FF },
{ "Greek_ALPHAaccent", 0x7A1 },
{ "Greek_EPSILONaccent", 0x7A2 },
{ "Greek_ETAaccent", 0x7A3 },
{ "Greek_IOTAaccent", 0x7A4 },
{ "Greek_IOTAdieresis", 0x7A5 },
{ "Greek_IOTAdiaeresis", 0x7A5 },
{ "Greek_IOTAaccentdiaeresis", 0x7A6 },
{ "Greek_OMICRONaccent", 0x7A7 },
{ "Greek_UPSILONaccent", 0x7A8 },
{ "Greek_UPSILONdieresis", 0x7A9 },
{ "Greek_UPSILONaccentdieresis", 0x7AA },
{ "Greek_OMEGAaccent", 0x7AB },
{ "Greek_accentdieresis", 0x7AE },
| > > | 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 | { "Cyrillic_CHE", 0x6FE },
{ "Cyrillic_HARDSIGN", 0x6FF },
{ "Greek_ALPHAaccent", 0x7A1 },
{ "Greek_EPSILONaccent", 0x7A2 },
{ "Greek_ETAaccent", 0x7A3 },
{ "Greek_IOTAaccent", 0x7A4 },
{ "Greek_IOTAdieresis", 0x7A5 },
#ifndef TK_NO_DEPRECATED
{ "Greek_IOTAdiaeresis", 0x7A5 },
#endif
{ "Greek_IOTAaccentdiaeresis", 0x7A6 },
{ "Greek_OMICRONaccent", 0x7A7 },
{ "Greek_UPSILONaccent", 0x7A8 },
{ "Greek_UPSILONdieresis", 0x7A9 },
{ "Greek_UPSILONaccentdieresis", 0x7AA },
{ "Greek_OMEGAaccent", 0x7AB },
{ "Greek_accentdieresis", 0x7AE },
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 | { "Greek_finalsmallsigma", 0x7F3 },
{ "Greek_tau", 0x7F4 },
{ "Greek_upsilon", 0x7F5 },
{ "Greek_phi", 0x7F6 },
{ "Greek_chi", 0x7F7 },
{ "Greek_psi", 0x7F8 },
{ "Greek_omega", 0x7F9 },
| < | 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 | { "Greek_finalsmallsigma", 0x7F3 },
{ "Greek_tau", 0x7F4 },
{ "Greek_upsilon", 0x7F5 },
{ "Greek_phi", 0x7F6 },
{ "Greek_chi", 0x7F7 },
{ "Greek_psi", 0x7F8 },
{ "Greek_omega", 0x7F9 },
{ "leftradical", 0x8A1 },
{ "topleftradical", 0x8A2 },
{ "horizconnector", 0x8A3 },
{ "topintegral", 0x8A4 },
{ "botintegral", 0x8A5 },
{ "vertconnector", 0x8A6 },
{ "topleftsqbracket", 0x8A7 },
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1359 1360 1361 1362 1363 1364 1365 | #endif
{ "hebrew_resh", 0xCF8 },
{ "hebrew_shin", 0xCF9 },
{ "hebrew_taw", 0xCFA },
#ifndef TK_NO_DEPRECATED
{ "hebrew_taf", 0xCFA },
#endif
| < | 1305 1306 1307 1308 1309 1310 1311 1312 1313 1314 1315 1316 1317 1318 | #endif
{ "hebrew_resh", 0xCF8 },
{ "hebrew_shin", 0xCF9 },
{ "hebrew_taw", 0xCFA },
#ifndef TK_NO_DEPRECATED
{ "hebrew_taf", 0xCFA },
#endif
{ "Thai_kokai", 0xDA1 },
{ "Thai_khokhai", 0xDA2 },
{ "Thai_khokhuat", 0xDA3 },
{ "Thai_khokhwai", 0xDA4 },
{ "Thai_khokhon", 0xDA5 },
{ "Thai_khorakhang", 0xDA6 },
{ "Thai_ngongu", 0xDA7 },
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1444 1445 1446 1447 1448 1449 1450 | { "Thai_leksam", 0xDF3 },
{ "Thai_leksi", 0xDF4 },
{ "Thai_lekha", 0xDF5 },
{ "Thai_lekhok", 0xDF6 },
{ "Thai_lekchet", 0xDF7 },
{ "Thai_lekpaet", 0xDF8 },
{ "Thai_lekkao", 0xDF9 },
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 1389 1390 1391 1392 1393 1394 1395 1396 1397 1398 1399 1400 1401 1402 | { "Thai_leksam", 0xDF3 },
{ "Thai_leksi", 0xDF4 },
{ "Thai_lekha", 0xDF5 },
{ "Thai_lekhok", 0xDF6 },
{ "Thai_lekchet", 0xDF7 },
{ "Thai_lekpaet", 0xDF8 },
{ "Thai_lekkao", 0xDF9 },
{ "Hangul_Kiyeog", 0xEA1 },
{ "Hangul_SsangKiyeog", 0xEA2 },
{ "Hangul_KiyeogSios", 0xEA3 },
{ "Hangul_Nieun", 0xEA4 },
{ "Hangul_NieunJieuj", 0xEA5 },
{ "Hangul_NieunHieuh", 0xEA6 },
{ "Hangul_Dikeud", 0xEA7 },
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1551 1552 1553 1554 1555 1556 1557 | { "Hangul_YeorinHieuh", 0xEF5 },
{ "Hangul_AraeA", 0xEF6 },
{ "Hangul_AraeAE", 0xEF7 },
{ "Hangul_J_PanSios", 0xEF8 },
{ "Hangul_J_KkogjiDalrinIeung", 0xEF9 },
{ "Hangul_J_YeorinHieuh", 0xEFA },
{ "Korean_Won", 0xEFF },
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 1480 1481 1482 1483 1484 1485 1486 1487 1488 1489 1490 1491 1492 1493 | { "Hangul_YeorinHieuh", 0xEF5 },
{ "Hangul_AraeA", 0xEF6 },
{ "Hangul_AraeAE", 0xEF7 },
{ "Hangul_J_PanSios", 0xEF8 },
{ "Hangul_J_KkogjiDalrinIeung", 0xEF9 },
{ "Hangul_J_YeorinHieuh", 0xEFA },
{ "Korean_Won", 0xEFF },
{ "XF86ModeLock", 0x1008FF01 },
{ "XF86MonBrightnessUp", 0x1008FF02 },
{ "XF86MonBrightnessDown", 0x1008FF03 },
{ "XF86KbdLightOnOff", 0x1008FF04 },
{ "XF86KbdBrightnessUp", 0x1008FF05 },
{ "XF86KbdBrightnessDown", 0x1008FF06 },
{ "XF86MonBrightnessCycle", 0x1008FF07 },
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/nanosvg.h.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
29 30 31 32 33 34 35 | #ifndef NANOSVG_H
#define NANOSVG_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
| | < > | < > | < > | | < > | | < > | | < > | > | 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 | #ifndef NANOSVG_H
#define NANOSVG_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* NanoSVG is a simple stupid single-header-file SVG parse. The output of the parser is a list of cubic bezier shapes.
*
* The library suits well for anything from rendering scalable icons in your editor application to prototyping a game.
*
* NanoSVG supports a wide range of SVG features, but something may be missing, feel free to create a pull request!
*
* The shapes in the SVG images are transformed by the viewBox and converted to specified units.
* That is, you should get the same looking data as your designed in your favorite app.
*
* NanoSVG can return the paths in few different units. For example if you want to render an image, you may choose
* to get the paths in pixels, or if you are feeding the data into a CNC-cutter, you may want to use millimeters.
*
* The units passed to NanoSVG should be one of: 'px', 'pt', 'pc' 'mm', 'cm', or 'in'.
* DPI (dots-per-inch) controls how the unit conversion is done.
*
* If you don't know or care about the units stuff, "px" and 96 should get you going.
*/
/* Example Usage:
// Load SVG
NSVGimage* image;
image = nsvgParseFromFile("test.svg", "px", 96);
printf("size: %f x %f\n", image->width, image->height);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
81 82 83 84 85 86 87 | #define NANOSVG_realloc realloc #endif #ifndef NANOSVG_free #define NANOSVG_free free #endif | | | | 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 | #define NANOSVG_realloc realloc
#endif
#ifndef NANOSVG_free
#define NANOSVG_free free
#endif
/* float emulation for MS VC6++ compiler */
#if defined(_MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER == 1200)
#define tanf(a) (float)tan(a)
#define cosf(a) (float)cos(a)
#define sinf(a) (float)sin(a)
#define sqrtf(a) (float)sqrt(a)
#define fabsf(a) (float)fabs(a)
#define acosf(a) (float)acos(a)
#define atan2f(a,b) (float)atan2(a,b)
#define ceilf(a) (float)ceil(a)
#define fmodf(a,b) (float)fmod(a,b)
#define floorf(a) (float)floor(a)
#endif
/* float emulation for MS VC8++ compiler */
#if defined(_MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER == 1400)
#define fabsf(a) (float)fabs(a)
#endif
enum NSVGpaintType {
NSVG_PAINT_NONE = 0,
NSVG_PAINT_COLOR = 1,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
156 157 158 159 160 161 162 | unsigned int color;
NSVGgradient* gradient;
};
} NSVGpaint;
typedef struct NSVGpath
{
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 | unsigned int color;
NSVGgradient* gradient;
};
} NSVGpaint;
typedef struct NSVGpath
{
float* pts; /* Cubic bezier points: x0,y0, [cpx1,cpx1,cpx2,cpy2,x1,y1], ... */
int npts; /* Total number of bezier points. */
char closed; /* Flag indicating if shapes should be treated as closed. */
float bounds[4]; /* Tight bounding box of the shape [minx,miny,maxx,maxy]. */
struct NSVGpath* next; /* Pointer to next path, or NULL if last element. */
} NSVGpath;
typedef struct NSVGshape
{
char id[64]; /* Optional 'id' attr of the shape or its group */
NSVGpaint fill; /* Fill paint */
NSVGpaint stroke; /* Stroke paint */
float opacity; /* Opacity of the shape. */
float strokeWidth; /* Stroke width (scaled). */
float strokeDashOffset; /* Stroke dash offset (scaled). */
float strokeDashArray[8]; /* Stroke dash array (scaled). */
char strokeDashCount; /* Number of dash values in dash array. */
char strokeLineJoin; /* Stroke join type. */
char strokeLineCap; /* Stroke cap type. */
float miterLimit; /* Miter limit */
char fillRule; /* Fill rule, see NSVGfillRule. */
unsigned char flags; /* Logical or of NSVG_FLAGS_* flags */
float bounds[4]; /* Tight bounding box of the shape [minx,miny,maxx,maxy]. */
NSVGpath* paths; /* Linked list of paths in the image. */
struct NSVGshape* next; /* Pointer to next shape, or NULL if last element. */
} NSVGshape;
typedef struct NSVGimage
{
float width; /* Width of the image. */
float height; /* Height of the image. */
NSVGshape* shapes; /* Linked list of shapes in the image. */
} NSVGimage;
/* Parses SVG file from a file, returns SVG image as paths. */
NANOSVG_SCOPE NSVGimage* nsvgParseFromFile(const char* filename, const char* units, float dpi);
/* Parses SVG file from a null terminated string, returns SVG image as paths. */
/* Important note: changes the string. */
NANOSVG_SCOPE NSVGimage* nsvgParse(char* input, const char* units, float dpi);
/* Deletes list of paths. */
NANOSVG_SCOPE void nsvgDelete(NSVGimage* image);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* NANOSVG_H */
#ifdef NANOSVG_IMPLEMENTATION
#include <string.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <math.h>
#define NSVG_PI (3.14159265358979323846264338327f)
#define NSVG_KAPPA90 (0.5522847493f) /* Length proportional to radius of a cubic bezier handle for 90deg arcs. */
#define NSVG_ALIGN_MIN 0
#define NSVG_ALIGN_MID 1
#define NSVG_ALIGN_MAX 2
#define NSVG_ALIGN_NONE 0
#define NSVG_ALIGN_MEET 1
#define NSVG_ALIGN_SLICE 2
#define NSVG_NOTUSED(v) do { (void)(1 ? (void)0 : ( (void)(v) ) ); } while(0)
#define NSVG_RGB(r, g, b) (((unsigned int)r) | ((unsigned int)g << 8) | ((unsigned int)b << 16))
#ifdef _MSC_VER
#pragma warning (disable: 4996) /* Switch off security warnings */
#pragma warning (disable: 4100) /* Switch off unreferenced formal parameter warnings */
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define NSVG_INLINE inline
#else
#define NSVG_INLINE
#endif
#if !defined(strtoll) /* old MSVC versions do not have strtoll() */
#define strtoll _strtoi64
#endif
#else
#define NSVG_INLINE inline
#endif
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
255 256 257 258 259 260 261 | return c >= '0' && c <= '9';
}
static NSVG_INLINE float nsvg__minf(float a, float b) { return a < b ? a : b; }
static NSVG_INLINE float nsvg__maxf(float a, float b) { return a > b ? a : b; }
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 | return c >= '0' && c <= '9';
}
static NSVG_INLINE float nsvg__minf(float a, float b) { return a < b ? a : b; }
static NSVG_INLINE float nsvg__maxf(float a, float b) { return a > b ? a : b; }
/* Simple XML parser */
#define NSVG_XML_TAG 1
#define NSVG_XML_CONTENT 2
#define NSVG_XML_MAX_ATTRIBS 256
static void nsvg__parseContent(char* s,
void (*contentCb)(void* ud, const char* s),
void* ud)
{
/* Trim start white spaces */
while (*s && nsvg__isspace(*s)) s++;
if (!*s) return;
if (contentCb)
(*contentCb)(ud, s);
}
static void nsvg__parseElement(char* s,
void (*startelCb)(void* ud, const char* el, const char** attr),
void (*endelCb)(void* ud, const char* el),
void* ud)
{
const char* attr[NSVG_XML_MAX_ATTRIBS];
int nattr = 0;
char* cbname;
int start = 0;
int end = 0;
char quote;
/* Skip white space after the '<' */
while (*s && nsvg__isspace(*s)) s++;
/* Check if the tag is end tag */
if (*s == '/') {
s++;
end = 1;
} else {
start = 1;
}
/* Skip comments, data and preprocessor stuff. */
if (!*s || *s == '?' || *s == '!')
return;
/* Get tag name */
cbname = s;
while (*s && !nsvg__isspace(*s)) s++;
if (*s) { *s++ = '\0'; }
/* Get attribs */
while (!end && *s && nattr < NSVG_XML_MAX_ATTRIBS-3) {
char* name = NULL;
char* value = NULL;
/* Skip white space before the attrib name */
while (*s && nsvg__isspace(*s)) s++;
if (!*s) break;
if (*s == '/') {
end = 1;
break;
}
name = s;
/* Find end of the attrib name. */
while (*s && !nsvg__isspace(*s) && *s != '=') s++;
if (*s) { *s++ = '\0'; }
/* Skip until the beginning of the value. */
while (*s && *s != '\"' && *s != '\'') s++;
if (!*s) break;
quote = *s;
s++;
/* Store value and find the end of it. */
value = s;
while (*s && *s != quote) s++;
if (*s) { *s++ = '\0'; }
/* Store only well formed attributes */
if (name && value) {
attr[nattr++] = name;
attr[nattr++] = value;
}
}
/* List terminator */
attr[nattr++] = 0;
attr[nattr++] = 0;
/* Call callbacks. */
if (start && startelCb)
(*startelCb)(ud, cbname, attr);
if (end && endelCb)
(*endelCb)(ud, cbname);
}
NANOSVG_SCOPE
int nsvg__parseXML(char* input,
void (*startelCb)(void* ud, const char* el, const char** attr),
void (*endelCb)(void* ud, const char* el),
void (*contentCb)(void* ud, const char* s),
void* ud)
{
char* s = input;
char* mark = s;
int state = NSVG_XML_CONTENT;
while (*s) {
if (*s == '<' && state == NSVG_XML_CONTENT) {
/* Start of a tag */
*s++ = '\0';
nsvg__parseContent(mark, contentCb, ud);
mark = s;
state = NSVG_XML_TAG;
} else if (*s == '>' && state == NSVG_XML_TAG) {
/* Start of a content or new tag. */
*s++ = '\0';
nsvg__parseContent(mark, contentCb, ud);
nsvg__parseElement(mark, startelCb, endelCb, ud);
mark = s;
state = NSVG_XML_CONTENT;
} else {
s++;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
611 612 613 614 615 616 617 | int i, j, count; double roots[2], a, b, c, b2ac, t, v; float* v0 = &curve[0]; float* v1 = &curve[2]; float* v2 = &curve[4]; float* v3 = &curve[6]; | | | | | | 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 | int i, j, count;
double roots[2], a, b, c, b2ac, t, v;
float* v0 = &curve[0];
float* v1 = &curve[2];
float* v2 = &curve[4];
float* v3 = &curve[6];
/* Start the bounding box by end points */
bounds[0] = nsvg__minf(v0[0], v3[0]);
bounds[1] = nsvg__minf(v0[1], v3[1]);
bounds[2] = nsvg__maxf(v0[0], v3[0]);
bounds[3] = nsvg__maxf(v0[1], v3[1]);
/* Bezier curve fits inside the convex hull of it's control points. */
/* If control points are inside the bounds, we're done. */
if (nsvg__ptInBounds(v1, bounds) && nsvg__ptInBounds(v2, bounds))
return;
/* Add bezier curve inflection points in X and Y. */
for (i = 0; i < 2; i++) {
a = -3.0 * v0[i] + 9.0 * v1[i] - 9.0 * v2[i] + 3.0 * v3[i];
b = 6.0 * v0[i] - 12.0 * v1[i] + 6.0 * v2[i];
c = 3.0 * v1[i] - 3.0 * v0[i];
count = 0;
if (fabs(a) < NSVG_EPSILON) {
if (fabs(b) > NSVG_EPSILON) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
664 665 666 667 668 669 670 | if (p == NULL) goto error; memset(p, 0, sizeof(NSVGparser)); p->image = (NSVGimage*)NANOSVG_malloc(sizeof(NSVGimage)); if (p->image == NULL) goto error; memset(p->image, 0, sizeof(NSVGimage)); | | | 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 | if (p == NULL) goto error; memset(p, 0, sizeof(NSVGparser)); p->image = (NSVGimage*)NANOSVG_malloc(sizeof(NSVGimage)); if (p->image == NULL) goto error; memset(p->image, 0, sizeof(NSVGimage)); /* Init style */ nsvg__xformIdentity(p->attr[0].xform); memset(p->attr[0].id, 0, sizeof p->attr[0].id); p->attr[0].fillColor = NSVG_RGB(0,0,0); p->attr[0].strokeColor = NSVG_RGB(0,0,0); p->attr[0].opacity = 1; p->attr[0].fillOpacity = 1; p->attr[0].strokeOpacity = 1; |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
850 851 852 853 854 855 856 | case NSVG_UNITS_PX: return c.value; case NSVG_UNITS_PT: return c.value / 72.0f * p->dpi; case NSVG_UNITS_PC: return c.value / 6.0f * p->dpi; case NSVG_UNITS_MM: return c.value / 25.4f * p->dpi; case NSVG_UNITS_CM: return c.value / 2.54f * p->dpi; case NSVG_UNITS_IN: return c.value * p->dpi; case NSVG_UNITS_EM: return c.value * attr->fontSize; | | | 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 | case NSVG_UNITS_PX: return c.value; case NSVG_UNITS_PT: return c.value / 72.0f * p->dpi; case NSVG_UNITS_PC: return c.value / 6.0f * p->dpi; case NSVG_UNITS_MM: return c.value / 25.4f * p->dpi; case NSVG_UNITS_CM: return c.value / 2.54f * p->dpi; case NSVG_UNITS_IN: return c.value * p->dpi; case NSVG_UNITS_EM: return c.value * attr->fontSize; case NSVG_UNITS_EX: return c.value * attr->fontSize * 0.52f; /* x-height of Helvetica. */ case NSVG_UNITS_PERCENT: return orig + c.value / 100.0f * length; default: return c.value; } return c.value; } static NSVGgradientData* nsvg__findGradientData(NSVGparser* p, const char* id) |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
884 885 886 887 888 889 890 | float ox, oy, sw, sh, sl; int nstops = 0; int refIter; data = nsvg__findGradientData(p, id); if (data == NULL) return NULL; | | | | | | | | 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 | float ox, oy, sw, sh, sl;
int nstops = 0;
int refIter;
data = nsvg__findGradientData(p, id);
if (data == NULL) return NULL;
/* TODO: use ref to fill in all unset values too. */
ref = data;
refIter = 0;
while (ref != NULL) {
NSVGgradientData* nextRef = NULL;
if (stops == NULL && ref->stops != NULL) {
stops = ref->stops;
nstops = ref->nstops;
break;
}
nextRef = nsvg__findGradientData(p, ref->ref);
if (nextRef == ref) break; /* prevent infite loops on malformed data */
ref = nextRef;
refIter++;
if (refIter > 32) break; /* prevent infite loops on malformed data */
}
if (stops == NULL) return NULL;
grad = (NSVGgradient*)NANOSVG_malloc(sizeof(NSVGgradient) + sizeof(NSVGgradientStop)*(nstops-1));
if (grad == NULL) return NULL;
/* The shape width and height. */
if (data->units == NSVG_OBJECT_SPACE) {
ox = localBounds[0];
oy = localBounds[1];
sw = localBounds[2] - localBounds[0];
sh = localBounds[3] - localBounds[1];
} else {
ox = nsvg__actualOrigX(p);
oy = nsvg__actualOrigY(p);
sw = nsvg__actualWidth(p);
sh = nsvg__actualHeight(p);
}
sl = sqrtf(sw*sw + sh*sh) / sqrtf(2.0f);
if (data->type == NSVG_PAINT_LINEAR_GRADIENT) {
float x1, y1, x2, y2, dx, dy;
x1 = nsvg__convertToPixels(p, data->linear.x1, ox, sw);
y1 = nsvg__convertToPixels(p, data->linear.y1, oy, sh);
x2 = nsvg__convertToPixels(p, data->linear.x2, ox, sw);
y2 = nsvg__convertToPixels(p, data->linear.y2, oy, sh);
/* Calculate transform aligned to the line */
dx = x2 - x1;
dy = y2 - y1;
grad->xform[0] = dy; grad->xform[1] = -dx;
grad->xform[2] = dx; grad->xform[3] = dy;
grad->xform[4] = x1; grad->xform[5] = y1;
} else {
float cx, cy, fx, fy, r;
cx = nsvg__convertToPixels(p, data->radial.cx, ox, sw);
cy = nsvg__convertToPixels(p, data->radial.cy, oy, sh);
fx = nsvg__convertToPixels(p, data->radial.fx, ox, sw);
fy = nsvg__convertToPixels(p, data->radial.fy, oy, sh);
r = nsvg__convertToPixels(p, data->radial.r, 0, sl);
/* Calculate transform aligned to the circle */
grad->xform[0] = r; grad->xform[1] = 0;
grad->xform[2] = 0; grad->xform[3] = r;
grad->xform[4] = cx; grad->xform[5] = cy;
grad->fx = fx / r;
grad->fy = fy / r;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 | shape->miterLimit = attr->miterLimit; shape->fillRule = attr->fillRule; shape->opacity = attr->opacity; shape->paths = p->plist; p->plist = NULL; | | | | | | | 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 | shape->miterLimit = attr->miterLimit;
shape->fillRule = attr->fillRule;
shape->opacity = attr->opacity;
shape->paths = p->plist;
p->plist = NULL;
/* Calculate shape bounds */
shape->bounds[0] = shape->paths->bounds[0];
shape->bounds[1] = shape->paths->bounds[1];
shape->bounds[2] = shape->paths->bounds[2];
shape->bounds[3] = shape->paths->bounds[3];
for (path = shape->paths->next; path != NULL; path = path->next) {
shape->bounds[0] = nsvg__minf(shape->bounds[0], path->bounds[0]);
shape->bounds[1] = nsvg__minf(shape->bounds[1], path->bounds[1]);
shape->bounds[2] = nsvg__maxf(shape->bounds[2], path->bounds[2]);
shape->bounds[3] = nsvg__maxf(shape->bounds[3], path->bounds[3]);
}
/* Set fill */
if (attr->hasFill == 0) {
shape->fill.type = NSVG_PAINT_NONE;
} else if (attr->hasFill == 1) {
shape->fill.type = NSVG_PAINT_COLOR;
shape->fill.color = attr->fillColor;
shape->fill.color |= (unsigned int)(attr->fillOpacity*255) << 24;
} else if (attr->hasFill == 2) {
float inv[6], localBounds[4];
nsvg__xformInverse(inv, attr->xform);
nsvg__getLocalBounds(localBounds, shape, inv);
shape->fill.gradient = nsvg__createGradient(p, attr->fillGradient, localBounds, &shape->fill.type);
if (shape->fill.gradient == NULL) {
shape->fill.type = NSVG_PAINT_NONE;
}
}
/* Set stroke */
if (attr->hasStroke == 0) {
shape->stroke.type = NSVG_PAINT_NONE;
} else if (attr->hasStroke == 1) {
shape->stroke.type = NSVG_PAINT_COLOR;
shape->stroke.color = attr->strokeColor;
shape->stroke.color |= (unsigned int)(attr->strokeOpacity*255) << 24;
} else if (attr->hasStroke == 2) {
float inv[6], localBounds[4];
nsvg__xformInverse(inv, attr->xform);
nsvg__getLocalBounds(localBounds, shape, inv);
shape->stroke.gradient = nsvg__createGradient(p, attr->strokeGradient, localBounds, &shape->stroke.type);
if (shape->stroke.gradient == NULL)
shape->stroke.type = NSVG_PAINT_NONE;
}
/* Set flags */
shape->flags = ((attr->visible & NSVG_VIS_DISPLAY) && (attr->visible & NSVG_VIS_VISIBLE) ? NSVG_FLAGS_VISIBLE : 0x00);
/* Add to tail */
if (p->image->shapes == NULL)
p->image->shapes = shape;
else
p->shapesTail->next = shape;
p->shapesTail = shape;
return;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 | if (p->npts < 4) return; if (closed) nsvg__lineTo(p, p->pts[0], p->pts[1]); | | | | | 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 |
if (p->npts < 4)
return;
if (closed)
nsvg__lineTo(p, p->pts[0], p->pts[1]);
/* Expect 1 + N*3 points (N = number of cubic bezier segments). */
if ((p->npts % 3) != 1)
return;
path = (NSVGpath*)NANOSVG_malloc(sizeof(NSVGpath));
if (path == NULL) goto error;
memset(path, 0, sizeof(NSVGpath));
path->pts = (float*)NANOSVG_malloc(p->npts*2*sizeof(float));
if (path->pts == NULL) goto error;
path->closed = closed;
path->npts = p->npts;
/* Transform path. */
for (i = 0; i < p->npts; ++i)
nsvg__xformPoint(&path->pts[i*2], &path->pts[i*2+1], p->pts[i*2], p->pts[i*2+1], attr->xform);
/* Find bounds */
for (i = 0; i < path->npts-1; i += 3) {
curve = &path->pts[i*2];
nsvg__curveBounds(bounds, curve);
if (i == 0) {
path->bounds[0] = bounds[0];
path->bounds[1] = bounds[1];
path->bounds[2] = bounds[2];
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 | error:
if (path != NULL) {
if (path->pts != NULL) NANOSVG_free(path->pts);
NANOSVG_free(path);
}
}
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < < < < < | < > | < < < < < < > | | < | < | < > > | < | 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 1218 1219 1220 1221 1222 1223 1224 1225 1226 1227 1228 1229 1230 1231 1232 1233 1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 1266 1267 1268 1269 1270 1271 1272 1273 1274 1275 1276 1277 1278 1279 1280 1281 1282 1283 1284 1285 1286 1287 1288 1289 1290 1291 1292 1293 1294 1295 1296 1297 1298 1299 1300 1301 1302 1303 1304 1305 1306 1307 1308 1309 1310 1311 1312 | error:
if (path != NULL) {
if (path->pts != NULL) NANOSVG_free(path->pts);
NANOSVG_free(path);
}
}
/* We roll our own string to float because the std library one uses locale and messes things up. */
static double nsvg__atof(const char* s)
{
char* cur = (char*)s;
char* end = NULL;
double res = 0.0, sign = 1.0;
#if defined(_MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER == 1200)
__int64 intPart = 0, fracPart = 0;
#else
long long intPart = 0, fracPart = 0;
#endif
char hasIntPart = 0, hasFracPart = 0;
/* Parse optional sign */
if (*cur == '+') {
cur++;
} else if (*cur == '-') {
sign = -1;
cur++;
}
/* Parse integer part */
if (nsvg__isdigit(*cur)) {
/* Parse digit sequence */
#if defined(_MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER == 1200)
intPart = strtol(cur, &end, 10);
#else
intPart = strtoll(cur, &end, 10);
#endif
if (cur != end) {
res = (double)intPart;
hasIntPart = 1;
cur = end;
}
}
/* Parse fractional part. */
if (*cur == '.') {
cur++; /* Skip '.' */
if (nsvg__isdigit(*cur)) {
/* Parse digit sequence */
#if defined(_MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER == 1200)
fracPart = strtol(cur, &end, 10);
#else
fracPart = strtoll(cur, &end, 10);
#endif
if (cur != end) {
res += (double)fracPart / pow(10.0, (double)(end - cur));
hasFracPart = 1;
cur = end;
}
}
}
/* A valid number should have integer or fractional part. */
if (!hasIntPart && !hasFracPart)
return 0.0;
/* Parse optional exponent */
if (*cur == 'e' || *cur == 'E') {
int expPart = 0;
cur++; /* skip 'E' */
expPart = strtol(cur, &end, 10); /* Parse digit sequence with sign */
if (cur != end) {
res *= pow(10.0, (double)expPart);
}
}
return res * sign;
}
static const char* nsvg__parseNumber(const char* s, char* it, const int size)
{
const int last = size-1;
int i = 0;
/* sign */
if (*s == '-' || *s == '+') {
if (i < last) it[i++] = *s;
s++;
}
/* integer part */
while (*s && nsvg__isdigit(*s)) {
if (i < last) it[i++] = *s;
s++;
}
if (*s == '.') {
/* decimal point */
if (i < last) it[i++] = *s;
s++;
/* fraction part */
while (*s && nsvg__isdigit(*s)) {
if (i < last) it[i++] = *s;
s++;
}
}
/* exponent */
if (*s == 'e' || *s == 'E') {
if (i < last) it[i++] = *s;
s++;
if (*s == '-' || *s == '+') {
if (i < last) it[i++] = *s;
s++;
}
while (*s && nsvg__isdigit(*s)) {
if (i < last) it[i++] = *s;
s++;
}
}
it[i] = '\0';
return s;
}
static const char* nsvg__getNextPathItem(const char* s, char* it)
{
it[0] = '\0';
/* Skip white spaces and commas */
while (*s && (nsvg__isspace(*s) || *s == ',')) s++;
if (!*s) return s;
if (*s == '-' || *s == '+' || *s == '.' || nsvg__isdigit(*s)) {
s = nsvg__parseNumber(s, it, 64);
} else {
/* Parse command */
it[0] = *s++;
it[1] = '\0';
return s;
}
return s;
}
static unsigned int nsvg__parseColorHex(const char* str)
{
unsigned int r=0, g=0, b=0;
if (sscanf(str, "#%2x%2x%2x", &r, &g, &b) == 3 ) /* 2 digit hex */
return NSVG_RGB(r, g, b);
if (sscanf(str, "#%1x%1x%1x", &r, &g, &b) == 3 ) /* 1 digit hex, e.g. #abc -> 0xccbbaa */
return NSVG_RGB(r*17, g*17, b*17); /* same effect as (r<<4|r), (g<<4|g), .. */
return NSVG_RGB(128, 128, 128);
}
static unsigned int nsvg__parseColorRGB(const char* str)
{
unsigned int r=0, g=0, b=0;
if (sscanf(str, "rgb(%u, %u, %u)", &r, &g, &b) == 3) /* decimal integers */
return NSVG_RGB(r, g, b);
if (sscanf(str, "rgb(%u%%, %u%%, %u%%)", &r, &g, &b) == 3) /* decimal integer percentage */
return NSVG_RGB(r*255/100, g*255/100, b*255/100);
return NSVG_RGB(128, 128, 128);
}
typedef struct NSVGNamedColor {
const char* name;
unsigned int color;
} NSVGNamedColor;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1539 1540 1541 1542 1543 1544 1545 | else if (units[0] == 'e' && units[1] == 'x')
return NSVG_UNITS_EX;
return NSVG_UNITS_USER;
}
static int nsvg__isCoordinate(const char* s)
{
| | | | | 1527 1528 1529 1530 1531 1532 1533 1534 1535 1536 1537 1538 1539 1540 1541 1542 1543 1544 1545 | else if (units[0] == 'e' && units[1] == 'x')
return NSVG_UNITS_EX;
return NSVG_UNITS_USER;
}
static int nsvg__isCoordinate(const char* s)
{
/* optional sign */
if (*s == '-' || *s == '+')
s++;
/* must have at least one digit, or start by a dot */
return (nsvg__isdigit(*s) || *s == '.');
}
static NSVGcoordinate nsvg__parseCoordinateRaw(const char* str)
{
NSVGcoordinate coord = {0, NSVG_UNITS_USER};
char units[32]="";
sscanf(str, "%f%s", &coord.value, units);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1719 1720 1721 1722 1723 1724 1725 | nsvg__xformPremultiply(xform, t);
}
}
static void nsvg__parseUrl(char* id, const char* str)
{
int i = 0;
| | | | | | | | | | 1707 1708 1709 1710 1711 1712 1713 1714 1715 1716 1717 1718 1719 1720 1721 1722 1723 1724 1725 1726 1727 1728 1729 1730 1731 1732 1733 1734 1735 1736 1737 1738 1739 1740 1741 1742 1743 1744 1745 1746 1747 1748 1749 1750 1751 1752 1753 1754 1755 1756 1757 1758 1759 1760 1761 1762 1763 1764 1765 1766 1767 1768 1769 1770 1771 1772 1773 1774 1775 1776 1777 1778 1779 1780 1781 1782 1783 1784 1785 1786 1787 1788 1789 1790 1791 | nsvg__xformPremultiply(xform, t);
}
}
static void nsvg__parseUrl(char* id, const char* str)
{
int i = 0;
str += 4; /* "url("; */
if (*str == '#')
str++;
while (i < 63 && *str != ')') {
id[i] = *str++;
i++;
}
id[i] = '\0';
}
static char nsvg__parseLineCap(const char* str)
{
if (strcmp(str, "butt") == 0)
return NSVG_CAP_BUTT;
else if (strcmp(str, "round") == 0)
return NSVG_CAP_ROUND;
else if (strcmp(str, "square") == 0)
return NSVG_CAP_SQUARE;
/* TODO: handle inherit. */
return NSVG_CAP_BUTT;
}
static char nsvg__parseLineJoin(const char* str)
{
if (strcmp(str, "miter") == 0)
return NSVG_JOIN_MITER;
else if (strcmp(str, "round") == 0)
return NSVG_JOIN_ROUND;
else if (strcmp(str, "bevel") == 0)
return NSVG_JOIN_BEVEL;
/* TODO: handle inherit. */
return NSVG_JOIN_MITER;
}
static char nsvg__parseFillRule(const char* str)
{
if (strcmp(str, "nonzero") == 0)
return NSVG_FILLRULE_NONZERO;
else if (strcmp(str, "evenodd") == 0)
return NSVG_FILLRULE_EVENODD;
/* TODO: handle inherit. */
return NSVG_FILLRULE_NONZERO;
}
static const char* nsvg__getNextDashItem(const char* s, char* it)
{
int n = 0;
it[0] = '\0';
/* Skip white spaces and commas */
while (*s && (nsvg__isspace(*s) || *s == ',')) s++;
/* Advance until whitespace, comma or end. */
while (*s && (!nsvg__isspace(*s) && *s != ',')) {
if (n < 63)
it[n++] = *s;
s++;
}
it[n++] = '\0';
return s;
}
static int nsvg__parseStrokeDashArray(NSVGparser* p, const char* str, float* strokeDashArray)
{
char item[64];
int count = 0, i;
float sum = 0.0f;
/* Handle "none" */
if (str[0] == 'n')
return 0;
/* Parse dashes */
while (*str) {
str = nsvg__getNextDashItem(str, item);
if (!*item) break;
if (count < NSVG_MAX_DASHES)
strokeDashArray[count++] = fabsf(nsvg__parseCoordinate(p, item, 0.0f, nsvg__actualLength(p)));
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1818 1819 1820 1821 1822 1823 1824 | if (!attr) return 0;
if (strcmp(name, "style") == 0) {
nsvg__parseStyle(p, value);
} else if (strcmp(name, "display") == 0) {
if (strcmp(value, "none") == 0)
attr->visible &= ~NSVG_VIS_DISPLAY;
| | | 1806 1807 1808 1809 1810 1811 1812 1813 1814 1815 1816 1817 1818 1819 1820 | if (!attr) return 0;
if (strcmp(name, "style") == 0) {
nsvg__parseStyle(p, value);
} else if (strcmp(name, "display") == 0) {
if (strcmp(value, "none") == 0)
attr->visible &= ~NSVG_VIS_DISPLAY;
/* Don't reset ->visible on display:inline, one display:none hides the whole subtree */
} else if (strcmp(name, "visibility") == 0) {
if (strcmp(value, "hidden") == 0) {
attr->visible &= ~NSVG_VIS_VISIBLE;
} else if (strcmp(value, "visible") == 0) {
attr->visible |= NSVG_VIS_VISIBLE;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1910 1911 1912 1913 1914 1915 1916 | int n; str = start; while (str < end && *str != ':') ++str; val = str; | | | 1898 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 1904 1905 1906 1907 1908 1909 1910 1911 1912 | int n; str = start; while (str < end && *str != ':') ++str; val = str; /* Right Trim */ while (str > start && (*str == ':' || nsvg__isspace(*str))) --str; ++str; n = (int)(str - start); if (n > 511) n = 511; if (n) memcpy(name, start, n); name[n] = 0; |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1935 1936 1937 1938 1939 1940 1941 |
static void nsvg__parseStyle(NSVGparser* p, const char* str)
{
const char* start;
const char* end;
while (*str) {
| | | | 1923 1924 1925 1926 1927 1928 1929 1930 1931 1932 1933 1934 1935 1936 1937 1938 1939 1940 1941 1942 1943 |
static void nsvg__parseStyle(NSVGparser* p, const char* str)
{
const char* start;
const char* end;
while (*str) {
/* Left Trim */
while(*str && nsvg__isspace(*str)) ++str;
start = str;
while(*str && *str != ';') ++str;
end = str;
/* Right Trim */
while (end > start && (*end == ';' || nsvg__isspace(*end))) --end;
++end;
nsvg__parseNameValue(p, start, end);
if (*str) ++str;
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2116 2117 2118 2119 2120 2121 2122 | } else {
cx = args[0];
cy = args[1];
x2 = args[2];
y2 = args[3];
}
| | | 2104 2105 2106 2107 2108 2109 2110 2111 2112 2113 2114 2115 2116 2117 2118 | } else {
cx = args[0];
cy = args[1];
x2 = args[2];
y2 = args[3];
}
/* Convert to cubic bezier */
cx1 = x1 + 2.0f/3.0f*(cx - x1);
cy1 = y1 + 2.0f/3.0f*(cy - y1);
cx2 = x2 + 2.0f/3.0f*(cx - x2);
cy2 = y2 + 2.0f/3.0f*(cy - y2);
nsvg__cubicBezTo(p, cx1,cy1, cx2,cy2, x2,y2);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2149 2150 2151 2152 2153 2154 2155 | x2 = args[0]; y2 = args[1]; } cx = 2*x1 - *cpx2; cy = 2*y1 - *cpy2; | | | 2137 2138 2139 2140 2141 2142 2143 2144 2145 2146 2147 2148 2149 2150 2151 | x2 = args[0]; y2 = args[1]; } cx = 2*x1 - *cpx2; cy = 2*y1 - *cpy2; /* Convert to cubix bezier */ cx1 = x1 + 2.0f/3.0f*(cx - x1); cy1 = y1 + 2.0f/3.0f*(cy - y1); cx2 = x2 + 2.0f/3.0f*(cx - x2); cy2 = y2 + 2.0f/3.0f*(cy - y2); nsvg__cubicBezTo(p, cx1,cy1, cx2,cy2, x2,y2); |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2181 2182 2183 2184 2185 2186 2187 | if (r < -1.0f) r = -1.0f;
if (r > 1.0f) r = 1.0f;
return ((ux*vy < uy*vx) ? -1.0f : 1.0f) * acosf(r);
}
static void nsvg__pathArcTo(NSVGparser* p, float* cpx, float* cpy, float* args, int rel)
{
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | > > > > > | | | | 2169 2170 2171 2172 2173 2174 2175 2176 2177 2178 2179 2180 2181 2182 2183 2184 2185 2186 2187 2188 2189 2190 2191 2192 2193 2194 2195 2196 2197 2198 2199 2200 2201 2202 2203 2204 2205 2206 2207 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2213 2214 2215 2216 2217 2218 2219 2220 2221 2222 2223 2224 2225 2226 2227 2228 2229 2230 2231 2232 2233 2234 2235 2236 2237 2238 2239 2240 2241 2242 2243 2244 2245 2246 2247 2248 2249 2250 2251 2252 2253 2254 2255 2256 2257 2258 2259 2260 2261 2262 2263 2264 2265 2266 2267 2268 2269 2270 2271 2272 2273 2274 2275 2276 2277 2278 2279 2280 2281 2282 2283 2284 2285 2286 2287 2288 2289 | if (r < -1.0f) r = -1.0f;
if (r > 1.0f) r = 1.0f;
return ((ux*vy < uy*vx) ? -1.0f : 1.0f) * acosf(r);
}
static void nsvg__pathArcTo(NSVGparser* p, float* cpx, float* cpy, float* args, int rel)
{
/* Ported from canvg (https://code.google.com/p/canvg/) */
float rx, ry, rotx;
float x1, y1, x2, y2, cx, cy, dx, dy, d;
float x1p, y1p, cxp, cyp, s, sa, sb;
float ux, uy, vx, vy, a1, da;
float x, y, tanx, tany, a, px = 0, py = 0, ptanx = 0, ptany = 0, t[6];
float sinrx, cosrx;
int fa, fs;
int i, ndivs;
float hda, kappa;
rx = fabsf(args[0]); /* y radius */
ry = fabsf(args[1]); /* x radius */
rotx = args[2] / 180.0f * NSVG_PI; /* x rotation angle */
fa = fabsf(args[3]) > 1e-6 ? 1 : 0; /* Large arc */
fs = fabsf(args[4]) > 1e-6 ? 1 : 0; /* Sweep direction */
x1 = *cpx; /* start point */
y1 = *cpy;
if (rel) { /* end point */
x2 = *cpx + args[5];
y2 = *cpy + args[6];
} else {
x2 = args[5];
y2 = args[6];
}
dx = x1 - x2;
dy = y1 - y2;
d = sqrtf(dx*dx + dy*dy);
if (d < 1e-6f || rx < 1e-6f || ry < 1e-6f) {
/* The arc degenerates to a line */
nsvg__lineTo(p, x2, y2);
*cpx = x2;
*cpy = y2;
return;
}
sinrx = sinf(rotx);
cosrx = cosf(rotx);
/* Convert to center point parameterization. */
/* http://www.w3.org/TR/SVG11/implnote.html#ArcImplementationNotes */
/* 1) Compute x1', y1' */
x1p = cosrx * dx / 2.0f + sinrx * dy / 2.0f;
y1p = -sinrx * dx / 2.0f + cosrx * dy / 2.0f;
d = nsvg__sqr(x1p)/nsvg__sqr(rx) + nsvg__sqr(y1p)/nsvg__sqr(ry);
if (d > 1) {
d = sqrtf(d);
rx *= d;
ry *= d;
}
/* 2) Compute cx', cy' */
s = 0.0f;
sa = nsvg__sqr(rx)*nsvg__sqr(ry) - nsvg__sqr(rx)*nsvg__sqr(y1p) - nsvg__sqr(ry)*nsvg__sqr(x1p);
sb = nsvg__sqr(rx)*nsvg__sqr(y1p) + nsvg__sqr(ry)*nsvg__sqr(x1p);
if (sa < 0.0f) sa = 0.0f;
if (sb > 0.0f)
s = sqrtf(sa / sb);
if (fa == fs)
s = -s;
cxp = s * rx * y1p / ry;
cyp = s * -ry * x1p / rx;
/* 3) Compute cx,cy from cx',cy' */
cx = (x1 + x2)/2.0f + cosrx*cxp - sinrx*cyp;
cy = (y1 + y2)/2.0f + sinrx*cxp + cosrx*cyp;
/* 4) Calculate theta1, and delta theta. */
ux = (x1p - cxp) / rx;
uy = (y1p - cyp) / ry;
vx = (-x1p - cxp) / rx;
vy = (-y1p - cyp) / ry;
a1 = nsvg__vecang(1.0f,0.0f, ux,uy); /* Initial angle */
da = nsvg__vecang(ux,uy, vx,vy); /* Delta angle */
/* if (vecrat(ux,uy,vx,vy) <= -1.0f) da = NSVG_PI; */
/* if (vecrat(ux,uy,vx,vy) >= 1.0f) da = 0; */
if (fs == 0 && da > 0)
da -= 2 * NSVG_PI;
else if (fs == 1 && da < 0)
da += 2 * NSVG_PI;
/* Approximate the arc using cubic spline segments. */
t[0] = cosrx; t[1] = sinrx;
t[2] = -sinrx; t[3] = cosrx;
t[4] = cx; t[5] = cy;
/* Split arc into max 90 degree segments. */
/* The loop assumes an iteration per end point (including start and end), this +1. */
ndivs = (int)(fabsf(da) / (NSVG_PI*0.5f) + 1.0f);
hda = (da / (float)ndivs) / 2.0f;
/* Fix for ticket #179: division by 0: avoid cotangens around 0 (infinite) */
if ((hda < 1e-3f) && (hda > -1e-3f))
hda *= 0.5f;
else
hda = (1.0f - cosf(hda)) / sinf(hda);
kappa = fabsf(4.0f / 3.0f * hda);
if (da < 0.0f)
kappa = -kappa;
for (i = 0; i <= ndivs; i++) {
a = a1 + da * ((float)i/(float)ndivs);
dx = cosf(a);
dy = sinf(a);
nsvg__xformPoint(&x, &y, dx*rx, dy*ry, t); /* position */
nsvg__xformVec(&tanx, &tany, -dy*rx * kappa, dx*ry * kappa, t); /* tangent */
if (i > 0)
nsvg__cubicBezTo(p, px+ptanx,py+ptany, x-tanx, y-tany, x, y);
px = x;
py = y;
ptanx = tanx;
ptany = tany;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2340 2341 2342 2343 2344 2345 2346 | if (nargs < 10)
args[nargs++] = (float)nsvg__atof(item);
if (nargs >= rargs) {
switch (cmd) {
case 'm':
case 'M':
nsvg__pathMoveTo(p, &cpx, &cpy, args, cmd == 'm' ? 1 : 0);
| | | | 2333 2334 2335 2336 2337 2338 2339 2340 2341 2342 2343 2344 2345 2346 2347 2348 | if (nargs < 10)
args[nargs++] = (float)nsvg__atof(item);
if (nargs >= rargs) {
switch (cmd) {
case 'm':
case 'M':
nsvg__pathMoveTo(p, &cpx, &cpy, args, cmd == 'm' ? 1 : 0);
/* Moveto can be followed by multiple coordinate pairs, */
/* which should be treated as linetos. */
cmd = (cmd == 'm') ? 'l' : 'L';
rargs = nsvg__getArgsPerElement(cmd);
cpx2 = cpx; cpy2 = cpy;
initPoint = 1;
break;
case 'l':
case 'L':
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2396 2397 2398 2399 2400 2401 2402 | break;
}
nargs = 0;
}
} else {
cmd = item[0];
if (cmd == 'M' || cmd == 'm') {
| | | | | | | | | | | 2389 2390 2391 2392 2393 2394 2395 2396 2397 2398 2399 2400 2401 2402 2403 2404 2405 2406 2407 2408 2409 2410 2411 2412 2413 2414 2415 2416 2417 2418 2419 2420 2421 2422 2423 2424 2425 2426 2427 2428 2429 2430 2431 2432 2433 2434 2435 2436 2437 2438 2439 2440 2441 2442 2443 2444 2445 2446 2447 2448 2449 2450 2451 2452 | break;
}
nargs = 0;
}
} else {
cmd = item[0];
if (cmd == 'M' || cmd == 'm') {
/* Commit path. */
if (p->npts > 0)
nsvg__addPath(p, closedFlag);
/* Start new subpath. */
nsvg__resetPath(p);
closedFlag = 0;
nargs = 0;
} else if (initPoint == 0) {
/* Do not allow other commands until initial point has been set (moveTo called once). */
cmd = '\0';
}
if (cmd == 'Z' || cmd == 'z') {
closedFlag = 1;
/* Commit path. */
if (p->npts > 0) {
/* Move current point to first point */
cpx = p->pts[0];
cpy = p->pts[1];
cpx2 = cpx; cpy2 = cpy;
nsvg__addPath(p, closedFlag);
}
/* Start new subpath. */
nsvg__resetPath(p);
nsvg__moveTo(p, cpx, cpy);
closedFlag = 0;
nargs = 0;
}
rargs = nsvg__getArgsPerElement(cmd);
if (rargs == -1) {
/* Command not recognized */
cmd = '\0';
rargs = 0;
}
}
}
/* Commit path. */
if (p->npts)
nsvg__addPath(p, closedFlag);
}
nsvg__addShape(p);
}
static void nsvg__parseRect(NSVGparser* p, const char** attr)
{
float x = 0.0f;
float y = 0.0f;
float w = 0.0f;
float h = 0.0f;
float rx = -1.0f; /* marks not set */
float ry = -1.0f;
int i;
for (i = 0; attr[i]; i += 2) {
if (!nsvg__parseAttr(p, attr[i], attr[i + 1])) {
if (strcmp(attr[i], "x") == 0) x = nsvg__parseCoordinate(p, attr[i+1], nsvg__actualOrigX(p), nsvg__actualWidth(p));
if (strcmp(attr[i], "y") == 0) y = nsvg__parseCoordinate(p, attr[i+1], nsvg__actualOrigY(p), nsvg__actualHeight(p));
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2476 2477 2478 2479 2480 2481 2482 |
if (rx < 0.00001f || ry < 0.0001f) {
nsvg__moveTo(p, x, y);
nsvg__lineTo(p, x+w, y);
nsvg__lineTo(p, x+w, y+h);
nsvg__lineTo(p, x, y+h);
} else {
| | | 2469 2470 2471 2472 2473 2474 2475 2476 2477 2478 2479 2480 2481 2482 2483 |
if (rx < 0.00001f || ry < 0.0001f) {
nsvg__moveTo(p, x, y);
nsvg__lineTo(p, x+w, y);
nsvg__lineTo(p, x+w, y+h);
nsvg__lineTo(p, x, y+h);
} else {
/* Rounded rectangle */
nsvg__moveTo(p, x+rx, y);
nsvg__lineTo(p, x+w-rx, y);
nsvg__cubicBezTo(p, x+w-rx*(1-NSVG_KAPPA90), y, x+w, y+ry*(1-NSVG_KAPPA90), x+w, y+ry);
nsvg__lineTo(p, x+w, y+h-ry);
nsvg__cubicBezTo(p, x+w, y+h-ry*(1-NSVG_KAPPA90), x+w-rx*(1-NSVG_KAPPA90), y+h, x+w-rx, y+h);
nsvg__lineTo(p, x+rx, y+h);
nsvg__cubicBezTo(p, x+rx*(1-NSVG_KAPPA90), y+h, x, y+h-ry*(1-NSVG_KAPPA90), x, y+h-ry);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2633 2634 2635 2636 2637 2638 2639 | p->image->width = nsvg__parseCoordinate(p, attr[i + 1], 0.0f, 0.0f);
} else if (strcmp(attr[i], "height") == 0) {
p->image->height = nsvg__parseCoordinate(p, attr[i + 1], 0.0f, 0.0f);
} else if (strcmp(attr[i], "viewBox") == 0) {
sscanf(attr[i + 1], "%f%*[%%, \t]%f%*[%%, \t]%f%*[%%, \t]%f", &p->viewMinx, &p->viewMiny, &p->viewWidth, &p->viewHeight);
} else if (strcmp(attr[i], "preserveAspectRatio") == 0) {
if (strstr(attr[i + 1], "none") != 0) {
| | | | | | 2626 2627 2628 2629 2630 2631 2632 2633 2634 2635 2636 2637 2638 2639 2640 2641 2642 2643 2644 2645 2646 2647 2648 2649 2650 2651 2652 2653 2654 2655 2656 2657 | p->image->width = nsvg__parseCoordinate(p, attr[i + 1], 0.0f, 0.0f);
} else if (strcmp(attr[i], "height") == 0) {
p->image->height = nsvg__parseCoordinate(p, attr[i + 1], 0.0f, 0.0f);
} else if (strcmp(attr[i], "viewBox") == 0) {
sscanf(attr[i + 1], "%f%*[%%, \t]%f%*[%%, \t]%f%*[%%, \t]%f", &p->viewMinx, &p->viewMiny, &p->viewWidth, &p->viewHeight);
} else if (strcmp(attr[i], "preserveAspectRatio") == 0) {
if (strstr(attr[i + 1], "none") != 0) {
/* No uniform scaling */
p->alignType = NSVG_ALIGN_NONE;
} else {
/* Parse X align */
if (strstr(attr[i + 1], "xMin") != 0)
p->alignX = NSVG_ALIGN_MIN;
else if (strstr(attr[i + 1], "xMid") != 0)
p->alignX = NSVG_ALIGN_MID;
else if (strstr(attr[i + 1], "xMax") != 0)
p->alignX = NSVG_ALIGN_MAX;
/* Parse X align */
if (strstr(attr[i + 1], "yMin") != 0)
p->alignY = NSVG_ALIGN_MIN;
else if (strstr(attr[i + 1], "yMid") != 0)
p->alignY = NSVG_ALIGN_MID;
else if (strstr(attr[i + 1], "yMax") != 0)
p->alignY = NSVG_ALIGN_MAX;
/* Parse meet/slice */
p->alignType = NSVG_ALIGN_MEET;
if (strstr(attr[i + 1], "slice") != 0)
p->alignType = NSVG_ALIGN_SLICE;
}
}
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2745 2746 2747 2748 2749 2750 2751 | curAttr->stopColor = 0;
curAttr->stopOpacity = 1.0f;
for (i = 0; attr[i]; i += 2) {
nsvg__parseAttr(p, attr[i], attr[i + 1]);
}
| | | | 2738 2739 2740 2741 2742 2743 2744 2745 2746 2747 2748 2749 2750 2751 2752 2753 2754 2755 2756 2757 2758 2759 2760 | curAttr->stopColor = 0;
curAttr->stopOpacity = 1.0f;
for (i = 0; attr[i]; i += 2) {
nsvg__parseAttr(p, attr[i], attr[i + 1]);
}
/* Add stop to the last gradient. */
grad = p->gradients;
if (grad == NULL) return;
grad->nstops++;
grad->stops = (NSVGgradientStop*)NANOSVG_realloc(grad->stops, sizeof(NSVGgradientStop)*grad->nstops);
if (grad->stops == NULL) return;
/* Insert */
idx = grad->nstops-1;
for (i = 0; i < grad->nstops-1; i++) {
if (curAttr->stopOffset < grad->stops[i].offset) {
idx = i;
break;
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2777 2778 2779 2780 2781 2782 2783 | }
static void nsvg__startElement(void* ud, const char* el, const char** attr)
{
NSVGparser* p = (NSVGparser*)ud;
if (p->defsFlag) {
| | | | 2770 2771 2772 2773 2774 2775 2776 2777 2778 2779 2780 2781 2782 2783 2784 2785 2786 2787 2788 2789 2790 2791 2792 2793 2794 2795 2796 2797 2798 2799 | }
static void nsvg__startElement(void* ud, const char* el, const char** attr)
{
NSVGparser* p = (NSVGparser*)ud;
if (p->defsFlag) {
/* Skip everything but gradients in defs */
if (strcmp(el, "linearGradient") == 0) {
nsvg__parseGradient(p, attr, NSVG_PAINT_LINEAR_GRADIENT);
} else if (strcmp(el, "radialGradient") == 0) {
nsvg__parseGradient(p, attr, NSVG_PAINT_RADIAL_GRADIENT);
} else if (strcmp(el, "stop") == 0) {
nsvg__parseGradientStop(p, attr);
}
return;
}
if (strcmp(el, "g") == 0) {
nsvg__pushAttr(p);
nsvg__parseAttribs(p, attr);
} else if (strcmp(el, "path") == 0) {
if (p->pathFlag) /* Do not allow nested paths. */
return;
nsvg__pushAttr(p);
nsvg__parsePath(p, attr);
nsvg__popAttr(p);
} else if (strcmp(el, "rect") == 0) {
nsvg__pushAttr(p);
nsvg__parseRect(p, attr);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2945 2946 2947 2948 2949 2950 2951 |
static float nsvg__viewAlign(float content, float container, int type)
{
if (type == NSVG_ALIGN_MIN)
return 0;
else if (type == NSVG_ALIGN_MAX)
return container - content;
| | | 2938 2939 2940 2941 2942 2943 2944 2945 2946 2947 2948 2949 2950 2951 2952 |
static float nsvg__viewAlign(float content, float container, int type)
{
if (type == NSVG_ALIGN_MIN)
return 0;
else if (type == NSVG_ALIGN_MAX)
return container - content;
/* mid */
return (container - content) * 0.5f;
}
static void nsvg__scaleGradient(NSVGgradient* grad, float tx, float ty, float sx, float sy)
{
float t[6];
nsvg__xformSetTranslation(t, tx, ty);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2967 2968 2969 2970 2971 2972 2973 | {
NSVGshape* shape;
NSVGpath* path;
float tx, ty, sx, sy, us, bounds[4], t[6], avgs;
int i;
float* pt;
| | | 2960 2961 2962 2963 2964 2965 2966 2967 2968 2969 2970 2971 2972 2973 2974 | {
NSVGshape* shape;
NSVGpath* path;
float tx, ty, sx, sy, us, bounds[4], t[6], avgs;
int i;
float* pt;
/* Guess image size if not set completely. */
nsvg__imageBounds(p, bounds);
if (p->viewWidth == 0) {
if (p->image->width > 0) {
p->viewWidth = p->image->width;
} else {
p->viewMinx = bounds[0];
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2995 2996 2997 2998 2999 3000 3001 | if (p->image->height == 0) p->image->height = p->viewHeight; tx = -p->viewMinx; ty = -p->viewMiny; sx = p->viewWidth > 0 ? p->image->width / p->viewWidth : 0; sy = p->viewHeight > 0 ? p->image->height / p->viewHeight : 0; | | | | | | | 2988 2989 2990 2991 2992 2993 2994 2995 2996 2997 2998 2999 3000 3001 3002 3003 3004 3005 3006 3007 3008 3009 3010 3011 3012 3013 3014 3015 3016 3017 3018 | if (p->image->height == 0)
p->image->height = p->viewHeight;
tx = -p->viewMinx;
ty = -p->viewMiny;
sx = p->viewWidth > 0 ? p->image->width / p->viewWidth : 0;
sy = p->viewHeight > 0 ? p->image->height / p->viewHeight : 0;
/* Unit scaling */
us = 1.0f / nsvg__convertToPixels(p, nsvg__coord(1.0f, nsvg__parseUnits(units)), 0.0f, 1.0f);
/* Fix aspect ratio */
if (p->alignType == NSVG_ALIGN_MEET) {
/* fit whole image into viewbox */
sx = sy = nsvg__minf(sx, sy);
tx += nsvg__viewAlign(p->viewWidth*sx, p->image->width, p->alignX) / sx;
ty += nsvg__viewAlign(p->viewHeight*sy, p->image->height, p->alignY) / sy;
} else if (p->alignType == NSVG_ALIGN_SLICE) {
/* fill whole viewbox with image */
sx = sy = nsvg__maxf(sx, sy);
tx += nsvg__viewAlign(p->viewWidth*sx, p->image->width, p->alignX) / sx;
ty += nsvg__viewAlign(p->viewHeight*sy, p->image->height, p->alignY) / sy;
}
/* Transform */
sx *= us;
sy *= us;
avgs = (sx+sy) / 2.0f;
for (shape = p->image->shapes; shape != NULL; shape = shape->next) {
shape->bounds[0] = (shape->bounds[0] + tx) * sx;
shape->bounds[1] = (shape->bounds[1] + ty) * sy;
shape->bounds[2] = (shape->bounds[2] + tx) * sx;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3064 3065 3066 3067 3068 3069 3070 | if (p == NULL) {
return NULL;
}
p->dpi = dpi;
nsvg__parseXML(input, nsvg__startElement, nsvg__endElement, nsvg__content, p);
| | | 3057 3058 3059 3060 3061 3062 3063 3064 3065 3066 3067 3068 3069 3070 3071 | if (p == NULL) {
return NULL;
}
p->dpi = dpi;
nsvg__parseXML(input, nsvg__startElement, nsvg__endElement, nsvg__content, p);
/* Scale to viewBox */
nsvg__scaleToViewbox(p, units);
ret = p->image;
p->image = NULL;
nsvg__deleteParser(p);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3091 3092 3093 3094 3095 3096 3097 | if (!fp) goto error; fseek(fp, 0, SEEK_END); size = ftell(fp); fseek(fp, 0, SEEK_SET); data = (char*)NANOSVG_malloc(size+1); if (data == NULL) goto error; if (fread(data, 1, size, fp) != size) goto error; | | | 3084 3085 3086 3087 3088 3089 3090 3091 3092 3093 3094 3095 3096 3097 3098 | if (!fp) goto error; fseek(fp, 0, SEEK_END); size = ftell(fp); fseek(fp, 0, SEEK_SET); data = (char*)NANOSVG_malloc(size+1); if (data == NULL) goto error; if (fread(data, 1, size, fp) != size) goto error; data[size] = '\0'; /* Must be null terminated. */ fclose(fp); image = nsvgParse(data, units, dpi); NANOSVG_free(data); return image; error: |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/nanosvgrast.h.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
55 56 57 58 59 60 61 | struct NSVGrasterizer* rast = nsvgCreateRasterizer(); // Allocate memory for image unsigned char* img = malloc(w*h*4); // Rasterize nsvgRasterize(rast, image, 0,0,1, img, w, h, w*4); */ | | | | | | | | | | | > | | | 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 | struct NSVGrasterizer* rast = nsvgCreateRasterizer(); // Allocate memory for image unsigned char* img = malloc(w*h*4); // Rasterize nsvgRasterize(rast, image, 0,0,1, img, w, h, w*4); */ /* Allocated rasterizer context. */ NANOSVG_SCOPE NSVGrasterizer* nsvgCreateRasterizer(void); /* Rasterizes SVG image, returns RGBA image (non-premultiplied alpha) * r - pointer to rasterizer context * image - pointer to image to rasterize * tx,ty - image offset (applied after scaling) * scale - image scale * dst - pointer to destination image data, 4 bytes per pixel (RGBA) * w - width of the image to render * h - height of the image to render * stride - number of bytes per scaleline in the destination buffer NANOSVG_SCOPE void nsvgRasterize(NSVGrasterizer* r, NSVGimage* image, float tx, float ty, float scale, unsigned char* dst, int w, int h, int stride); */ /* Deletes rasterizer context. */ NANOSVG_SCOPE void nsvgDeleteRasterizer(NSVGrasterizer*); #ifdef __cplusplus } #endif #endif /* NANOSVGRAST_H */ #ifdef NANOSVGRAST_IMPLEMENTATION #include <math.h> #define NSVG__SUBSAMPLES 5 #define NSVG__FIXSHIFT 10 |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
198 199 200 201 202 203 204 | NANOSVG_free(r);
}
static NSVGmemPage* nsvg__nextPage(NSVGrasterizer* r, NSVGmemPage* cur)
{
NSVGmemPage *newp;
| | | | | 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 | NANOSVG_free(r);
}
static NSVGmemPage* nsvg__nextPage(NSVGrasterizer* r, NSVGmemPage* cur)
{
NSVGmemPage *newp;
/* If using existing chain, return the next page in chain */
if (cur != NULL && cur->next != NULL) {
return cur->next;
}
/* Alloc new page */
newp = (NSVGmemPage*)NANOSVG_malloc(sizeof(NSVGmemPage));
if (newp == NULL) return NULL;
memset(newp, 0, sizeof(NSVGmemPage));
/* Add to linked list */
if (cur != NULL)
cur->next = newp;
else
r->pages = newp;
return newp;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
298 299 300 301 302 303 304 | r->npoints2 = r->npoints;
}
static void nsvg__addEdge(NSVGrasterizer* r, float x0, float y0, float x1, float y1)
{
NSVGedge* e;
| | | 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 | r->npoints2 = r->npoints;
}
static void nsvg__addEdge(NSVGrasterizer* r, float x0, float y0, float x1, float y1)
{
NSVGedge* e;
/* Skip horizontal edges */
if (y0 == y1)
return;
if (r->nedges+1 > r->cedges) {
r->cedges = r->cedges > 0 ? r->cedges * 2 : 64;
r->edges = (NSVGedge*)NANOSVG_realloc(r->edges, sizeof(NSVGedge) * r->cedges);
if (r->edges == NULL) return;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
384 385 386 387 388 389 390 | static void nsvg__flattenShape(NSVGrasterizer* r, NSVGshape* shape, float scale)
{
int i, j;
NSVGpath* path;
for (path = shape->paths; path != NULL; path = path->next) {
r->npoints = 0;
| | | | | 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 | static void nsvg__flattenShape(NSVGrasterizer* r, NSVGshape* shape, float scale)
{
int i, j;
NSVGpath* path;
for (path = shape->paths; path != NULL; path = path->next) {
r->npoints = 0;
/* Flatten path */
nsvg__addPathPoint(r, path->pts[0]*scale, path->pts[1]*scale, 0);
for (i = 0; i < path->npts-1; i += 3) {
float* p = &path->pts[i*2];
nsvg__flattenCubicBez(r, p[0]*scale,p[1]*scale, p[2]*scale,p[3]*scale, p[4]*scale,p[5]*scale, p[6]*scale,p[7]*scale, 0, 0);
}
/* Close path */
nsvg__addPathPoint(r, path->pts[0]*scale, path->pts[1]*scale, 0);
/* Build edges */
for (i = 0, j = r->npoints-1; i < r->npoints; j = i++)
nsvg__addEdge(r, r->points[j].x, r->points[j].y, r->points[i].x, r->points[i].y);
}
}
enum NSVGpointFlags
{
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
615 616 617 618 619 620 621 | int divs = (int)ceilf(arc / da);
if (divs < 2) divs = 2;
return divs;
}
static void nsvg__expandStroke(NSVGrasterizer* r, NSVGpoint* points, int npoints, int closed, int lineJoin, int lineCap, float lineWidth)
{
| | | | | | | 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 | int divs = (int)ceilf(arc / da);
if (divs < 2) divs = 2;
return divs;
}
static void nsvg__expandStroke(NSVGrasterizer* r, NSVGpoint* points, int npoints, int closed, int lineJoin, int lineCap, float lineWidth)
{
int ncap = nsvg__curveDivs(lineWidth*0.5f, NSVG_PI, r->tessTol); /* Calculate divisions per half circle. */
NSVGpoint left = {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0}, right = {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0}, firstLeft = {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0}, firstRight = {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0};
NSVGpoint* p0, *p1;
int j, s, e;
/* Build stroke edges */
if (closed) {
/* Looping */
p0 = &points[npoints-1];
p1 = &points[0];
s = 0;
e = npoints;
} else {
/* Add cap */
p0 = &points[0];
p1 = &points[1];
s = 1;
e = npoints-1;
}
if (closed) {
nsvg__initClosed(&left, &right, p0, p1, lineWidth);
firstLeft = left;
firstRight = right;
} else {
/* Add cap */
float dx = p1->x - p0->x;
float dy = p1->y - p0->y;
nsvg__normalize(&dx, &dy);
if (lineCap == NSVG_CAP_BUTT)
nsvg__buttCap(r, &left, &right, p0, dx, dy, lineWidth, 0);
else if (lineCap == NSVG_CAP_SQUARE)
nsvg__squareCap(r, &left, &right, p0, dx, dy, lineWidth, 0);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
667 668 669 670 671 672 673 | } else {
nsvg__straightJoin(r, &left, &right, p1, lineWidth);
}
p0 = p1++;
}
if (closed) {
| | | | | | | | | | | 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 | } else {
nsvg__straightJoin(r, &left, &right, p1, lineWidth);
}
p0 = p1++;
}
if (closed) {
/* Loop it */
nsvg__addEdge(r, firstLeft.x, firstLeft.y, left.x, left.y);
nsvg__addEdge(r, right.x, right.y, firstRight.x, firstRight.y);
} else {
/* Add cap */
float dx = p1->x - p0->x;
float dy = p1->y - p0->y;
nsvg__normalize(&dx, &dy);
if (lineCap == NSVG_CAP_BUTT)
nsvg__buttCap(r, &right, &left, p1, -dx, -dy, lineWidth, 1);
else if (lineCap == NSVG_CAP_SQUARE)
nsvg__squareCap(r, &right, &left, p1, -dx, -dy, lineWidth, 1);
else if (lineCap == NSVG_CAP_ROUND)
nsvg__roundCap(r, &right, &left, p1, -dx, -dy, lineWidth, ncap, 1);
}
}
static void nsvg__prepareStroke(NSVGrasterizer* r, float miterLimit, int lineJoin)
{
int i, j;
NSVGpoint* p0, *p1;
p0 = &r->points[r->npoints-1];
p1 = &r->points[0];
for (i = 0; i < r->npoints; i++) {
/* Calculate segment direction and length */
p0->dx = p1->x - p0->x;
p0->dy = p1->y - p0->y;
p0->len = nsvg__normalize(&p0->dx, &p0->dy);
/* Advance */
p0 = p1++;
}
/* calculate joins */
p0 = &r->points[r->npoints-1];
p1 = &r->points[0];
for (j = 0; j < r->npoints; j++) {
float dlx0, dly0, dlx1, dly1, dmr2, cross;
dlx0 = p0->dy;
dly0 = -p0->dx;
dlx1 = p1->dy;
dly1 = -p1->dx;
/* Calculate extrusions */
p1->dmx = (dlx0 + dlx1) * 0.5f;
p1->dmy = (dly0 + dly1) * 0.5f;
dmr2 = p1->dmx*p1->dmx + p1->dmy*p1->dmy;
if (dmr2 > 0.000001f) {
float s2 = 1.0f / dmr2;
if (s2 > 600.0f) {
s2 = 600.0f;
}
p1->dmx *= s2;
p1->dmy *= s2;
}
/* Clear flags, but keep the corner. */
p1->flags = (p1->flags & NSVG_PT_CORNER) ? NSVG_PT_CORNER : 0;
/* Keep track of left turns. */
cross = p1->dx * p0->dy - p0->dx * p1->dy;
if (cross > 0.0f)
p1->flags |= NSVG_PT_LEFT;
/* Check to see if the corner needs to be beveled. */
if (p1->flags & NSVG_PT_CORNER) {
if ((dmr2 * miterLimit*miterLimit) < 1.0f || lineJoin == NSVG_JOIN_BEVEL || lineJoin == NSVG_JOIN_ROUND) {
p1->flags |= NSVG_PT_BEVEL;
}
}
p0 = p1++;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
752 753 754 755 756 757 758 | NSVGpoint* p0, *p1;
float miterLimit = shape->miterLimit;
int lineJoin = shape->strokeLineJoin;
int lineCap = shape->strokeLineCap;
float lineWidth = shape->strokeWidth * scale;
for (path = shape->paths; path != NULL; path = path->next) {
| | | | | | | | | | | | 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 | NSVGpoint* p0, *p1;
float miterLimit = shape->miterLimit;
int lineJoin = shape->strokeLineJoin;
int lineCap = shape->strokeLineCap;
float lineWidth = shape->strokeWidth * scale;
for (path = shape->paths; path != NULL; path = path->next) {
/* Flatten path */
r->npoints = 0;
nsvg__addPathPoint(r, path->pts[0]*scale, path->pts[1]*scale, NSVG_PT_CORNER);
for (i = 0; i < path->npts-1; i += 3) {
float* p = &path->pts[i*2];
nsvg__flattenCubicBez(r, p[0]*scale,p[1]*scale, p[2]*scale,p[3]*scale, p[4]*scale,p[5]*scale, p[6]*scale,p[7]*scale, 0, NSVG_PT_CORNER);
}
if (r->npoints < 2)
continue;
closed = path->closed;
/* If the first and last points are the same, remove the last, mark as closed path. */
p0 = &r->points[r->npoints-1];
p1 = &r->points[0];
if (nsvg__ptEquals(p0->x,p0->y, p1->x,p1->y, r->distTol)) {
r->npoints--;
p0 = &r->points[r->npoints-1];
closed = 1;
}
if (shape->strokeDashCount > 0) {
int idash = 0, dashState = 1;
float totalDist = 0, dashLen, allDashLen, dashOffset;
NSVGpoint cur;
if (closed)
nsvg__appendPathPoint(r, r->points[0]);
/* Duplicate points -> points2. */
nsvg__duplicatePoints(r);
r->npoints = 0;
cur = r->points2[0];
nsvg__appendPathPoint(r, cur);
/* Figure out dash offset. */
allDashLen = 0;
for (j = 0; j < shape->strokeDashCount; j++)
allDashLen += shape->strokeDashArray[j];
if (shape->strokeDashCount & 1)
allDashLen *= 2.0f;
/* Find location inside pattern */
dashOffset = fmodf(shape->strokeDashOffset, allDashLen);
if (dashOffset < 0.0f)
dashOffset += allDashLen;
while (dashOffset > shape->strokeDashArray[idash]) {
dashOffset -= shape->strokeDashArray[idash];
idash = (idash + 1) % shape->strokeDashCount;
}
dashLen = (shape->strokeDashArray[idash] - dashOffset) * scale;
for (j = 1; j < r->npoints2; ) {
float dx = r->points2[j].x - cur.x;
float dy = r->points2[j].y - cur.y;
float dist = sqrtf(dx*dx + dy*dy);
if ((totalDist + dist) > dashLen) {
/* Calculate intermediate point */
float d = (dashLen - totalDist) / dist;
float x = cur.x + dx * d;
float y = cur.y + dy * d;
nsvg__addPathPoint(r, x, y, NSVG_PT_CORNER);
/* Stroke */
if (r->npoints > 1 && dashState) {
nsvg__prepareStroke(r, miterLimit, lineJoin);
nsvg__expandStroke(r, r->points, r->npoints, 0, lineJoin, lineCap, lineWidth);
}
/* Advance dash pattern */
dashState = !dashState;
idash = (idash+1) % shape->strokeDashCount;
dashLen = shape->strokeDashArray[idash] * scale;
/* Restart */
cur.x = x;
cur.y = y;
cur.flags = NSVG_PT_CORNER;
totalDist = 0.0f;
r->npoints = 0;
nsvg__appendPathPoint(r, cur);
} else {
totalDist += dist;
cur = r->points2[j];
nsvg__appendPathPoint(r, cur);
j++;
}
}
/* Stroke any leftover path */
if (r->npoints > 1 && dashState)
nsvg__expandStroke(r, r->points, r->npoints, 0, lineJoin, lineCap, lineWidth);
} else {
nsvg__prepareStroke(r, miterLimit, lineJoin);
nsvg__expandStroke(r, r->points, r->npoints, closed, lineJoin, lineCap, lineWidth);
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
867 868 869 870 871 872 873 |
static NSVGactiveEdge* nsvg__addActive(NSVGrasterizer* r, NSVGedge* e, float startPoint)
{
NSVGactiveEdge* z;
float dxdy;
if (r->freelist != NULL) {
| | | | | | | 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 |
static NSVGactiveEdge* nsvg__addActive(NSVGrasterizer* r, NSVGedge* e, float startPoint)
{
NSVGactiveEdge* z;
float dxdy;
if (r->freelist != NULL) {
/* Restore from freelist. */
z = r->freelist;
r->freelist = z->next;
} else {
/* Alloc new edge. */
z = (NSVGactiveEdge*)nsvg__alloc(r, sizeof(NSVGactiveEdge));
if (z == NULL) return NULL;
}
dxdy = (e->x1 - e->x0) / (e->y1 - e->y0);
/* STBTT_assert(e->y0 <= start_point); */
/* round dx down to avoid going too far */
if (dxdy < 0)
z->dx = (int)(-floorf(NSVG__FIX * -dxdy));
else
z->dx = (int)floorf(NSVG__FIX * dxdy);
z->x = (int)floorf(NSVG__FIX * (e->x0 + dxdy * (startPoint - e->y0)));
/* z->x -= off_x * FIX; */
z->ey = e->y1;
z->next = 0;
z->dir = e->dir;
return z;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
906 907 908 909 910 911 912 | {
int i = x0 >> NSVG__FIXSHIFT;
int j = x1 >> NSVG__FIXSHIFT;
if (i < *xmin) *xmin = i;
if (j > *xmax) *xmax = j;
if (i < len && j >= 0) {
if (i == j) {
| | | | | | | | | | > | | | | | | | 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 | {
int i = x0 >> NSVG__FIXSHIFT;
int j = x1 >> NSVG__FIXSHIFT;
if (i < *xmin) *xmin = i;
if (j > *xmax) *xmax = j;
if (i < len && j >= 0) {
if (i == j) {
/* x0,x1 are the same pixel, so compute combined coverage */
scanline[i] = (unsigned char)(scanline[i] + ((x1 - x0) * maxWeight >> NSVG__FIXSHIFT));
} else {
if (i >= 0) /* add antialiasing for x0 */
scanline[i] = (unsigned char)(scanline[i] + (((NSVG__FIX - (x0 & NSVG__FIXMASK)) * maxWeight) >> NSVG__FIXSHIFT));
else
i = -1; /* clip */
if (j < len) /* add antialiasing for x1 */
scanline[j] = (unsigned char)(scanline[j] + (((x1 & NSVG__FIXMASK) * maxWeight) >> NSVG__FIXSHIFT));
else
j = len; /* clip */
for (++i; i < j; ++i) /* fill pixels between x0 and x1 */
scanline[i] = (unsigned char)(scanline[i] + maxWeight);
}
}
}
/* note: this routine clips fills that extend off the edges... ideally this
* wouldn't happen, but it could happen if the truetype glyph bounding boxes
* are wrong, or if the user supplies a too-small bitmap
*/
static void nsvg__fillActiveEdges(unsigned char* scanline, int len, NSVGactiveEdge* e, int maxWeight, int* xmin, int* xmax, char fillRule)
{
/* non-zero winding fill */
int x0 = 0, w = 0;
if (fillRule == NSVG_FILLRULE_NONZERO) {
/* Non-zero */
while (e != NULL) {
if (w == 0) {
/* if we're currently at zero, we need to record the edge start point */
x0 = e->x; w += e->dir;
} else {
int x1 = e->x; w += e->dir;
/* if we went to zero, we need to draw */
if (w == 0)
nsvg__fillScanline(scanline, len, x0, x1, maxWeight, xmin, xmax);
}
e = e->next;
}
} else if (fillRule == NSVG_FILLRULE_EVENODD) {
/* Even-odd */
while (e != NULL) {
if (w == 0) {
/* if we're currently at zero, we need to record the edge start point */
x0 = e->x; w = 1;
} else {
int x1 = e->x; w = 0;
nsvg__fillScanline(scanline, len, x0, x1, maxWeight, xmin, xmax);
}
e = e->next;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 | cb = (cache->colors[0] >> 16) & 0xff;
ca = (cache->colors[0] >> 24) & 0xff;
for (i = 0; i < count; i++) {
int r,g,b;
int a = nsvg__div255((int)cover[0] * ca);
int ia = 255 - a;
| | | | | | 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 | cb = (cache->colors[0] >> 16) & 0xff;
ca = (cache->colors[0] >> 24) & 0xff;
for (i = 0; i < count; i++) {
int r,g,b;
int a = nsvg__div255((int)cover[0] * ca);
int ia = 255 - a;
/* Premultiply */
r = nsvg__div255(cr * a);
g = nsvg__div255(cg * a);
b = nsvg__div255(cb * a);
/* Blend over */
r += nsvg__div255(ia * (int)dst[0]);
g += nsvg__div255(ia * (int)dst[1]);
b += nsvg__div255(ia * (int)dst[2]);
a += nsvg__div255(ia * (int)dst[3]);
dst[0] = (unsigned char)r;
dst[1] = (unsigned char)g;
dst[2] = (unsigned char)b;
dst[3] = (unsigned char)a;
cover++;
dst += 4;
}
} else if (cache->type == NSVG_PAINT_LINEAR_GRADIENT) {
/* TODO: spread modes. */
/* TODO: plenty of opportunities to optimize. */
float fx, fy, dx, gy;
float* t = cache->xform;
int i, cr, cg, cb, ca;
unsigned int c;
fx = ((float)x - tx) / scale;
fy = ((float)y - ty) / scale;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 | cg = (c >> 8) & 0xff; cb = (c >> 16) & 0xff; ca = (c >> 24) & 0xff; a = nsvg__div255((int)cover[0] * ca); ia = 255 - a; | | | | | | | 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 | cg = (c >> 8) & 0xff;
cb = (c >> 16) & 0xff;
ca = (c >> 24) & 0xff;
a = nsvg__div255((int)cover[0] * ca);
ia = 255 - a;
/* Premultiply */
r = nsvg__div255(cr * a);
g = nsvg__div255(cg * a);
b = nsvg__div255(cb * a);
/* Blend over */
r += nsvg__div255(ia * (int)dst[0]);
g += nsvg__div255(ia * (int)dst[1]);
b += nsvg__div255(ia * (int)dst[2]);
a += nsvg__div255(ia * (int)dst[3]);
dst[0] = (unsigned char)r;
dst[1] = (unsigned char)g;
dst[2] = (unsigned char)b;
dst[3] = (unsigned char)a;
cover++;
dst += 4;
fx += dx;
}
} else if (cache->type == NSVG_PAINT_RADIAL_GRADIENT) {
/* TODO: spread modes. */
/* TODO: plenty of opportunities to optimize. */
/* TODO: focus (fx,fy) */
float fx, fy, dx, gx, gy, gd;
float* t = cache->xform;
int i, cr, cg, cb, ca;
unsigned int c;
fx = ((float)x - tx) / scale;
fy = ((float)y - ty) / scale;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 | cg = (c >> 8) & 0xff; cb = (c >> 16) & 0xff; ca = (c >> 24) & 0xff; a = nsvg__div255((int)cover[0] * ca); ia = 255 - a; | | | | 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 | cg = (c >> 8) & 0xff; cb = (c >> 16) & 0xff; ca = (c >> 24) & 0xff; a = nsvg__div255((int)cover[0] * ca); ia = 255 - a; /* Premultiply */ r = nsvg__div255(cr * a); g = nsvg__div255(cg * a); b = nsvg__div255(cb * a); /* Blend over */ r += nsvg__div255(ia * (int)dst[0]); g += nsvg__div255(ia * (int)dst[1]); b += nsvg__div255(ia * (int)dst[2]); a += nsvg__div255(ia * (int)dst[3]); dst[0] = (unsigned char)r; dst[1] = (unsigned char)g; |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 | }
static void nsvg__rasterizeSortedEdges(NSVGrasterizer *r, float tx, float ty, float scale, NSVGcachedPaint* cache, char fillRule)
{
NSVGactiveEdge *active = NULL;
int y, s;
int e = 0;
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 1218 1219 1220 1221 1222 1223 1224 1225 1226 1227 1228 1229 1230 1231 1232 1233 1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 | }
static void nsvg__rasterizeSortedEdges(NSVGrasterizer *r, float tx, float ty, float scale, NSVGcachedPaint* cache, char fillRule)
{
NSVGactiveEdge *active = NULL;
int y, s;
int e = 0;
int maxWeight = (255 / NSVG__SUBSAMPLES); /* weight per vertical scanline */
int xmin, xmax;
for (y = 0; y < r->height; y++) {
memset(r->scanline, 0, r->width);
xmin = r->width;
xmax = 0;
for (s = 0; s < NSVG__SUBSAMPLES; ++s) {
/* find center of pixel for this scanline */
float scany = (float)(y*NSVG__SUBSAMPLES + s) + 0.5f;
NSVGactiveEdge **step = &active;
/* update all active edges; */
/* remove all active edges that terminate before the center of this scanline */
while (*step) {
NSVGactiveEdge *z = *step;
if (z->ey <= scany) {
*step = z->next; /* delete from list */
/* NSVG__assert(z->valid); */
nsvg__freeActive(r, z);
} else {
z->x += z->dx; /* advance to position for current scanline */
step = &((*step)->next); /* advance through list */
}
}
/* resort the list if needed */
for (;;) {
int changed = 0;
step = &active;
while (*step && (*step)->next) {
if ((*step)->x > (*step)->next->x) {
NSVGactiveEdge* t = *step;
NSVGactiveEdge* q = t->next;
t->next = q->next;
q->next = t;
*step = q;
changed = 1;
}
step = &(*step)->next;
}
if (!changed) break;
}
/* insert all edges that start before the center of this scanline -- omit ones that also end on this scanline */
while (e < r->nedges && r->edges[e].y0 <= scany) {
if (r->edges[e].y1 > scany) {
NSVGactiveEdge* z = nsvg__addActive(r, &r->edges[e], scany);
if (z == NULL) break;
/* find insertion point */
if (active == NULL) {
active = z;
} else if (z->x < active->x) {
/* insert at front */
z->next = active;
active = z;
} else {
/* find thing to insert AFTER */
NSVGactiveEdge* p = active;
while (p->next && p->next->x < z->x)
p = p->next;
/* at this point, p->next->x is NOT < z->x */
z->next = p->next;
p->next = z;
}
}
e++;
}
/* now process all active edges in non-zero fashion */
if (active != NULL)
nsvg__fillActiveEdges(r->scanline, r->width, active, maxWeight, &xmin, &xmax, fillRule);
}
/* Blit */
if (xmin < 0) xmin = 0;
if (xmax > r->width-1) xmax = r->width-1;
if (xmin <= xmax) {
nsvg__scanlineSolid(&r->bitmap[y * r->stride] + xmin*4, xmax-xmin+1, &r->scanline[xmin], xmin, y, tx,ty, scale, cache);
}
}
}
static void nsvg__unpremultiplyAlpha(unsigned char* image, int w, int h, int stride)
{
int x,y;
/* Unpremultiply */
for (y = 0; y < h; y++) {
unsigned char *row = &image[y*stride];
for (x = 0; x < w; x++) {
int r = row[0], g = row[1], b = row[2], a = row[3];
if (a != 0) {
row[0] = (unsigned char)(r*255/a);
row[1] = (unsigned char)(g*255/a);
row[2] = (unsigned char)(b*255/a);
}
row += 4;
}
}
/* Defringe */
for (y = 0; y < h; y++) {
unsigned char *row = &image[y*stride];
for (x = 0; x < w; x++) {
int r = 0, g = 0, b = 0, a = row[3], n = 0;
if (a == 0) {
if (x-1 > 0 && row[-1] != 0) {
r += row[-4];
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1407 1408 1409 1410 1411 1412 1413 | if (shape->fill.type != NSVG_PAINT_NONE) {
nsvg__resetPool(r);
r->freelist = NULL;
r->nedges = 0;
nsvg__flattenShape(r, shape, scale);
| | | | | | | | | 1409 1410 1411 1412 1413 1414 1415 1416 1417 1418 1419 1420 1421 1422 1423 1424 1425 1426 1427 1428 1429 1430 1431 1432 1433 1434 1435 1436 1437 1438 1439 1440 1441 1442 1443 1444 1445 1446 1447 1448 1449 1450 1451 1452 1453 1454 1455 1456 1457 1458 1459 1460 1461 | if (shape->fill.type != NSVG_PAINT_NONE) {
nsvg__resetPool(r);
r->freelist = NULL;
r->nedges = 0;
nsvg__flattenShape(r, shape, scale);
/* Scale and translate edges */
for (i = 0; i < r->nedges; i++) {
e = &r->edges[i];
e->x0 = tx + e->x0;
e->y0 = (ty + e->y0) * NSVG__SUBSAMPLES;
e->x1 = tx + e->x1;
e->y1 = (ty + e->y1) * NSVG__SUBSAMPLES;
}
/* Rasterize edges */
qsort(r->edges, r->nedges, sizeof(NSVGedge), nsvg__cmpEdge);
/* now, traverse the scanlines and find the intersections on each scanline, use non-zero rule */
nsvg__initPaint(&cache, &shape->fill, shape->opacity);
nsvg__rasterizeSortedEdges(r, tx,ty,scale, &cache, shape->fillRule);
}
if (shape->stroke.type != NSVG_PAINT_NONE && (shape->strokeWidth * scale) > 0.01f) {
nsvg__resetPool(r);
r->freelist = NULL;
r->nedges = 0;
nsvg__flattenShapeStroke(r, shape, scale);
/* dumpEdges(r, "edge.svg"); */
/* Scale and translate edges */
for (i = 0; i < r->nedges; i++) {
e = &r->edges[i];
e->x0 = tx + e->x0;
e->y0 = (ty + e->y0) * NSVG__SUBSAMPLES;
e->x1 = tx + e->x1;
e->y1 = (ty + e->y1) * NSVG__SUBSAMPLES;
}
/* Rasterize edges */
qsort(r->edges, r->nedges, sizeof(NSVGedge), nsvg__cmpEdge);
/* now, traverse the scanlines and find the intersections on each scanline, use non-zero rule */
nsvg__initPaint(&cache, &shape->stroke, shape->opacity);
nsvg__rasterizeSortedEdges(r, tx,ty,scale, &cache, NSVG_FILLRULE_NONZERO);
}
}
nsvg__unpremultiplyAlpha(dst, w, h, stride);
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tk.decls.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 | # tk.decls -- # # This file contains the declarations for all supported public # functions that are exported by the Tk library via the stubs table. # This file is used to generate the tkDecls.h, tkPlatDecls.h, # tkStub.c, and tkPlatStub.c files. # | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 | # tk.decls -- # # This file contains the declarations for all supported public # functions that are exported by the Tk library via the stubs table. # This file is used to generate the tkDecls.h, tkPlatDecls.h, # tkStub.c, and tkPlatStub.c files. # # Copyright © 1998-2000 Ajuba Solutions. # Copyright © 2007 Daniel A. Steffen <[email protected]> # # See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution # of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. library tk # Define the tk interface with 3 sub interfaces: |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 | declare 278 {
void Tk_SendVirtualEvent(Tk_Window tkwin, const char *eventName,
Tcl_Obj *detail)
}
declare 279 {
Tcl_Obj *Tk_FontGetDescription(Tk_Font tkfont)
}
# Define the platform specific public Tk interface. These functions are
# only available on the designated platform.
interface tkPlat
################################
| > > > > > > | 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 | declare 278 {
void Tk_SendVirtualEvent(Tk_Window tkwin, const char *eventName,
Tcl_Obj *detail)
}
declare 279 {
Tcl_Obj *Tk_FontGetDescription(Tk_Font tkfont)
}
# TIP#529
declare 280 {
void Tk_CreatePhotoImageFormatVersion3(
const Tk_PhotoImageFormatVersion3 *formatPtr)
}
# Define the platform specific public Tk interface. These functions are
# only available on the designated platform.
interface tkPlat
################################
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tk.h.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
64 65 66 67 68 69 70 | * You may also need to update some of these files when the numbers change for * the version of Tcl that this release of Tk is compiled against. */ #define TK_MAJOR_VERSION 8 #define TK_MINOR_VERSION 7 #define TK_RELEASE_LEVEL TCL_ALPHA_RELEASE | | | | 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 | * You may also need to update some of these files when the numbers change for * the version of Tcl that this release of Tk is compiled against. */ #define TK_MAJOR_VERSION 8 #define TK_MINOR_VERSION 7 #define TK_RELEASE_LEVEL TCL_ALPHA_RELEASE #define TK_RELEASE_SERIAL 6 #define TK_VERSION "8.7" #define TK_PATCH_LEVEL "8.7a6" /* * A special definition used to allow this header file to be included from * windows or mac resource files so that they can obtain version information. * RC_INVOKED is defined by default by the windows RC tool and manually set * for macintosh. * |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
90 91 92 93 94 95 96 | # pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wc++-compat" #endif # include <X11/Xlib.h> # ifdef MAC_OSX_TK # include <X11/X.h> # endif #endif | < < | < | 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 | # pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wc++-compat" #endif # include <X11/Xlib.h> # ifdef MAC_OSX_TK # include <X11/X.h> # endif #endif #include <stddef.h> #ifdef BUILD_tk #undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS #define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLEXPORT #else # ifndef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS # define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLIMPORT |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
167 168 169 170 171 172 173 | TK_OPTION_JUSTIFY,
TK_OPTION_ANCHOR,
TK_OPTION_SYNONYM,
TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
TK_OPTION_WINDOW,
TK_OPTION_END,
TK_OPTION_CUSTOM,
| | > | 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 | TK_OPTION_JUSTIFY,
TK_OPTION_ANCHOR,
TK_OPTION_SYNONYM,
TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
TK_OPTION_WINDOW,
TK_OPTION_END,
TK_OPTION_CUSTOM,
TK_OPTION_STYLE,
TK_OPTION_INDEX
} Tk_OptionType;
/*
* Structures of the following type are used by widgets to specify their
* configuration options. Typically each widget has a static array of these
* structures, where each element of the array describes a single
* configuration option. The array is passed to Tk_CreateOptionTable.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1433 1434 1435 1436 1437 1438 1439 1440 1441 1442 1443 1444 1445 1446 | Tcl_Obj *format, Tk_PhotoHandle imageHandle, int destX, int destY, int width, int height, int srcX, int srcY); typedef int (Tk_ImageFileWriteProc) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *fileName, Tcl_Obj *format, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr); typedef int (Tk_ImageStringWriteProc) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *format, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr); #endif /* USE_OLD_IMAGE */ /* * The following structure represents a particular file format for storing * images (e.g., PPM, GIF, JPEG, etc.). It provides information to allow image * files of that format to be recognized and read into a photo image. */ | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 1431 1432 1433 1434 1435 1436 1437 1438 1439 1440 1441 1442 1443 1444 1445 1446 1447 1448 1449 1450 1451 1452 1453 1454 1455 1456 1457 1458 1459 1460 1461 1462 1463 1464 1465 1466 1467 1468 1469 1470 1471 1472 1473 1474 | Tcl_Obj *format, Tk_PhotoHandle imageHandle, int destX, int destY, int width, int height, int srcX, int srcY); typedef int (Tk_ImageFileWriteProc) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *fileName, Tcl_Obj *format, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr); typedef int (Tk_ImageStringWriteProc) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *format, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr); #endif /* USE_OLD_IMAGE */ /* * The following alternate definitions are used with the Tk8.7 file format * supporting a metadata dict, internal dstring and close file flag */ typedef struct Tk_PhotoImageFormatVersion3 Tk_PhotoImageFormatVersion3; typedef int (Tk_ImageFileMatchProcVersion3) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Channel chan, const char *fileName, Tcl_Obj *format, Tcl_Obj *metadataIn, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Tcl_Obj *metadataOut); typedef int (Tk_ImageStringMatchProcVersion3) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *dataObj, Tcl_Obj *format, Tcl_Obj *metadataIn, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Tcl_Obj *metadataOut); typedef int (Tk_ImageFileReadProcVersion3) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Channel chan, const char *fileName, Tcl_Obj *format, Tcl_Obj *metadataIn, Tk_PhotoHandle imageHandle, int destX, int destY, int width, int height, int srcX, int srcY, Tcl_Obj *metadataOut); typedef int (Tk_ImageStringReadProcVersion3) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *dataObj, Tcl_Obj *format, Tcl_Obj *metadataIn, Tk_PhotoHandle imageHandle, int destX, int destY, int width, int height, int srcX, int srcY, Tcl_Obj *metadataOut); typedef int (Tk_ImageFileWriteProcVersion3) (Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *fileName, Tcl_Obj *format, Tcl_Obj *metadataIn, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr); typedef int (Tk_ImageStringWriteProcVersion3) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *format, Tcl_Obj *metadataIn, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr); /* * The following structure represents a particular file format for storing * images (e.g., PPM, GIF, JPEG, etc.). It provides information to allow image * files of that format to be recognized and read into a photo image. */ |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1466 1467 1468 1469 1470 1471 1472 1473 1474 1475 1476 1477 1478 1479 | * representation of the data in a photo
* image.*/
struct Tk_PhotoImageFormat *nextPtr;
/* Next in list of all photo image formats
* currently known. Filled in by Tk, not by
* image format handler. */
};
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Procedure prototypes and structures used for managing styles:
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
| > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 1494 1495 1496 1497 1498 1499 1500 1501 1502 1503 1504 1505 1506 1507 1508 1509 1510 1511 1512 1513 1514 1515 1516 1517 1518 1519 1520 1521 1522 1523 1524 1525 1526 1527 1528 1529 1530 1531 1532 1533 1534 1535 1536 1537 1538 1539 | * representation of the data in a photo
* image.*/
struct Tk_PhotoImageFormat *nextPtr;
/* Next in list of all photo image formats
* currently known. Filled in by Tk, not by
* image format handler. */
};
/*
* The following structure is the same plus added support for the metadata
* structure.
*/
struct Tk_PhotoImageFormatVersion3 {
const char *name; /* Name of image file format */
Tk_ImageFileMatchProcVersion3 *fileMatchProc;
/* Procedure to call to determine whether an
* image file matches this format. */
Tk_ImageStringMatchProcVersion3 *stringMatchProc;
/* Procedure to call to determine whether the
* data in a string matches this format. */
Tk_ImageFileReadProcVersion3 *fileReadProc;
/* Procedure to call to read data from an
* image file into a photo image. */
Tk_ImageStringReadProcVersion3 *stringReadProc;
/* Procedure to call to read data from a
* string into a photo image. */
Tk_ImageFileWriteProcVersion3 *fileWriteProc;
/* Procedure to call to write data from a
* photo image to a file. */
Tk_ImageStringWriteProcVersion3 *stringWriteProc;
/* Procedure to call to obtain a string
* representation of the data in a photo
* image.*/
struct Tk_PhotoImageFormatVersion3 *nextPtr;
/* Next in list of all photo image formats
* currently known. Filled in by Tk, not by
* image format handler. */
};
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Procedure prototypes and structures used for managing styles:
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tk3d.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | /* * tk3d.c -- * * This module provides procedures to draw borders in the * three-dimensional Motif style. * | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 | /* * tk3d.c -- * * This module provides procedures to draw borders in the * three-dimensional Motif style. * * Copyright © 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California. * Copyright © 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkInt.h" #include "tk3d.h" |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tk3d.h.
1 2 3 4 5 | /* * tk3d.h -- * * Declarations of types and functions shared by the 3d border module. * | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 | /* * tk3d.h -- * * Declarations of types and functions shared by the 3d border module. * * Copyright © 1996-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #ifndef _TK3D #define _TK3D |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkArgv.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | /* * tkArgv.c -- * * This file contains a function that handles table-based argv-argc * parsing. * | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 | /* * tkArgv.c -- * * This file contains a function that handles table-based argv-argc * parsing. * * Copyright © 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California. * Copyright © 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkInt.h" |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkArray.h.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 | /* * tkArray.h -- * * An array is a sequence of items, stored in a contiguous memory region. * Random access to any item is very fast. New items can be either appended * or prepended. An array may be traversed in the forward or backward direction. * | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 | /* * tkArray.h -- * * An array is a sequence of items, stored in a contiguous memory region. * Random access to any item is very fast. New items can be either appended * or prepended. An array may be traversed in the forward or backward direction. * * Copyright © 2018-2019 Gregor Cramer. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ /* * Note that this file will not be included in header files, it is the purpose |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkAtom.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | /* * tkAtom.c -- * * This file manages a cache of X Atoms in order to avoid interactions * with the X server. It's much like the Xmu routines, except it has a * cleaner interface (caller doesn't have to provide permanent storage * for atom names, for example). * | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 | /* * tkAtom.c -- * * This file manages a cache of X Atoms in order to avoid interactions * with the X server. It's much like the Xmu routines, except it has a * cleaner interface (caller doesn't have to provide permanent storage * for atom names, for example). * * Copyright © 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California. * Copyright © 1994 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkInt.h" |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkBind.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | /* * tkBind.c -- * * This file provides functions that associate Tcl commands with X events * or sequences of X events. * | | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 | /* * tkBind.c -- * * This file provides functions that associate Tcl commands with X events * or sequences of X events. * * Copyright © 1989-1994 The Regents of the University of California. * Copyright © 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * Copyright © 1998 Scriptics Corporation. * Copyright © 2018-2019 Gregor Cramer. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkInt.h" #include "tkDList.h" |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 | #define MULT_CLICKS (DOUBLE|TRIPLE|QUADRUPLE)
static const ModInfo modArray[] = {
{"Control", ControlMask, 0},
{"Shift", ShiftMask, 0},
{"Lock", LockMask, 0},
{"Meta", META_MASK, 0},
{"M", META_MASK, 0},
{"Alt", ALT_MASK, 0},
{"Extended", EXTENDED_MASK, 0},
{"B1", Button1Mask, 0},
{"Button1", Button1Mask, 0},
{"B2", Button2Mask, 0},
{"Button2", Button2Mask, 0},
{"B3", Button3Mask, 0},
| > > | 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 | #define MULT_CLICKS (DOUBLE|TRIPLE|QUADRUPLE)
static const ModInfo modArray[] = {
{"Control", ControlMask, 0},
{"Shift", ShiftMask, 0},
{"Lock", LockMask, 0},
{"Meta", META_MASK, 0},
#ifndef TK_NO_DEPRECATED
{"M", META_MASK, 0},
#endif
{"Alt", ALT_MASK, 0},
{"Extended", EXTENDED_MASK, 0},
{"B1", Button1Mask, 0},
{"Button1", Button1Mask, 0},
{"B2", Button2Mask, 0},
{"Button2", Button2Mask, 0},
{"B3", Button3Mask, 0},
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 | {"Button7", Button7Mask, 0},
{"B8", Button8Mask, 0},
{"Button8", Button8Mask, 0},
{"B9", Button9Mask, 0},
{"Button9", Button9Mask, 0},
{"Mod1", Mod1Mask, 0},
{"M1", Mod1Mask, 0},
{"Command", Mod1Mask, 0},
{"Mod2", Mod2Mask, 0},
{"M2", Mod2Mask, 0},
{"Option", Mod2Mask, 0},
{"Mod3", Mod3Mask, 0},
{"M3", Mod3Mask, 0},
{"Mod4", Mod4Mask, 0},
{"M4", Mod4Mask, 0},
{"Mod5", Mod5Mask, 0},
{"M5", Mod5Mask, 0},
{"Double", 0, DOUBLE},
| > > > > > > > > > > | 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 | {"Button7", Button7Mask, 0},
{"B8", Button8Mask, 0},
{"Button8", Button8Mask, 0},
{"B9", Button9Mask, 0},
{"Button9", Button9Mask, 0},
{"Mod1", Mod1Mask, 0},
{"M1", Mod1Mask, 0},
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK
{"Command", Mod1Mask, 0},
#elif defined (_WIN32)
{"Command", ControlMask, 0},
#else
{"Command", META_MASK, 0},
#endif
{"Mod2", Mod2Mask, 0},
{"M2", Mod2Mask, 0},
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK
{"Option", Mod2Mask, 0},
#else
{"Option", ALT_MASK, 0},
#endif
{"Mod3", Mod3Mask, 0},
{"M3", Mod3Mask, 0},
{"Mod4", Mod4Mask, 0},
{"M4", Mod4Mask, 0},
{"Mod5", Mod5Mask, 0},
{"M5", Mod5Mask, 0},
{"Double", 0, DOUBLE},
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 | * This is necessary because X doesn't report up events unless you also ask
* for down events. Also, X doesn't report button state in motion events
* unless you've asked about button events.
*/
static const EventInfo eventArray[] = {
{"Key", KeyPress, KeyPressMask},
{"KeyPress", KeyPress, KeyPressMask},
{"KeyRelease", KeyRelease, KeyPressMask|KeyReleaseMask},
{"Button", ButtonPress, ButtonPressMask},
{"ButtonPress", ButtonPress, ButtonPressMask},
{"ButtonRelease", ButtonRelease, ButtonPressMask|ButtonReleaseMask},
{"Motion", MotionNotify, ButtonPressMask|PointerMotionMask},
{"Enter", EnterNotify, EnterWindowMask},
{"Leave", LeaveNotify, LeaveWindowMask},
{"FocusIn", FocusIn, FocusChangeMask},
{"FocusOut", FocusOut, FocusChangeMask},
{"Expose", Expose, ExposureMask},
| > > > > | 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 | * This is necessary because X doesn't report up events unless you also ask
* for down events. Also, X doesn't report button state in motion events
* unless you've asked about button events.
*/
static const EventInfo eventArray[] = {
{"Key", KeyPress, KeyPressMask},
#ifndef TK_NO_DEPRECATED
{"KeyPress", KeyPress, KeyPressMask},
#endif
{"KeyRelease", KeyRelease, KeyPressMask|KeyReleaseMask},
{"Button", ButtonPress, ButtonPressMask},
#ifndef TK_NO_DEPRECATED
{"ButtonPress", ButtonPress, ButtonPressMask},
#endif
{"ButtonRelease", ButtonRelease, ButtonPressMask|ButtonReleaseMask},
{"Motion", MotionNotify, ButtonPressMask|PointerMotionMask},
{"Enter", EnterNotify, EnterWindowMask},
{"Leave", LeaveNotify, LeaveWindowMask},
{"FocusIn", FocusIn, FocusChangeMask},
{"FocusOut", FocusOut, FocusChangeMask},
{"Expose", Expose, ExposureMask},
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 | return (button > 3) ? (button + 4) : button;
}
static Time
CurrentTimeInMilliSecs(void)
{
Tcl_Time now;
Tcl_GetTime(&now);
return ((Time) now.sec)*1000 + ((Time) now.usec)/1000;
}
static Info
GetInfo(
const PatSeq *psPtr,
| > | 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 | return (button > 3) ? (button + 4) : button;
}
static Time
CurrentTimeInMilliSecs(void)
{
Tcl_Time now;
Tcl_GetTime(&now);
return ((Time) now.sec)*1000 + ((Time) now.usec)/1000;
}
static Info
GetInfo(
const PatSeq *psPtr,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2990 2991 2992 2993 2994 2995 2996 | snprintf(numStorage, sizeof(numStorage), "%" TCL_LL_MODIFIER "u", unumber); \
string = numStorage; \
}
while (1) {
char numStorage[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];
const char *string;
| | | | 3007 3008 3009 3010 3011 3012 3013 3014 3015 3016 3017 3018 3019 3020 3021 3022 | snprintf(numStorage, sizeof(numStorage), "%" TCL_LL_MODIFIER "u", unumber); \
string = numStorage; \
}
while (1) {
char numStorage[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];
const char *string;
long long number; /* signed */
unsigned long long unumber; /* unsigned */
/*
* Find everything up to the next % character and append it to the
* result string.
*/
for (string = before; *string && *string != '%'; ++string)
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5236 5237 5238 5239 5240 5241 5242 | */
KeySym
TkStringToKeysym(
const char *name) /* Name of a keysym. */
{
#ifdef REDO_KEYSYM_LOOKUP
| | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | < | | 5253 5254 5255 5256 5257 5258 5259 5260 5261 5262 5263 5264 5265 5266 5267 5268 5269 5270 5271 5272 5273 5274 5275 5276 5277 5278 5279 5280 5281 5282 5283 5284 5285 5286 5287 5288 5289 5290 5291 5292 5293 5294 5295 5296 5297 5298 5299 5300 5301 5302 5303 5304 5305 5306 5307 5308 | */
KeySym
TkStringToKeysym(
const char *name) /* Name of a keysym. */
{
#ifdef REDO_KEYSYM_LOOKUP
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
#endif /* REDO_KEYSYM_LOOKUP */
int keysym;
size_t len = TkUtfToUniChar(name, &keysym);
if (name[len] == '\0') {
if (!Tcl_UniCharIsPrint(keysym)) {
/* This form not supported */
} else if ((unsigned)(keysym - 0x21) <= 0x5D) {
return keysym;
} else if ((unsigned)(keysym - 0xA1) <= 0x5E) {
return keysym;
} else if (keysym == 0x20AC) {
return 0x20AC;
} else {
return keysym + 0x1000000;
}
}
#ifdef REDO_KEYSYM_LOOKUP
if ((name[0] == 'U') && ((unsigned)(name[1] - '0') <= 9)) {
char *p = (char *)name + 1;
keysym = strtol(p, &p, 16);
if ((p >= name + 5) && (p <= name + 9) && !*p && (keysym >= 0x20)
&& ((unsigned)(keysym - 0x7F) > 0x20)) {
if ((unsigned)(keysym - 0x21) <= 0x5D) {
return keysym;
} else if ((unsigned)(keysym - 0xA1) <= 0x5E) {
return keysym;
} else if (keysym == 0x20AC) {
return keysym;
}
return keysym + 0x1000000;
}
}
#endif
#ifdef REDO_KEYSYM_LOOKUP
hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&keySymTable, name);
if (hPtr) {
return (KeySym) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
}
if (((unsigned)(name[0]-1) < 0x7F) && !name[1]) {
keysym = (unsigned char) name[0];
if (TkKeysymToString(keysym)) {
return keysym;
}
}
#endif /* REDO_KEYSYM_LOOKUP */
assert(name);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5276 5277 5278 5279 5280 5281 5282 | */
const char *
TkKeysymToString(
KeySym keysym)
{
#ifdef REDO_KEYSYM_LOOKUP
| | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > < < < | 5327 5328 5329 5330 5331 5332 5333 5334 5335 5336 5337 5338 5339 5340 5341 5342 5343 5344 5345 5346 5347 5348 5349 5350 5351 5352 5353 5354 5355 5356 5357 5358 5359 5360 5361 5362 5363 5364 5365 5366 5367 5368 5369 5370 5371 | */
const char *
TkKeysymToString(
KeySym keysym)
{
#ifdef REDO_KEYSYM_LOOKUP
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
#endif
if ((unsigned)(keysym - 0x21) <= 0x5D) {
keysym += 0x1000000;
} else if ((unsigned)(keysym - 0xA1) <= 0x5E) {
keysym += 0x1000000;
} else if (keysym == 0x20AC) {
keysym += 0x1000000;
}
if ((keysym >= 0x1000020) && (keysym <= 0x110FFFF)
&& ((unsigned)(keysym - 0x100007F) > 0x20)) {
char buf[10];
if (Tcl_UniCharIsPrint(keysym-0x1000000)) {
buf[TkUniCharToUtf(keysym - 0x1000000, buf)] = '\0';
} else if (keysym >= 0x1010000) {
sprintf(buf, "U%08X", (int)(keysym - 0x1000000));
} else {
sprintf(buf, "U%04X", (int)(keysym - 0x1000000));
}
return Tk_GetUid(buf);
}
#ifdef REDO_KEYSYM_LOOKUP
hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&nameTable, INT2PTR(keysym));
if (hPtr) {
return (const char *)Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
}
#endif /* REDO_KEYSYM_LOOKUP */
return XKeysymToString(keysym);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpGetBindingXEvent --
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkBitmap.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 | /* * tkBitmap.c -- * * This file maintains a database of read-only bitmaps for the Tk * toolkit. This allows bitmaps to be shared between widgets and also * avoids interactions with the X server. * | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 | /* * tkBitmap.c -- * * This file maintains a database of read-only bitmaps for the Tk * toolkit. This allows bitmaps to be shared between widgets and also * avoids interactions with the X server. * * Copyright © 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California. * Copyright © 1994-1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkInt.h" |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkButton.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 | /* * tkButton.c -- * * This module implements a collection of button-like widgets for the Tk * toolkit. The widgets implemented include buttons, checkbuttons, * radiobuttons, and labels. * | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 | /* * tkButton.c -- * * This module implements a collection of button-like widgets for the Tk * toolkit. The widgets implemented include buttons, checkbuttons, * radiobuttons, and labels. * * Copyright © 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California. * Copyright © 1994-1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkInt.h" #include "tkButton.h" |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
139 140 141 142 143 144 145 | DEF_LABEL_TAKE_FOCUS, offsetof(TkButton, takeFocusPtr), TCL_INDEX_NONE,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-text", "text", "Text",
DEF_BUTTON_TEXT, offsetof(TkButton, textPtr), TCL_INDEX_NONE, 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-textvariable", "textVariable", "Variable",
DEF_BUTTON_TEXT_VARIABLE, offsetof(TkButton, textVarNamePtr), TCL_INDEX_NONE,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
| | | | 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 | DEF_LABEL_TAKE_FOCUS, offsetof(TkButton, takeFocusPtr), TCL_INDEX_NONE,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-text", "text", "Text",
DEF_BUTTON_TEXT, offsetof(TkButton, textPtr), TCL_INDEX_NONE, 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-textvariable", "textVariable", "Variable",
DEF_BUTTON_TEXT_VARIABLE, offsetof(TkButton, textVarNamePtr), TCL_INDEX_NONE,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_INDEX, "-underline", "underline", "Underline",
TK_OPTION_UNDERLINE_DEF(TkButton, underline), 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-width", "width", "Width",
DEF_BUTTON_WIDTH, offsetof(TkButton, widthPtr), TCL_INDEX_NONE, 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-wraplength", "wrapLength", "WrapLength",
DEF_BUTTON_WRAP_LENGTH, offsetof(TkButton, wrapLengthPtr),
offsetof(TkButton, wrapLength), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0}
};
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
240 241 242 243 244 245 246 | DEF_BUTTON_TAKE_FOCUS, offsetof(TkButton, takeFocusPtr), TCL_INDEX_NONE,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-text", "text", "Text",
DEF_BUTTON_TEXT, offsetof(TkButton, textPtr), TCL_INDEX_NONE, 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-textvariable", "textVariable", "Variable",
DEF_BUTTON_TEXT_VARIABLE, offsetof(TkButton, textVarNamePtr), TCL_INDEX_NONE,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
| | | | 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 | DEF_BUTTON_TAKE_FOCUS, offsetof(TkButton, takeFocusPtr), TCL_INDEX_NONE,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-text", "text", "Text",
DEF_BUTTON_TEXT, offsetof(TkButton, textPtr), TCL_INDEX_NONE, 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-textvariable", "textVariable", "Variable",
DEF_BUTTON_TEXT_VARIABLE, offsetof(TkButton, textVarNamePtr), TCL_INDEX_NONE,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_INDEX, "-underline", "underline", "Underline",
TK_OPTION_UNDERLINE_DEF(TkButton, underline), 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-width", "width", "Width",
DEF_BUTTON_WIDTH, offsetof(TkButton, widthPtr), TCL_INDEX_NONE, 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-wraplength", "wrapLength", "WrapLength",
DEF_BUTTON_WRAP_LENGTH, offsetof(TkButton, wrapLengthPtr),
offsetof(TkButton, wrapLength), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, TCL_INDEX_NONE, 0, 0, 0}
};
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
350 351 352 353 354 355 356 | DEF_BUTTON_TEXT_VARIABLE, offsetof(TkButton, textVarNamePtr), TCL_INDEX_NONE,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-tristateimage", "tristateImage", "TristateImage",
DEF_BUTTON_IMAGE, offsetof(TkButton, tristateImagePtr), TCL_INDEX_NONE,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-tristatevalue", "tristateValue", "TristateValue",
DEF_BUTTON_TRISTATE_VALUE, offsetof(TkButton, tristateValuePtr), TCL_INDEX_NONE, 0, 0, 0},
| | | | 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 | DEF_BUTTON_TEXT_VARIABLE, offsetof(TkButton, textVarNamePtr), TCL_INDEX_NONE,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-tristateimage", "tristateImage", "TristateImage",
DEF_BUTTON_IMAGE, offsetof(TkButton, tristateImagePtr), TCL_INDEX_NONE,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-tristatevalue", "tristateValue", "TristateValue",
DEF_BUTTON_TRISTATE_VALUE, offsetof(TkButton, tristateValuePtr), TCL_INDEX_NONE, 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_INDEX, "-underline", "underline", "Underline",
TK_OPTION_UNDERLINE_DEF(TkButton, underline), 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-variable", "variable", "Variable",
DEF_CHECKBUTTON_VARIABLE, offsetof(TkButton, selVarNamePtr), TCL_INDEX_NONE,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-width", "width", "Width",
DEF_BUTTON_WIDTH, offsetof(TkButton, widthPtr), TCL_INDEX_NONE, 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-wraplength", "wrapLength", "WrapLength",
DEF_BUTTON_WRAP_LENGTH, offsetof(TkButton, wrapLengthPtr),
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
460 461 462 463 464 465 466 | DEF_BUTTON_TEXT_VARIABLE, offsetof(TkButton, textVarNamePtr), TCL_INDEX_NONE,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-tristateimage", "tristateImage", "TristateImage",
DEF_BUTTON_IMAGE, offsetof(TkButton, tristateImagePtr), TCL_INDEX_NONE,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-tristatevalue", "tristateValue", "TristateValue",
DEF_BUTTON_TRISTATE_VALUE, offsetof(TkButton, tristateValuePtr), TCL_INDEX_NONE, 0, 0, 0},
| | | | 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 | DEF_BUTTON_TEXT_VARIABLE, offsetof(TkButton, textVarNamePtr), TCL_INDEX_NONE,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-tristateimage", "tristateImage", "TristateImage",
DEF_BUTTON_IMAGE, offsetof(TkButton, tristateImagePtr), TCL_INDEX_NONE,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-tristatevalue", "tristateValue", "TristateValue",
DEF_BUTTON_TRISTATE_VALUE, offsetof(TkButton, tristateValuePtr), TCL_INDEX_NONE, 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_INDEX, "-underline", "underline", "Underline",
TK_OPTION_UNDERLINE_DEF(TkButton, underline), 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-value", "value", "Value",
DEF_BUTTON_VALUE, offsetof(TkButton, onValuePtr), TCL_INDEX_NONE, 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-variable", "variable", "Variable",
DEF_RADIOBUTTON_VARIABLE, offsetof(TkButton, selVarNamePtr), TCL_INDEX_NONE,
0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-width", "width", "Width",
DEF_BUTTON_WIDTH, offsetof(TkButton, widthPtr), TCL_INDEX_NONE, 0, 0, 0},
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
683 684 685 686 687 688 689 | butPtr->display = Tk_Display(tkwin);
butPtr->interp = interp;
butPtr->widgetCmd = Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, Tk_PathName(tkwin),
ButtonWidgetObjCmd, butPtr, ButtonCmdDeletedProc);
butPtr->type = type;
butPtr->optionTable = optionTable;
butPtr->textPtr = NULL;
| | | 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 | butPtr->display = Tk_Display(tkwin);
butPtr->interp = interp;
butPtr->widgetCmd = Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, Tk_PathName(tkwin),
ButtonWidgetObjCmd, butPtr, ButtonCmdDeletedProc);
butPtr->type = type;
butPtr->optionTable = optionTable;
butPtr->textPtr = NULL;
butPtr->underline = INT_MIN;
butPtr->textVarNamePtr = NULL;
butPtr->bitmap = None;
butPtr->imagePtr = NULL;
butPtr->image = NULL;
butPtr->selectImagePtr = NULL;
butPtr->selectImage = NULL;
butPtr->tristateImagePtr = NULL;
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkButton.h.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | /* * tkButton.h -- * * Declarations of types and functions used to implement button-like * widgets. * | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | /* * tkButton.h -- * * Declarations of types and functions used to implement button-like * widgets. * * Copyright © 1996-1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #ifndef _TKBUTTON #define _TKBUTTON |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
63 64 65 66 67 68 69 | /*
* Information about what's in the button.
*/
Tcl_Obj *textPtr; /* Value of -text option: specifies text to
* display in button. */
int underline; /* Value of -underline option: specifies index
| | | 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 | /*
* Information about what's in the button.
*/
Tcl_Obj *textPtr; /* Value of -text option: specifies text to
* display in button. */
int underline; /* Value of -underline option: specifies index
* of character to underline. INT_MIN means don't
* underline anything. */
Tcl_Obj *textVarNamePtr; /* Value of -textvariable option: specifies
* name of variable or NULL. If non-NULL,
* button displays the contents of this
* variable. */
Pixmap bitmap; /* Value of -bitmap option. If not None,
* specifies bitmap to display and text and
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkCanvArc.c.
1 2 3 4 5 | /* * tkCanvArc.c -- * * This file implements arc items for canvas widgets. * | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | /* * tkCanvArc.c -- * * This file implements arc items for canvas widgets. * * Copyright © 1992-1994 The Regents of the University of California. * Copyright © 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkInt.h" #include "tkCanvas.h" |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkCanvBmap.c.
1 2 3 4 5 | /* * tkCanvBmap.c -- * * This file implements bitmap items for canvas widgets. * | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | /* * tkCanvBmap.c -- * * This file implements bitmap items for canvas widgets. * * Copyright © 1992-1994 The Regents of the University of California. * Copyright © 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkInt.h" #include "tkCanvas.h" |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkCanvImg.c.
1 2 3 4 5 | /* * tkCanvImg.c -- * * This file implements image items for canvas widgets. * | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | /* * tkCanvImg.c -- * * This file implements image items for canvas widgets. * * Copyright © 1994 The Regents of the University of California. * Copyright © 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkInt.h" #include "tkCanvas.h" |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkCanvLine.c.
1 2 3 4 5 | /* * tkCanvLine.c -- * * This file implements line items for canvas widgets. * | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 | /* * tkCanvLine.c -- * * This file implements line items for canvas widgets. * * Copyright © 1991-1994 The Regents of the University of California. * Copyright © 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * Copyright © 1998-1999 Scriptics Corporation. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkInt.h" #include "tkCanvas.h" |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1744 1745 1746 1747 1748 1749 1750 | TkSizeT *indexPtr) /* Where to store converted index. */
{
TkSizeT idx, length;
LineItem *linePtr = (LineItem *) itemPtr;
const char *string;
(void)canvas;
| | | | 1744 1745 1746 1747 1748 1749 1750 1751 1752 1753 1754 1755 1756 1757 1758 1759 1760 1761 1762 1763 1764 1765 1766 1767 1768 1769 1770 | TkSizeT *indexPtr) /* Where to store converted index. */
{
TkSizeT idx, length;
LineItem *linePtr = (LineItem *) itemPtr;
const char *string;
(void)canvas;
if (TCL_OK == TkGetIntForIndex(obj, 2*linePtr->numPoints - 1, 1, &idx)) {
if (idx == TCL_INDEX_NONE) {
idx = 0;
} else if (idx > (2*(TkSizeT)linePtr->numPoints)) {
idx = 2*linePtr->numPoints;
} else {
idx &= (TkSizeT)-2; /* If index is odd, make it even. */
}
*indexPtr = idx;
return TCL_OK;
}
string = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(obj, &length);
if (string[0] == '@') {
int i;
double x, y, bestDist, dist, *coordPtr;
char *end;
const char *p;
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkCanvPoly.c.
1 2 3 4 5 | /* * tkCanvPoly.c -- * * This file implements polygon items for canvas widgets. * | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 | /* * tkCanvPoly.c -- * * This file implements polygon items for canvas widgets. * * Copyright © 1991-1994 The Regents of the University of California. * Copyright © 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * Copyright © 1998-2000 Ajuba Solutions. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkInt.h" #include "tkCanvas.h" |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1679 1680 1681 1682 1683 1684 1685 1686 1687 1688 1689 1690 1691 1692 | PolygonItem *polyPtr = (PolygonItem *) itemPtr;
const char *string;
TkSizeT count = 2*(polyPtr->numPoints - polyPtr->autoClosed);
if (TCL_OK == TkGetIntForIndex(obj, (INT_MAX - 1) - ((INT_MAX) % count), 1, &idx)) {
if (idx == TCL_INDEX_NONE) {
idx = 0;
} else {
idx = (idx & (TkSizeT)-2) % count;
}
*indexPtr = idx;
return TCL_OK;
}
| > > | | 1679 1680 1681 1682 1683 1684 1685 1686 1687 1688 1689 1690 1691 1692 1693 1694 1695 1696 1697 1698 1699 1700 1701 1702 | PolygonItem *polyPtr = (PolygonItem *) itemPtr;
const char *string;
TkSizeT count = 2*(polyPtr->numPoints - polyPtr->autoClosed);
if (TCL_OK == TkGetIntForIndex(obj, (INT_MAX - 1) - ((INT_MAX) % count), 1, &idx)) {
if (idx == TCL_INDEX_NONE) {
idx = 0;
} else if (idx >= INT_MAX - ((INT_MAX) % count)) {
idx = count;
} else {
idx = (idx & (TkSizeT)-2) % count;
}
*indexPtr = idx;
return TCL_OK;
}
string = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(obj, &length);
if (string[0] == '@') {
int i;
double x, y, bestDist, dist, *coordPtr;
char *end;
const char *p;
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkCanvPs.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 | /* * tkCanvPs.c -- * * This module provides Postscript output support for canvases, including * the "postscript" widget command plus a few utility functions used for * generating Postscript. * | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 | /* * tkCanvPs.c -- * * This module provides Postscript output support for canvases, including * the "postscript" widget command plus a few utility functions used for * generating Postscript. * * Copyright © 1991-1994 The Regents of the University of California. * Copyright © 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkInt.h" #include "tkCanvas.h" |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkCanvText.c.
1 2 3 4 5 | /* * tkCanvText.c -- * * This file implements text items for canvas widgets. * | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | /* * tkCanvText.c -- * * This file implements text items for canvas widgets. * * Copyright © 1991-1994 The Regents of the University of California. * Copyright © 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkInt.h" #include "tkCanvas.h" |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
49 50 51 52 53 54 55 | Pixmap stipple; /* Stipple bitmap for text, or None. */
Pixmap activeStipple; /* Stipple bitmap for text, or None. */
Pixmap disabledStipple; /* Stipple bitmap for text, or None. */
char *text; /* Text for item (malloc-ed). */
int width; /* Width of lines for word-wrap, pixels. Zero
* means no word-wrap. */
int underline; /* Index of character to put underline beneath
| | | 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 | Pixmap stipple; /* Stipple bitmap for text, or None. */
Pixmap activeStipple; /* Stipple bitmap for text, or None. */
Pixmap disabledStipple; /* Stipple bitmap for text, or None. */
char *text; /* Text for item (malloc-ed). */
int width; /* Width of lines for word-wrap, pixels. Zero
* means no word-wrap. */
int underline; /* Index of character to put underline beneath
* or INT_MIN for no underlining. */
double angle; /* What angle, in degrees, to draw the text
* at. */
/*
* Fields whose values are derived from the current values of the
* configuration settings above.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 | };
static const Tk_CustomOption tagsOption = {
TkCanvasTagsParseProc, TkCanvasTagsPrintProc, NULL
};
static const Tk_CustomOption offsetOption = {
TkOffsetParseProc, TkOffsetPrintProc, INT2PTR(TK_OFFSET_RELATIVE)
};
static const Tk_ConfigSpec configSpecs[] = {
{TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-activefill", NULL, NULL,
NULL, offsetof(TextItem, activeColor), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-activestipple", NULL, NULL,
NULL, offsetof(TextItem, activeStipple), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_ANCHOR, "-anchor", NULL, NULL,
| > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 | };
static const Tk_CustomOption tagsOption = {
TkCanvasTagsParseProc, TkCanvasTagsPrintProc, NULL
};
static const Tk_CustomOption offsetOption = {
TkOffsetParseProc, TkOffsetPrintProc, INT2PTR(TK_OFFSET_RELATIVE)
};
static int
UnderlineParseProc(
ClientData dummy, /* Not used.*/
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for reporting errors. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window containing canvas widget. */
const char *value, /* Value of option. */
char *widgRec, /* Pointer to record for item. */
TkSizeT offset) /* Offset into item (ignored). */
{
int *underlinePtr = (int *) (widgRec + offset);
Tcl_Obj obj;
int code;
TkSizeT underline;
(void)dummy;
(void)tkwin;
if (value == NULL || *value == 0) {
*underlinePtr = INT_MIN; /* No underline */
return TCL_OK;
}
obj.refCount = 1;
obj.bytes = (char *)value;
obj.length = strlen(value);
obj.typePtr = NULL;
code = TkGetIntForIndex(&obj, TCL_INDEX_END, 0, &underline);
if (code == TCL_OK) {
if (underline == TCL_INDEX_NONE) {
underline = INT_MIN;
} else if ((size_t)underline > (size_t)TCL_INDEX_END>>1) {
underline++;
} else if (underline >= INT_MAX) {
underline = INT_MAX;
}
*underlinePtr = underline;
} else {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad index \"", value,
"\": must be integer?[+-]integer? or end?[+-]integer?", NULL);
}
return code;
}
const char *
UnderlinePrintProc(
ClientData dummy, /* Ignored. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window containing canvas widget. */
char *widgRec, /* Pointer to record for item. */
TkSizeT offset, /* Pointer to record for item. */
Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr) /* Pointer to variable to fill in with
* information about how to reclaim storage
* for return string. */
{
int underline = *(int *)(widgRec + offset);
char *p;
(void)dummy;
(void)tkwin;
if (underline == INT_MIN) {
#if !defined(TK_NO_DEPRECATED) && TK_MAJOR_VERSION < 9
p = (char *)"-1";
#else
p = (char *)"";
#endif
*freeProcPtr = TCL_STATIC;
return p;
} else if (underline == INT_MAX) {
p = (char *)"end+1";
*freeProcPtr = TCL_STATIC;
return p;
} else if (underline == -1) {
p = (char *)"end";
*freeProcPtr = TCL_STATIC;
return p;
}
p = (char *)ckalloc(32);
if (underline < 0) {
sprintf(p, "end%d", underline);
} else {
sprintf(p, "%d", underline);
}
*freeProcPtr = TCL_DYNAMIC;
return p;
}
static const Tk_CustomOption underlineOption = {
UnderlineParseProc, UnderlinePrintProc, NULL
};
static const Tk_ConfigSpec configSpecs[] = {
{TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-activefill", NULL, NULL,
NULL, offsetof(TextItem, activeColor), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-activestipple", NULL, NULL,
NULL, offsetof(TextItem, activeStipple), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_ANCHOR, "-anchor", NULL, NULL,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
119 120 121 122 123 124 125 | NULL, offsetof(Tk_Item, state), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &stateOption},
{TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-stipple", NULL, NULL,
NULL, offsetof(TextItem, stipple), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-tags", NULL, NULL,
NULL, 0, TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &tagsOption},
{TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-text", NULL, NULL,
"", offsetof(TextItem, text), 0, NULL},
| | | | 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 | NULL, offsetof(Tk_Item, state), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &stateOption},
{TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-stipple", NULL, NULL,
NULL, offsetof(TextItem, stipple), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-tags", NULL, NULL,
NULL, 0, TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &tagsOption},
{TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-text", NULL, NULL,
"", offsetof(TextItem, text), 0, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-underline", NULL, NULL, NULL,
offsetof(TextItem, underline), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &underlineOption},
{TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-width", NULL, NULL,
"0", offsetof(TextItem, width), TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, NULL},
{TK_CONFIG_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, NULL}
};
/*
* Prototypes for functions defined in this file:
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
260 261 262 263 264 265 266 | textPtr->tkfont = NULL;
textPtr->justify = TK_JUSTIFY_LEFT;
textPtr->stipple = None;
textPtr->activeStipple = None;
textPtr->disabledStipple = None;
textPtr->text = NULL;
textPtr->width = 0;
| | | 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 | textPtr->tkfont = NULL;
textPtr->justify = TK_JUSTIFY_LEFT;
textPtr->stipple = None;
textPtr->activeStipple = None;
textPtr->disabledStipple = None;
textPtr->text = NULL;
textPtr->width = 0;
textPtr->underline = INT_MIN;
textPtr->angle = 0.0;
textPtr->numChars = 0;
textPtr->numBytes = 0;
textPtr->textLayout = NULL;
textPtr->actualWidth = 0;
textPtr->drawOrigin[0] = textPtr->drawOrigin[1] = 0.0;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 | TextItem *textPtr = (TextItem *) itemPtr;
int byteIndex, charsAdded;
TkSizeT byteCount;
char *newStr, *text;
const char *string;
Tk_CanvasTextInfo *textInfoPtr = textPtr->textInfoPtr;
| | | 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 | TextItem *textPtr = (TextItem *) itemPtr;
int byteIndex, charsAdded;
TkSizeT byteCount;
char *newStr, *text;
const char *string;
Tk_CanvasTextInfo *textInfoPtr = textPtr->textInfoPtr;
string = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(obj, &byteCount);
text = textPtr->text;
if (index == TCL_INDEX_NONE) {
index = 0;
}
if (index + 1 > textPtr->numChars + 1) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1395 1396 1397 1398 1399 1400 1401 | } else if (idx > textPtr->numChars) {
idx = textPtr->numChars;
}
*indexPtr = idx;
return TCL_OK;
}
| | | 1484 1485 1486 1487 1488 1489 1490 1491 1492 1493 1494 1495 1496 1497 1498 | } else if (idx > textPtr->numChars) {
idx = textPtr->numChars;
}
*indexPtr = idx;
return TCL_OK;
}
string = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(obj, &length);
c = string[0];
if ((c == 'i')
&& (strncmp(string, "insert", length) == 0)) {
*indexPtr = textPtr->insertPos;
} else if ((c == 's') && (length >= 5)
&& (strncmp(string, "sel.first", length) == 0)) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkCanvUtil.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | /* * tkCanvUtil.c -- * * This file contains a collection of utility functions used by the * implementations of various canvas item types. * | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | /* * tkCanvUtil.c -- * * This file contains a collection of utility functions used by the * implementations of various canvas item types. * * Copyright © 1994 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkInt.h" #include "tkCanvas.h" |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
770 771 772 773 774 775 776 | */
if (methods == NULL) {
methods = InitSmoothMethods(interp);
}
/*
| | | 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 | */
if (methods == NULL) {
methods = InitSmoothMethods(interp);
}
/*
* Backward compatibility hack.
*/
if (strncmp(value, "bezier", length) == 0) {
smooth = &tkBezierSmoothMethod;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkCanvWind.c.
1 2 3 4 5 | /* * tkCanvWind.c -- * * This file implements window items for canvas widgets. * | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | /* * tkCanvWind.c -- * * This file implements window items for canvas widgets. * * Copyright © 1992-1994 The Regents of the University of California. * Copyright © 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkInt.h" #include "tkCanvas.h" |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkCanvas.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 | /* * tkCanvas.c -- * * This module implements canvas widgets for the Tk toolkit. A canvas * displays a background and a collection of graphical objects such as * rectangles, lines, and texts. * | | | | | < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 | /* * tkCanvas.c -- * * This module implements canvas widgets for the Tk toolkit. A canvas * displays a background and a collection of graphical objects such as * rectangles, lines, and texts. * * Copyright © 1991-1994 The Regents of the University of California. * Copyright © 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * Copyright © 1998-1999 Scriptics Corporation. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkInt.h" #include "tkCanvas.h" #include "default.h" #include "tkPort.h" #ifdef MAC_OSX_TK #include "tkMacOSXInt.h" #endif /* * See tkCanvas.h for key data structures used to implement canvases. */ /* * The structure defined below is used to keep track of a tag search in |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 | TkSizeT length;
if (objc < 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "type coords ?arg ...?");
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
}
| | | 1252 1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 1266 | TkSizeT length;
if (objc < 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "type coords ?arg ...?");
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
}
arg = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[2], &length);
c = arg[0];
/*
* Lock because the list of types is a global resource that could be
* updated by another thread. That's fairly unlikely, but not
* impossible.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2804 2805 2806 2807 2808 2809 2810 2811 2812 2813 2814 2815 2816 2817 2818 2819 2820 2821 | * use memcpy() instead of the slow pixel or line copy.
*/
blockPtr.width = cWidth;
blockPtr.height = cHeight;
blockPtr.pixelSize = 4;
blockPtr.pitch = blockPtr.pixelSize * blockPtr.width;
blockPtr.offset[0] = 0;
blockPtr.offset[1] = 1;
blockPtr.offset[2] = 2;
blockPtr.offset[3] = 3;
blockPtr.pixelPtr = (unsigned char *)ckalloc(blockPtr.pixelSize * blockPtr.height * blockPtr.width);
/*
* Now convert the image data pixel by pixel from XImage to 32bit RGBA
* format suitable for Tk_PhotoPutBlock().
*/
| > > > > > > > > > | 2803 2804 2805 2806 2807 2808 2809 2810 2811 2812 2813 2814 2815 2816 2817 2818 2819 2820 2821 2822 2823 2824 2825 2826 2827 2828 2829 | * use memcpy() instead of the slow pixel or line copy.
*/
blockPtr.width = cWidth;
blockPtr.height = cHeight;
blockPtr.pixelSize = 4;
blockPtr.pitch = blockPtr.pixelSize * blockPtr.width;
#ifdef TK_XGETIMAGE_USES_ABGR32
blockPtr.offset[0] = 1;
blockPtr.offset[1] = 2;
blockPtr.offset[2] = 3;
blockPtr.offset[3] = 0;
#else
blockPtr.offset[0] = 0;
blockPtr.offset[1] = 1;
blockPtr.offset[2] = 2;
blockPtr.offset[3] = 3;
#endif
blockPtr.pixelPtr = (unsigned char *)ckalloc(blockPtr.pixelSize * blockPtr.height * blockPtr.width);
/*
* Now convert the image data pixel by pixel from XImage to 32bit RGBA
* format suitable for Tk_PhotoPutBlock().
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2844 2845 2846 2847 2848 2849 2850 |
#ifdef DEBUG_DRAWCANVAS
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " {", NULL);
#endif
for(x = 0; x < blockPtr.width; ++x) {
unsigned int pixel = 0;
| | | 2852 2853 2854 2855 2856 2857 2858 2859 2860 2861 2862 2863 2864 2865 2866 |
#ifdef DEBUG_DRAWCANVAS
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " {", NULL);
#endif
for(x = 0; x < blockPtr.width; ++x) {
unsigned int pixel = 0;
int pixel_offset = blockPtr.pitch * y + blockPtr.pixelSize * x;
switch (ximagePtr->bits_per_pixel) {
/*
* Get an 8 bit pixel from the XImage.
*/
case 8 :
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2897 2898 2899 2900 2901 2902 2903 | * quad. However the visual mask is a 32bit ABGR quad. And
* Tk_PhotoPutBlock() wants R-G-B-A which is a 32bit ABGR quad.
* If the visual mask was correct there would be no need to
* swap anything here.
*/
#ifdef _WIN32
| | > | > | > | > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > | | | | > > > > > > > | 2905 2906 2907 2908 2909 2910 2911 2912 2913 2914 2915 2916 2917 2918 2919 2920 2921 2922 2923 2924 2925 2926 2927 2928 2929 2930 2931 2932 2933 2934 2935 2936 2937 2938 2939 2940 2941 2942 2943 2944 2945 2946 2947 2948 2949 2950 2951 2952 2953 2954 2955 2956 2957 | * quad. However the visual mask is a 32bit ABGR quad. And
* Tk_PhotoPutBlock() wants R-G-B-A which is a 32bit ABGR quad.
* If the visual mask was correct there would be no need to
* swap anything here.
*/
#ifdef _WIN32
#define R_OFFSET blockPtr.offset[2]
#define G_OFFSET blockPtr.offset[1]
#define B_OFFSET blockPtr.offset[0]
#define A_OFFSET blockPtr.offset[3]
#else
#define R_OFFSET blockPtr.offset[0]
#define G_OFFSET blockPtr.offset[1]
#define B_OFFSET blockPtr.offset[2]
#define A_OFFSET blockPtr.offset[3]
#endif
#ifdef TK_XGETIMAGE_USES_ABGR32
#define COPY_PIXEL (ximagePtr->bits_per_pixel == 32)
#else
#define COPY_PIXEL 0
#endif
if (COPY_PIXEL) {
/*
* This platform packs pixels in RGBA byte order, as expected
* by Tk_PhotoPutBlock() so we can just copy the pixel as an int.
*/
*((unsigned int *) (blockPtr.pixelPtr + pixel_offset)) = pixel;
} else {
blockPtr.pixelPtr[pixel_offset + R_OFFSET] =
(unsigned char)((pixel & visualPtr->red_mask) >> rshift);
blockPtr.pixelPtr[pixel_offset + G_OFFSET] =
(unsigned char)((pixel & visualPtr->green_mask) >> gshift);
blockPtr.pixelPtr[pixel_offset + B_OFFSET] =
(unsigned char)((pixel & visualPtr->blue_mask) >> bshift);
blockPtr.pixelPtr[pixel_offset + A_OFFSET] = 0xFF;
}
#ifdef DEBUG_DRAWCANVAS
fprintf(stderr, "Converted pixel %x to %hhx %hhx %hhx %hhx \n",
pixel,
blockPtr.pixelPtr[pixel_offset + 0],
blockPtr.pixelPtr[pixel_offset + 1],
blockPtr.pixelPtr[pixel_offset + 2],
blockPtr.pixelPtr[pixel_offset + 3]);
{
int ix;
if (x > 0)
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "-", NULL);
for (ix = 0; ix < 4; ++ix) {
if (ix > 0)
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " ", NULL);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3000 3001 3002 3003 3004 3005 3006 3007 3008 3009 3010 3011 3012 3013 3014 3015 3016 3017 3018 3019 3020 | ClientData clientData) /* Information about widget. */
{
TkCanvas *canvasPtr = (TkCanvas *)clientData;
Tk_Window tkwin = canvasPtr->tkwin;
Tk_Item *itemPtr;
Pixmap pixmap;
int screenX1, screenX2, screenY1, screenY2, width, height;
if (canvasPtr->tkwin == NULL) {
return;
}
if (!Tk_IsMapped(tkwin)) {
goto done;
}
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK
/*
* If drawing is disabled, all we need to do is
* clear the REDRAW_PENDING flag.
*/
| > > > > | | | 3032 3033 3034 3035 3036 3037 3038 3039 3040 3041 3042 3043 3044 3045 3046 3047 3048 3049 3050 3051 3052 3053 3054 3055 3056 3057 3058 3059 3060 3061 3062 3063 3064 3065 | ClientData clientData) /* Information about widget. */
{
TkCanvas *canvasPtr = (TkCanvas *)clientData;
Tk_Window tkwin = canvasPtr->tkwin;
Tk_Item *itemPtr;
Pixmap pixmap;
int screenX1, screenX2, screenY1, screenY2, width, height;
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK
TkWindow *winPtr;
MacDrawable *macWin;
#endif
if (canvasPtr->tkwin == NULL) {
return;
}
if (!Tk_IsMapped(tkwin)) {
goto done;
}
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK
/*
* If drawing is disabled, all we need to do is
* clear the REDRAW_PENDING flag.
*/
winPtr = (TkWindow *)(canvasPtr->tkwin);
macWin = winPtr->privatePtr;
if (macWin && (macWin->flags & TK_DO_NOT_DRAW)){
canvasPtr->flags &= ~REDRAW_PENDING;
return;
}
#endif
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkCanvas.h.
1 2 3 4 5 | /* * tkCanvas.h -- * * Declarations shared among all the files that implement canvas widgets. * | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 | /* * tkCanvas.h -- * * Declarations shared among all the files that implement canvas widgets. * * Copyright © 1991-1994 The Regents of the University of California. * Copyright © 1994-1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * Copyright © 1998 Scriptics Corporation. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #ifndef _TKCANVAS #define _TKCANVAS |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkClipboard.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 | /* * tkClipboard.c -- * * This file manages the clipboard for the Tk toolkit, maintaining a * collection of data buffers that will be supplied on demand to * requesting applications. * | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 | /* * tkClipboard.c -- * * This file manages the clipboard for the Tk toolkit, maintaining a * collection of data buffers that will be supplied on demand to * requesting applications. * * Copyright © 1994 The Regents of the University of California. * Copyright © 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkInt.h" #include "tkSelect.h" |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
450 451 452 453 454 455 456 | "-displayof", "-format", "-type", NULL
};
enum appendOptions { APPEND_DISPLAYOF, APPEND_FORMAT, APPEND_TYPE };
int subIndex;
TkSizeT length;
for (i = 2; i < objc - 1; i++) {
| | | 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 | "-displayof", "-format", "-type", NULL
};
enum appendOptions { APPEND_DISPLAYOF, APPEND_FORMAT, APPEND_TYPE };
int subIndex;
TkSizeT length;
for (i = 2; i < objc - 1; i++) {
string = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i], &length);
if (string[0] != '-') {
break;
}
/*
* If the argument is "--", it signifies the end of arguments.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
705 706 707 708 709 710 711 | ClipboardGetProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Dynamic string holding partially assembled
* selection. */
TCL_UNUSED(Tcl_Interp *), /* Interpreter used for error reporting (not
* used). */
const char *portion) /* New information to be appended. */
{
| > > > > | > > | 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 | ClipboardGetProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Dynamic string holding partially assembled
* selection. */
TCL_UNUSED(Tcl_Interp *), /* Interpreter used for error reporting (not
* used). */
const char *portion) /* New information to be appended. */
{
Tcl_Encoding utf8 = Tcl_GetEncoding(NULL, "utf-8");
Tcl_DString ds;
Tcl_ExternalToUtfDString(utf8, portion, -1, &ds);
Tcl_DStringAppend((Tcl_DString *) clientData, Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), Tcl_DStringLength(&ds));
Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
Tcl_FreeEncoding(utf8);
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: c
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 78
* End:
*/
|
Changes to generic/tkCmds.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | /* * tkCmds.c -- * * This file contains a collection of Tk-related Tcl commands that didn't * fit in any particular file of the toolkit. * | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 | /* * tkCmds.c -- * * This file contains a collection of Tk-related Tcl commands that didn't * fit in any particular file of the toolkit. * * Copyright © 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California. * Copyright © 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * Copyright © 2000 Scriptics Corporation. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkInt.h" |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 |
return code;
}
static char *
WaitVariableProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to integer to set to 1. */
| | | > > | 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 |
return code;
}
static char *
WaitVariableProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to integer to set to 1. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter containing variable. */
const char *name1, /* Name of variable. */
TCL_UNUSED(const char *), /* Second part of variable name. */
TCL_UNUSED(int)) /* Information about what happened. */
{
int *donePtr = (int *)clientData;
*donePtr = 1;
Tcl_UntraceVar(interp, name1, TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
WaitVariableProc, clientData);
return NULL;
}
static void
WaitVisibilityProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to integer to set to 1. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* Information about event (not used). */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1858 1859 1860 1861 1862 1863 1864 | {
const char *string;
TkSizeT length;
if (objc < 1) {
return 0;
}
| | | 1860 1861 1862 1863 1864 1865 1866 1867 1868 1869 1870 1871 1872 1873 1874 | {
const char *string;
TkSizeT length;
if (objc < 1) {
return 0;
}
string = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[0], &length);
if ((length >= 2) &&
(strncmp(string, "-displayof", length) == 0)) {
if (objc < 2) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
"value for \"-displayof\" missing", -1));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "NO_VALUE", "DISPLAYOF", NULL);
return -1;
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkColor.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 | /* * tkColor.c -- * * This file maintains a database of color values for the Tk toolkit, in * order to avoid round-trips to the server to map color names to pixel * values. * | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 | /* * tkColor.c -- * * This file maintains a database of color values for the Tk toolkit, in * order to avoid round-trips to the server to map color names to pixel * values. * * Copyright © 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California. * Copyright © 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkInt.h" #include "tkColor.h" |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkColor.h.
1 2 3 4 5 | /* * tkColor.h -- * * Declarations of data types and functions used by the Tk color module. * | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 | /* * tkColor.h -- * * Declarations of data types and functions used by the Tk color module. * * Copyright © 1996-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #ifndef _TKCOLOR #define _TKCOLOR |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkConfig.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | /* * tkConfig.c -- * * This file contains functions that manage configuration options for * widgets and other things. * | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | /* * tkConfig.c -- * * This file contains functions that manage configuration options for * widgets and other things. * * Copyright © 1997-1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ /* * Temporary flag for working on new config package. |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 | if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, valuePtr, &newInt) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (internalPtr != NULL) {
*((int *) oldInternalPtr) = *((int *) internalPtr);
*((int *) internalPtr) = newInt;
}
break;
}
case TK_OPTION_DOUBLE: {
double newDbl;
if (nullOK && ObjectIsEmpty(valuePtr)) {
valuePtr = NULL;
| > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 | if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, valuePtr, &newInt) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (internalPtr != NULL) {
*((int *) oldInternalPtr) = *((int *) internalPtr);
*((int *) internalPtr) = newInt;
}
break;
}
case TK_OPTION_INDEX: {
TkSizeT newIndex;
if (TkGetIntForIndex(valuePtr, TCL_INDEX_END, 0, &newIndex) != TCL_OK) {
if (interp) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad index \"", Tcl_GetString(valuePtr),
"\": must be integer?[+-]integer? or end?[+-]integer?", NULL);
}
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (newIndex == TCL_INDEX_NONE) {
newIndex = (TkSizeT)INT_MIN;
} else if ((size_t)newIndex > (size_t)TCL_INDEX_END>>1) {
newIndex++;
}
if (internalPtr != NULL) {
*((int *) oldInternalPtr) = *((int *) internalPtr);
*((int *) internalPtr) = (int)newIndex;
}
break;
}
case TK_OPTION_DOUBLE: {
double newDbl;
if (nullOK && ObjectIsEmpty(valuePtr)) {
valuePtr = NULL;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
659 660 661 662 663 664 665 | TkSizeT length;
if (nullOK && ObjectIsEmpty(valuePtr)) {
valuePtr = NULL;
}
if (internalPtr != NULL) {
if (valuePtr != NULL) {
| | | 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 | TkSizeT length;
if (nullOK && ObjectIsEmpty(valuePtr)) {
valuePtr = NULL;
}
if (internalPtr != NULL) {
if (valuePtr != NULL) {
value = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(valuePtr, &length);
newStr = (char *)ckalloc(length + 1);
strcpy(newStr, value);
} else {
newStr = NULL;
}
*((char **) oldInternalPtr) = *((char **) internalPtr);
*((char **) internalPtr) = newStr;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1402 1403 1404 1405 1406 1407 1408 1409 1410 1411 1412 1413 1414 1415 | if (specPtr->internalOffset != TCL_INDEX_NONE) {
char *ptr = (char *) &savePtr->items[i].internalForm;
CLANG_ASSERT(internalPtr);
switch (specPtr->type) {
case TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN:
case TK_OPTION_INT:
*((int *) internalPtr) = *((int *) ptr);
break;
case TK_OPTION_DOUBLE:
*((double *) internalPtr) = *((double *) ptr);
break;
case TK_OPTION_STRING:
*((char **) internalPtr) = *((char **) ptr);
| > | 1423 1424 1425 1426 1427 1428 1429 1430 1431 1432 1433 1434 1435 1436 1437 | if (specPtr->internalOffset != TCL_INDEX_NONE) {
char *ptr = (char *) &savePtr->items[i].internalForm;
CLANG_ASSERT(internalPtr);
switch (specPtr->type) {
case TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN:
case TK_OPTION_INT:
case TK_OPTION_INDEX:
*((int *) internalPtr) = *((int *) ptr);
break;
case TK_OPTION_DOUBLE:
*((double *) internalPtr) = *((double *) ptr);
break;
case TK_OPTION_STRING:
*((char **) internalPtr) = *((char **) ptr);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1874 1875 1876 1877 1878 1879 1880 1881 1882 1883 1884 1885 1886 1887 | objPtr = NULL;
if (optionPtr->specPtr->internalOffset != TCL_INDEX_NONE) {
internalPtr = (char *)recordPtr + optionPtr->specPtr->internalOffset;
switch (optionPtr->specPtr->type) {
case TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN:
case TK_OPTION_INT:
objPtr = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(*((int *)internalPtr));
break;
case TK_OPTION_DOUBLE:
objPtr = Tcl_NewDoubleObj(*((double *) internalPtr));
break;
case TK_OPTION_STRING:
objPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(*((char **)internalPtr), -1);
break;
| > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 1896 1897 1898 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 1904 1905 1906 1907 1908 1909 1910 1911 1912 1913 1914 1915 1916 1917 1918 1919 1920 1921 1922 1923 1924 | objPtr = NULL;
if (optionPtr->specPtr->internalOffset != TCL_INDEX_NONE) {
internalPtr = (char *)recordPtr + optionPtr->specPtr->internalOffset;
switch (optionPtr->specPtr->type) {
case TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN:
case TK_OPTION_INT:
objPtr = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(*((int *)internalPtr));
break;
case TK_OPTION_INDEX:
if (*((int *) internalPtr) == INT_MIN) {
objPtr = TkNewIndexObj(TCL_INDEX_NONE);
} else if (*((int *) internalPtr) == INT_MAX) {
objPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj("end+1", -1);
} else if (*((int *) internalPtr) == -1) {
objPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj("end", -1);
} else if (*((int *) internalPtr) < 0) {
char buf[32];
sprintf(buf, "end%d", *((int *) internalPtr));
objPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(buf, -1);
} else {
objPtr = Tcl_NewWideIntObj(*((int *) internalPtr));
}
break;
case TK_OPTION_DOUBLE:
objPtr = Tcl_NewDoubleObj(*((double *) internalPtr));
break;
case TK_OPTION_STRING:
objPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(*((char **)internalPtr), -1);
break;
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkConsole.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 | /* * tkConsole.c -- * * This file implements a Tcl console for systems that may not otherwise * have access to a console. It uses the Text widget and provides special * access via a console command. * | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 | /* * tkConsole.c -- * * This file implements a Tcl console for systems that may not otherwise * have access to a console. It uses the Text widget and provides special * access via a console command. * * Copyright © 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkInt.h" |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkCursor.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 | /* * tkCursor.c -- * * This file maintains a database of read-only cursors for the Tk * toolkit. This allows cursors to be shared between widgets and also * avoids round-trips to the X server. * | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 | /* * tkCursor.c -- * * This file maintains a database of read-only cursors for the Tk * toolkit. This allows cursors to be shared between widgets and also * avoids round-trips to the X server. * * Copyright © 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California. * Copyright © 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkInt.h" |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkDList.h.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | /* * tkDList.h -- * * A list is headed by pointers to first and last element. The elements * are doubly linked so that an arbitrary element can be removed without * a need to traverse the list. New elements can be added to the list * before or after an existing element or at the head/tail of the list. * A list may be traversed in the forward or backward direction. * | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 | /* * tkDList.h -- * * A list is headed by pointers to first and last element. The elements * are doubly linked so that an arbitrary element can be removed without * a need to traverse the list. New elements can be added to the list * before or after an existing element or at the head/tail of the list. * A list may be traversed in the forward or backward direction. * * Copyright © 2018 Gregor Cramer. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ /* * Note that this file will not be included in header files, it is the purpose |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkDecls.h.
1 2 3 4 5 | /* * tkDecls.h -- * * Declarations of functions in the platform independent public Tcl API. * | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 | /* * tkDecls.h -- * * Declarations of functions in the platform independent public Tcl API. * * Copyright (c) 1998-1999 Scriptics Corporation. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #ifndef _TKDECLS #define _TKDECLS |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 | /* 277 */
EXTERN Tcl_Obj * Tk_NewWindowObj(Tk_Window tkwin);
/* 278 */
EXTERN void Tk_SendVirtualEvent(Tk_Window tkwin,
const char *eventName, Tcl_Obj *detail);
/* 279 */
EXTERN Tcl_Obj * Tk_FontGetDescription(Tk_Font tkfont);
typedef struct {
const struct TkPlatStubs *tkPlatStubs;
const struct TkIntStubs *tkIntStubs;
const struct TkIntPlatStubs *tkIntPlatStubs;
const struct TkIntXlibStubs *tkIntXlibStubs;
} TkStubHooks;
| > > > | 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 | /* 277 */
EXTERN Tcl_Obj * Tk_NewWindowObj(Tk_Window tkwin);
/* 278 */
EXTERN void Tk_SendVirtualEvent(Tk_Window tkwin,
const char *eventName, Tcl_Obj *detail);
/* 279 */
EXTERN Tcl_Obj * Tk_FontGetDescription(Tk_Font tkfont);
/* 280 */
EXTERN void Tk_CreatePhotoImageFormatVersion3(
const Tk_PhotoImageFormatVersion3 *formatPtr);
typedef struct {
const struct TkPlatStubs *tkPlatStubs;
const struct TkIntStubs *tkIntStubs;
const struct TkIntPlatStubs *tkIntPlatStubs;
const struct TkIntXlibStubs *tkIntXlibStubs;
} TkStubHooks;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 | void (*tk_CreateOldPhotoImageFormat) (const Tk_PhotoImageFormat *formatPtr); /* 273 */
int (*tk_AlwaysShowSelection) (Tk_Window tkwin); /* 274 */
unsigned (*tk_GetButtonMask) (unsigned button); /* 275 */
int (*tk_GetDoublePixelsFromObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, double *doublePtr); /* 276 */
Tcl_Obj * (*tk_NewWindowObj) (Tk_Window tkwin); /* 277 */
void (*tk_SendVirtualEvent) (Tk_Window tkwin, const char *eventName, Tcl_Obj *detail); /* 278 */
Tcl_Obj * (*tk_FontGetDescription) (Tk_Font tkfont); /* 279 */
} TkStubs;
extern const TkStubs *tkStubsPtr;
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
| > > | 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 | void (*tk_CreateOldPhotoImageFormat) (const Tk_PhotoImageFormat *formatPtr); /* 273 */
int (*tk_AlwaysShowSelection) (Tk_Window tkwin); /* 274 */
unsigned (*tk_GetButtonMask) (unsigned button); /* 275 */
int (*tk_GetDoublePixelsFromObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, double *doublePtr); /* 276 */
Tcl_Obj * (*tk_NewWindowObj) (Tk_Window tkwin); /* 277 */
void (*tk_SendVirtualEvent) (Tk_Window tkwin, const char *eventName, Tcl_Obj *detail); /* 278 */
Tcl_Obj * (*tk_FontGetDescription) (Tk_Font tkfont); /* 279 */
void (*tk_CreatePhotoImageFormatVersion3) (
const Tk_PhotoImageFormatVersion3 *formatPtr); /* 280 */
} TkStubs;
extern const TkStubs *tkStubsPtr;
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1753 1754 1755 1756 1757 1758 1759 1760 1761 1762 1763 1764 1765 1766 | (tkStubsPtr->tk_GetDoublePixelsFromObj) /* 276 */ #define Tk_NewWindowObj \ (tkStubsPtr->tk_NewWindowObj) /* 277 */ #define Tk_SendVirtualEvent \ (tkStubsPtr->tk_SendVirtualEvent) /* 278 */ #define Tk_FontGetDescription \ (tkStubsPtr->tk_FontGetDescription) /* 279 */ #endif /* defined(USE_TK_STUBS) */ /* !END!: Do not edit above this line. */ /* Functions that don't belong in the stub table */ #undef Tk_MainEx | > > | 1758 1759 1760 1761 1762 1763 1764 1765 1766 1767 1768 1769 1770 1771 1772 1773 | (tkStubsPtr->tk_GetDoublePixelsFromObj) /* 276 */ #define Tk_NewWindowObj \ (tkStubsPtr->tk_NewWindowObj) /* 277 */ #define Tk_SendVirtualEvent \ (tkStubsPtr->tk_SendVirtualEvent) /* 278 */ #define Tk_FontGetDescription \ (tkStubsPtr->tk_FontGetDescription) /* 279 */ #define Tk_CreatePhotoImageFormatVersion3 \ (tkStubsPtr->tk_CreatePhotoImageFormatVersion3) /* 280 */ #endif /* defined(USE_TK_STUBS) */ /* !END!: Do not edit above this line. */ /* Functions that don't belong in the stub table */ #undef Tk_MainEx |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1791 1792 1793 1794 1795 1796 1797 1798 1799 | #undef Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock_Panic #undef Tk_PhotoSetSize_Panic #undef Tk_CreateOldPhotoImageFormat #endif /* TK_NO_DEPRECATED */ #undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS #define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLIMPORT #endif /* _TKDECLS */ | > > | 1798 1799 1800 1801 1802 1803 1804 1805 1806 1807 1808 | #undef Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock_Panic #undef Tk_PhotoSetSize_Panic #undef Tk_CreateOldPhotoImageFormat #endif /* TK_NO_DEPRECATED */ #undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS #define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLIMPORT #undef TkUnusedStubEntry #endif /* _TKDECLS */ |
Changes to generic/tkEntry.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | /* * tkEntry.c -- * * This module implements entry and spinbox widgets for the Tk toolkit. * An entry displays a string and allows the string to be edited. A * spinbox expands on the entry by adding up/down buttons that control * the value of the entry widget. * | | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 | /* * tkEntry.c -- * * This module implements entry and spinbox widgets for the Tk toolkit. * An entry displays a string and allows the string to be edited. A * spinbox expands on the entry by adding up/down buttons that control * the value of the entry widget. * * Copyright © 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California. * Copyright © 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * Copyright © 2000 Ajuba Solutions. * Copyright © 2002 ActiveState Corporation. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkInt.h" #include "tkEntry.h" |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2686 2687 2688 2689 2690 2691 2692 | } else if (idx > entryPtr->numChars) {
idx = entryPtr->numChars;
}
*indexPtr = idx;
return TCL_OK;
}
| | | 2686 2687 2688 2689 2690 2691 2692 2693 2694 2695 2696 2697 2698 2699 2700 | } else if (idx > entryPtr->numChars) {
idx = entryPtr->numChars;
}
*indexPtr = idx;
return TCL_OK;
}
string = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(indexObj, &length);
switch (string[0]) {
case 'a':
if (strncmp(string, "anchor", length) != 0) {
goto badIndex;
}
*indexPtr = entryPtr->selectAnchor;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4429 4430 4431 4432 4433 4434 4435 | int i, listc;
TkSizeT elemLen, length = entryPtr->numChars;
const char *bytes;
Tcl_Obj **listv;
Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, sbPtr->listObj, &listc, &listv);
for (i = 0; i < listc; i++) {
| | | 4429 4430 4431 4432 4433 4434 4435 4436 4437 4438 4439 4440 4441 4442 4443 | int i, listc;
TkSizeT elemLen, length = entryPtr->numChars;
const char *bytes;
Tcl_Obj **listv;
Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, sbPtr->listObj, &listc, &listv);
for (i = 0; i < listc; i++) {
bytes = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(listv[i], &elemLen);
if ((length == elemLen) &&
(memcmp(bytes, entryPtr->string,
length) == 0)) {
sbPtr->eIndex = i;
break;
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkEntry.h.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | /* * tkEntry.h -- * * This module defined the structures for the Entry & SpinBox widgets. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. * | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 | /* * tkEntry.h -- * * This module defined the structures for the Entry & SpinBox widgets. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. * * Copyright © 2002 Apple Inc. */ #ifndef _TKENTRY #define _TKENTRY #ifndef _TKINT #include "tkInt.h" |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkError.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | /* * tkError.c -- * * This file provides a high-performance mechanism for selectively * dealing with errors that occur in talking to the X server. This is * useful, for example, when communicating with a window that may not * exist. * | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 | /* * tkError.c -- * * This file provides a high-performance mechanism for selectively * dealing with errors that occur in talking to the X server. This is * useful, for example, when communicating with a window that may not * exist. * * Copyright © 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California. * Copyright © 1994-1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkInt.h" |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkEvent.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | /* * tkEvent.c -- * * This file provides basic low-level facilities for managing X events in * Tk. * | | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 | /* * tkEvent.c -- * * This file provides basic low-level facilities for managing X events in * Tk. * * Copyright © 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California. * Copyright © 1994-1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * Copyright © 1998-2000 Ajuba Solutions. * Copyright © 2004 George Peter Staplin * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkInt.h" |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 | return;
} else if (eventPtr->type == ButtonPress) {
int but = eventPtr->xbutton.button;
eventPtr->type = MouseWheelEvent;
eventPtr->xany.send_event = -1;
eventPtr->xkey.keycode = (but & 1) ? -120 : 120;
if (but > Button5) {
| | | 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 | return;
} else if (eventPtr->type == ButtonPress) {
int but = eventPtr->xbutton.button;
eventPtr->type = MouseWheelEvent;
eventPtr->xany.send_event = -1;
eventPtr->xkey.keycode = (but & 1) ? -120 : 120;
if (but > Button5) {
eventPtr->xkey.state |= ShiftMask;
}
}
}
#endif
/*
* If the generic handler processed this event we are done and can return.
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkFileFilter.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | /* * tkFileFilter.c -- * * Process the -filetypes option for the file dialogs on Windows and the * Mac. * | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | /* * tkFileFilter.c -- * * Process the -filetypes option for the file dialogs on Windows and the * Mac. * * Copyright © 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkInt.h" #include "tkFileFilter.h" |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
259 260 261 262 263 264 265 | * Might be cleaner to use 'Tcl_GetOSTypeFromObj' but that is actually
* static to the MacOS X/Darwin version of Tcl, and would therefore
* require further code refactoring.
*/
for (i=0; i<ostypeCount; i++) {
TkSizeT len;
| | | 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 | * Might be cleaner to use 'Tcl_GetOSTypeFromObj' but that is actually
* static to the MacOS X/Darwin version of Tcl, and would therefore
* require further code refactoring.
*/
for (i=0; i<ostypeCount; i++) {
TkSizeT len;
const char *strType = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(ostypeList[i], &len);
/*
* If len is < 4, it is definitely an error. If equal or longer,
* we need to use the macRoman encoding to determine the correct
* length (assuming there may be non-ascii characters, e.g.,
* embedded nulls or accented characters in the string, the
* macRoman length will be different).
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
319 320 321 322 323 324 325 | }
clausePtr->next = NULL;
if (globCount > 0 && globList != NULL) {
for (i=0; i<globCount; i++) {
GlobPattern *globPtr = (GlobPattern *)ckalloc(sizeof(GlobPattern));
TkSizeT len;
| | | 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 | }
clausePtr->next = NULL;
if (globCount > 0 && globList != NULL) {
for (i=0; i<globCount; i++) {
GlobPattern *globPtr = (GlobPattern *)ckalloc(sizeof(GlobPattern));
TkSizeT len;
const char *str = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(globList[i], &len);
len = (len + 1) * sizeof(char);
if (str[0] && str[0] != '*') {
/*
* Prepend a "*" to patterns that do not have a leading "*"
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
373 374 375 376 377 378 379 | if (macRoman == NULL) {
macRoman = Tcl_GetEncoding(NULL, "macRoman");
}
for (i=0; i<ostypeCount; i++) {
Tcl_DString osTypeDS;
TkSizeT len;
MacFileType *mfPtr = (MacFileType *)ckalloc(sizeof(MacFileType));
| | | 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 | if (macRoman == NULL) {
macRoman = Tcl_GetEncoding(NULL, "macRoman");
}
for (i=0; i<ostypeCount; i++) {
Tcl_DString osTypeDS;
TkSizeT len;
MacFileType *mfPtr = (MacFileType *)ckalloc(sizeof(MacFileType));
const char *strType = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(ostypeList[i], &len);
char *string;
/*
* Convert utf to macRoman, since MacOS types are defined to be 4
* macRoman characters long
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkFileFilter.h.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | /* * tkFileFilter.h -- * * Declarations for the file filter processing routines needed by the * file selection dialogs. * | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | /* * tkFileFilter.h -- * * Declarations for the file filter processing routines needed by the * file selection dialogs. * * Copyright © 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #ifndef _TK_FILE_FILTER #define _TK_FILE_FILTER |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkFocus.c.
1 2 3 4 5 | /* * tkFocus.c -- * * This file contains functions that manage the input focus for Tk. * | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | /* * tkFocus.c -- * * This file contains functions that manage the input focus for Tk. * * Copyright © 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California. * Copyright © 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkInt.h" |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkFont.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | /* * tkFont.c -- * * This file maintains a database of fonts for the Tk toolkit. It also * provides several utility functions for measuring and displaying text. * | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 | /* * tkFont.c -- * * This file maintains a database of fonts for the Tk toolkit. It also * provides several utility functions for measuring and displaying text. * * Copyright © 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California. * Copyright © 1994-1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkInt.h" #include "tkFont.h" |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
729 730 731 732 733 734 735 | "font ?-displayof window? text");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
tkfont = Tk_AllocFontFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[2]);
if (tkfont == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
| | | 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 | "font ?-displayof window? text");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
tkfont = Tk_AllocFontFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[2]);
if (tkfont == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
string = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[3 + skip], &length);
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(
Tk_TextWidth(tkfont, string, length)));
Tk_FreeFont(tkfont);
break;
}
case FONT_METRICS: {
Tk_Font tkfont;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
894 895 896 897 898 899 900 |
static void
RecomputeWidgets(
TkWindow *winPtr) /* Window to which command is sent. */
{
Tk_ClassWorldChangedProc *proc =
Tk_GetClassProc(winPtr->classProcsPtr, worldChangedProc);
| > | | | | | | | > > > > > > > | 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 |
static void
RecomputeWidgets(
TkWindow *winPtr) /* Window to which command is sent. */
{
Tk_ClassWorldChangedProc *proc =
Tk_GetClassProc(winPtr->classProcsPtr, worldChangedProc);
TkWindow *tkwinPtr;
if (proc != NULL) {
proc(winPtr->instanceData);
}
/*
* Notify all the descendants of this window that the world has changed.
*
* This could be done recursively or iteratively. The recursive version is
* easier to implement and understand, and typically, windows with a -font
* option will be leaf nodes in the widget heirarchy (buttons, labels,
* etc.), so the recursion depth will be shallow.
*
* However, the additional overhead of the recursive calls may become a
* performance problem if typical usage alters such that -font'ed widgets
* appear high in the hierarchy, causing deep recursion. This could happen
* with text widgets, or more likely with the labelframe
* widget. With these widgets it is possible, even likely, that a
* -font'ed widget (text or labelframe) will not be a leaf node, but
* will instead have many descendants. If this is ever found to cause a
* performance problem, it may be worth investigating an iterative version
* of the code below.
*/
for (tkwinPtr=winPtr->childList ; tkwinPtr!=NULL ; tkwinPtr=tkwinPtr->nextPtr) {
RecomputeWidgets(tkwinPtr);
}
/*
* Broadcast font change virtually for mega-widget layout managers.
* Do this after the font change has been propagated to core widgets.
*/
Tk_SendVirtualEvent((Tk_Window)winPtr, "TkWorldChanged",
Tcl_NewStringObj("FontChanged",-1));
}
/*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkCreateNamedFont --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2467 2468 2469 2470 2471 2472 2473 | Drawable drawable, /* Window or pixmap in which to draw. */
GC gc, /* Graphics context to use for drawing text. */
Tk_TextLayout layout, /* Layout information, from a previous call to
* Tk_ComputeTextLayout(). */
int x, int y, /* Upper-left hand corner of rectangle in
* which to draw (pixels). */
int underline) /* Index of the single character to underline,
| | | 2475 2476 2477 2478 2479 2480 2481 2482 2483 2484 2485 2486 2487 2488 2489 | Drawable drawable, /* Window or pixmap in which to draw. */
GC gc, /* Graphics context to use for drawing text. */
Tk_TextLayout layout, /* Layout information, from a previous call to
* Tk_ComputeTextLayout(). */
int x, int y, /* Upper-left hand corner of rectangle in
* which to draw (pixels). */
int underline) /* Index of the single character to underline,
* or INT_MIN for no underline. */
{
int xx, yy, width, height;
if ((Tk_CharBbox(layout, underline, &xx, &yy, &width, &height) != 0)
&& (width != 0)) {
TextLayout *layoutPtr = (TextLayout *) layout;
TkFont *fontPtr = (TkFont *) layoutPtr->tkfont;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2494 2495 2496 2497 2498 2499 2500 | * text. */
Tk_TextLayout layout, /* Layout information, from a previous call to
* Tk_ComputeTextLayout(). */
int x, int y, /* Upper-left hand corner of rectangle in
* which to draw (pixels). */
double angle,
int underline) /* Index of the single character to underline,
| | | 2502 2503 2504 2505 2506 2507 2508 2509 2510 2511 2512 2513 2514 2515 2516 | * text. */
Tk_TextLayout layout, /* Layout information, from a previous call to
* Tk_ComputeTextLayout(). */
int x, int y, /* Upper-left hand corner of rectangle in
* which to draw (pixels). */
double angle,
int underline) /* Index of the single character to underline,
* or INT_MIN for no underline. */
{
int xx, yy, width, height;
if (angle == 0.0) {
Tk_UnderlineTextLayout(display, drawable, gc, layout, x,y, underline);
return;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2722 2723 2724 2725 2726 2727 2728 | */
int
Tk_CharBbox(
Tk_TextLayout layout, /* Layout information, from a previous call to
* Tk_ComputeTextLayout(). */
int index, /* The index of the character whose bbox is
| | > > > > | > | 2730 2731 2732 2733 2734 2735 2736 2737 2738 2739 2740 2741 2742 2743 2744 2745 2746 2747 2748 2749 2750 2751 2752 2753 2754 2755 2756 2757 2758 2759 2760 2761 2762 2763 2764 2765 2766 2767 | */
int
Tk_CharBbox(
Tk_TextLayout layout, /* Layout information, from a previous call to
* Tk_ComputeTextLayout(). */
int index, /* The index of the character whose bbox is
* desired. Negative means count backwards. */
int *xPtr, int *yPtr, /* Filled with the upper-left hand corner, in
* pixels, of the bounding box for the
* character specified by index, if
* non-NULL. */
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr)
/* Filled with the width and height of the
* bounding box for the character specified by
* index, if non-NULL. */
{
TextLayout *layoutPtr = (TextLayout *) layout;
LayoutChunk *chunkPtr = layoutPtr->chunks;
int i, x = 0, w;
Tk_Font tkfont;
TkFont *fontPtr;
const char *end;
if (index < 0) {
for (i = 0; i < layoutPtr->numChunks; i++) {
index += (chunkPtr + i)->numChars;
}
if (index < 0) {
return 0;
}
}
tkfont = layoutPtr->tkfont;
fontPtr = (TkFont *) tkfont;
for (i = 0; i < layoutPtr->numChunks; i++) {
if (chunkPtr->numDisplayChars < 0) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3340 3341 3342 3343 3344 3345 3346 |
if (ch > 0xffff) {
goto noMapping;
}
sprintf(uindex, "%04X", ch); /* endianness? */
glyphname = Tcl_GetVar2(interp, "::tk::psglyphs", uindex, 0);
if (glyphname) {
| | | 3353 3354 3355 3356 3357 3358 3359 3360 3361 3362 3363 3364 3365 3366 3367 |
if (ch > 0xffff) {
goto noMapping;
}
sprintf(uindex, "%04X", ch); /* endianness? */
glyphname = Tcl_GetVar2(interp, "::tk::psglyphs", uindex, 0);
if (glyphname) {
ps = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(psObj, &len);
if (ps[len-1] == '(') {
/*
* In-place edit. Ewww!
*/
ps[len-1] = '/';
} else {
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkFont.h.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 | /* * tkFont.h -- * * Declarations for interfaces between the generic and platform-specific * parts of the font package. This information is not visible outside of * the font package. * | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 | /* * tkFont.h -- * * Declarations for interfaces between the generic and platform-specific * parts of the font package. This information is not visible outside of * the font package. * * Copyright © 1996-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #ifndef _TKFONT #define _TKFONT |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkFrame.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 | /* * tkFrame.c -- * * This module implements "frame", "labelframe" and "toplevel" widgets * for the Tk toolkit. Frames are windows with a background color and * possibly a 3-D effect, but not much else in the way of attributes. * | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 | /* * tkFrame.c -- * * This module implements "frame", "labelframe" and "toplevel" widgets * for the Tk toolkit. Frames are windows with a background color and * possibly a 3-D effect, but not much else in the way of attributes. * * Copyright © 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California. * Copyright © 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkInt.h" #include "default.h" |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
543 544 545 546 547 548 549 | * be processed specially, before the window is configured using the usual
* Tk mechanisms.
*/
className = colormapName = screenName = visualName = useOption = NULL;
colormap = None;
for (i = 2; i < objc; i += 2) {
| | | 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 | * be processed specially, before the window is configured using the usual
* Tk mechanisms.
*/
className = colormapName = screenName = visualName = useOption = NULL;
colormap = None;
for (i = 2; i < objc; i += 2) {
arg = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i], &length);
if (length < 2) {
continue;
}
if ((arg[1] == 'c') && (length >= 3)
&& (strncmp(arg, "-class", length) == 0)) {
className = Tcl_GetString(objv[i+1]);
} else if ((arg[1] == 'c') && (length >= 3)
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
816 817 818 819 820 821 822 | } else {
/*
* Don't allow the options -class, -colormap, -container, -screen,
* -use, or -visual to be changed.
*/
for (i = 2; i < objc; i++) {
| | | | 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 | } else {
/*
* Don't allow the options -class, -colormap, -container, -screen,
* -use, or -visual to be changed.
*/
for (i = 2; i < objc; i++) {
const char *arg = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i], &length);
if (length < 2) {
continue;
}
c = arg[1];
if (((c == 'c') && (length >= 2)
&& (strncmp(arg, "-class", length) == 0))
|| ((c == 'c') && (length >= 3)
&& (strncmp(arg, "-colormap", length) == 0))
|| ((c == 'c') && (length >= 3)
&& (strncmp(arg, "-container", length) == 0))
|| ((c == 's') && (framePtr->type == TYPE_TOPLEVEL)
&& (strncmp(arg, "-screen", length) == 0))
|| ((c == 'u') && (framePtr->type == TYPE_TOPLEVEL)
&& (strncmp(arg, "-use", length) == 0))
|| ((c == 'v')
&& (strncmp(arg, "-visual", length) == 0))) {
#ifdef _WIN32
if (c == 'u') {
const char *string = Tcl_GetString(objv[i+1]);
if (TkpUseWindow(interp, framePtr->tkwin,
string) != TCL_OK) {
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkGC.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | /* * tkGC.c -- * * This file maintains a database of read-only graphics contexts for the * Tk toolkit, in order to allow GC's to be shared. * | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 | /* * tkGC.c -- * * This file maintains a database of read-only graphics contexts for the * Tk toolkit, in order to allow GC's to be shared. * * Copyright © 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California. * Copyright © 1994 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkInt.h" |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkGeometry.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | /* * tkGeometry.c -- * * This file contains generic Tk code for geometry management (stuff * that's used by all geometry managers). * | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 | /* * tkGeometry.c -- * * This file contains generic Tk code for geometry management (stuff * that's used by all geometry managers). * * Copyright © 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California. * Copyright © 1994-1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkInt.h" |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkGet.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | /* * tkGet.c -- * * This file contains a number of "Tk_GetXXX" procedures, which parse * text strings into useful forms for Tk. This file has the simpler * functions, like Tk_GetDirection and Tk_GetUid. The more complex * functions like Tk_GetColor are in separate files. * | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 | /* * tkGet.c -- * * This file contains a number of "Tk_GetXXX" procedures, which parse * text strings into useful forms for Tk. This file has the simpler * functions, like Tk_GetDirection and Tk_GetUid. The more complex * functions like Tk_GetColor are in separate files. * * Copyright © 1991-1994 The Regents of the University of California. * Copyright © 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkInt.h" |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 | * units. */
const char *string, /* String describing a number of pixels. */
double *doublePtr) /* Place to store converted result. */
{
char *end;
double d;
d = strtod((char *) string, &end);
if (end == string) {
goto error;
}
while ((*end != '\0') && isspace(UCHAR(*end))) {
end++;
}
| > > > > > | 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 | * units. */
const char *string, /* String describing a number of pixels. */
double *doublePtr) /* Place to store converted result. */
{
char *end;
double d;
if (!tkwin) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf("bad screen"));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "VALUE", "FRACTIONAL_PIXELS", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
d = strtod((char *) string, &end);
if (end == string) {
goto error;
}
while ((*end != '\0') && isspace(UCHAR(*end))) {
end++;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkGrab.c.
1 2 3 4 5 | /* * tkGrab.c -- * * This file provides functions that implement grabs for Tk. * | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | /* * tkGrab.c -- * * This file provides functions that implement grabs for Tk. * * Copyright © 1992-1994 The Regents of the University of California. * Copyright © 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkInt.h" |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
211 212 213 214 215 216 217 | return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* First check for a window name or "-global" as the first argument.
*/
| | | 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 | return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* First check for a window name or "-global" as the first argument.
*/
arg = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[1], &len);
if (arg[0] == '.') {
/* [grab window] */
if (objc != 2) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "?-global? window");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, arg, (Tk_Window)clientData);
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkGrid.c.
1 2 3 4 5 | /* * tkGrid.c -- * * Grid based geometry manager. * | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 | /* * tkGrid.c -- * * Grid based geometry manager. * * Copyright © 1996-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkInt.h" |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2982 2983 2984 2985 2986 2987 2988 | */
firstChar = 0;
for (numWindows=0, i=0; i < objc; i++) {
TkSizeT length;
char prevChar = firstChar;
| | | 2982 2983 2984 2985 2986 2987 2988 2989 2990 2991 2992 2993 2994 2995 2996 | */
firstChar = 0;
for (numWindows=0, i=0; i < objc; i++) {
TkSizeT length;
char prevChar = firstChar;
string = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i], &length);
firstChar = string[0];
if (firstChar == '.') {
/*
* Check that windows are valid, and locate the first content's
* parent window (default for -in).
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkImage.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | /* * tkImage.c -- * * This module implements the image protocol, which allows lots of * different kinds of images to be used in lots of different widgets. * | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 | /* * tkImage.c -- * * This module implements the image protocol, which allows lots of * different kinds of images to be used in lots of different widgets. * * Copyright © 1994 The Regents of the University of California. * Copyright © 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkInt.h" |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkImgBmap.c.
1 2 3 4 5 | /* * tkImgBmap.c -- * * This procedure implements images of type "bitmap" for Tk. * | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 | /* * tkImgBmap.c -- * * This procedure implements images of type "bitmap" for Tk. * * Copyright © 1994 The Regents of the University of California. * Copyright © 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * Copyright © 1999 Scriptics Corporation. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkInt.h" |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkImgGIF.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 | /* * tkImgGIF.c -- * * A photo image file handler for GIF files. Reads 87a and 89a GIF files. * At present, there only is a file write function. GIF images may be * read using the -data option of the photo image. The data may be given * as a binary string in a Tcl_Obj or by representing the data as BASE64 * encoded ascii. Derived from the giftoppm code found in the pbmplus * package and tkImgFmtPPM.c in the tk4.0b2 distribution. * | | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 | /* * tkImgGIF.c -- * * A photo image file handler for GIF files. Reads 87a and 89a GIF files. * At present, there only is a file write function. GIF images may be * read using the -data option of the photo image. The data may be given * as a binary string in a Tcl_Obj or by representing the data as BASE64 * encoded ascii. Derived from the giftoppm code found in the pbmplus * package and tkImgFmtPPM.c in the tk4.0b2 distribution. * * Copyright © Reed Wade ([email protected]), University of Tennessee * Copyright © 1995-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * Copyright © 1997 Australian National University * Copyright © 2005-2010 Donal K. Fellows * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. * * This file also contains code from the giftoppm program, which is * copyrighted as follows: * |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
114 115 116 117 118 119 120 | typedef size_t (WriteBytesFunc) (ClientData clientData, const char *bytes, size_t byteCount); /* * The format record for the GIF file format: */ | | | | > | | > | > | > > | | > | > | > > | | 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 | typedef size_t (WriteBytesFunc) (ClientData clientData, const char *bytes,
size_t byteCount);
/*
* The format record for the GIF file format:
*/
static int FileMatchGIF(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Channel chan,
const char *fileName, Tcl_Obj *format,
Tcl_Obj *metadataInObj, int *widthPtr,
int *heightPtr, Tcl_Obj *metadataOutObj);
static int FileReadGIF(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Channel chan,
const char *fileName, Tcl_Obj *format,
Tcl_Obj *metadataInObj, Tk_PhotoHandle imageHandle,
int destX, int destY, int width, int height,
int srcX, int srcY, Tcl_Obj *metadataOutObj);
static int StringMatchGIF(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *dataObj,
Tcl_Obj *format, Tcl_Obj *metadataInObj,
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr,
Tcl_Obj *metadataOutObj);
static int StringReadGIF(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *dataObj,
Tcl_Obj *format, Tcl_Obj *metadataInObj,
Tk_PhotoHandle imageHandle,
int destX, int destY, int width, int height,
int srcX, int srcY, Tcl_Obj *metadataOutObj);
static int FileWriteGIF(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *filename,
Tcl_Obj *format, Tcl_Obj *metadataInObj,
Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr);
static int StringWriteGIF(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *format,
Tcl_Obj *metadataInObj,
Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr);
static int CommonWriteGIF(Tcl_Interp *interp,
ClientData clientData,
WriteBytesFunc *writeProc, Tcl_Obj *format,
Tcl_Obj *metadataInObj,
Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr);
Tk_PhotoImageFormatVersion3 tkImgFmtGIF = {
"gif", /* name */
FileMatchGIF, /* fileMatchProc */
StringMatchGIF, /* stringMatchProc */
FileReadGIF, /* fileReadProc */
StringReadGIF, /* stringReadProc */
FileWriteGIF, /* fileWriteProc */
StringWriteGIF, /* stringWriteProc */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 | #define MAX_LWZ_BITS 12 #define LM_to_uint(a,b) (((b)<<8)|(a)) /* * Prototypes for local functions defined in this file: */ static int DoExtension(GIFImageConfig *gifConfPtr, Tcl_Channel chan, int label, unsigned char *buffer, | > > | | 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 | #define MAX_LWZ_BITS 12 #define LM_to_uint(a,b) (((b)<<8)|(a)) /* * Prototypes for local functions defined in this file: */ static int ReadOneByte(Tcl_Interp *interp, GIFImageConfig *gifConfPtr, Tcl_Channel chan); static int DoExtension(GIFImageConfig *gifConfPtr, Tcl_Channel chan, int label, unsigned char *buffer, int *transparent, Tcl_Obj *metadataOutObj); static int GetCode(Tcl_Channel chan, int code_size, int flag, GIFImageConfig *gifConfPtr); static int GetDataBlock(GIFImageConfig *gifConfPtr, Tcl_Channel chan, unsigned char *buf); static int ReadColorMap(GIFImageConfig *gifConfPtr, Tcl_Channel chan, int number, unsigned char buffer[MAXCOLORMAPSIZE][4]); |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 | * The access position in f may change.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
FileMatchGIF(
Tcl_Channel chan, /* The image file, open for reading. */
| > | | > | < < < | 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 | * The access position in f may change.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
FileMatchGIF(
TCL_UNUSED(Tcl_Interp *), /* not used */
Tcl_Channel chan, /* The image file, open for reading. */
TCL_UNUSED(const char *), /* The name of the image file. */
TCL_UNUSED(Tcl_Obj *), /* User-specified format object, or NULL. */
TCL_UNUSED(Tcl_Obj *), /* metadata input, may be NULL */
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr,
/* The dimensions of the image are returned
* here if the file is a valid raw GIF file. */
TCL_UNUSED(Tcl_Obj *)) /* metadata return dict, may be NULL */
{
GIFImageConfig gifConf;
memset(&gifConf, 0, sizeof(GIFImageConfig));
return ReadGIFHeader(&gifConf, chan, widthPtr, heightPtr);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 |
static int
FileReadGIF(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter to use for reporting errors. */
Tcl_Channel chan, /* The image file, open for reading. */
const char *fileName, /* The name of the image file. */
Tcl_Obj *format, /* User-specified format object, or NULL. */
Tk_PhotoHandle imageHandle, /* The photo image to write into. */
int destX, int destY, /* Coordinates of top-left pixel in photo
* image to be written to. */
int width, int height, /* Dimensions of block of photo image to be
* written to. */
| > | > > | 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 |
static int
FileReadGIF(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter to use for reporting errors. */
Tcl_Channel chan, /* The image file, open for reading. */
const char *fileName, /* The name of the image file. */
Tcl_Obj *format, /* User-specified format object, or NULL. */
TCL_UNUSED(Tcl_Obj *), /* metadata input, may be NULL */
Tk_PhotoHandle imageHandle, /* The photo image to write into. */
int destX, int destY, /* Coordinates of top-left pixel in photo
* image to be written to. */
int width, int height, /* Dimensions of block of photo image to be
* written to. */
int srcX, int srcY, /* Coordinates of top-left pixel to be used in
* image being read. */
Tcl_Obj *metadataOutObj) /* metadata return dict, may be NULL */
{
int fileWidth, fileHeight, imageWidth, imageHeight;
unsigned int nBytes;
int index = 0, argc = 0, i, result = TCL_ERROR;
Tcl_Obj **objv;
unsigned char buf[100];
unsigned char *trashBuffer = NULL;
int bitPixel;
int gifLabel;
unsigned char colorMap[MAXCOLORMAPSIZE][4];
int transparent = -1;
static const char *const optionStrings[] = {
"-index", NULL
};
GIFImageConfig gifConf, *gifConfPtr = &gifConf;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 | */
if (Tk_PhotoExpand(interp, imageHandle,
destX + width, destY + height) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* Search for the frame from the GIF to display.
*/
while (1) {
| > > > > > > < < < < | < < < < | | < < < < < | | > | 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 | */
if (Tk_PhotoExpand(interp, imageHandle,
destX + width, destY + height) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
* From here on, go to error to not leave memory leaks
* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*
* Search for the frame from the GIF to display.
*/
while (1) {
if (-1 == (gifLabel = ReadOneByte( interp, gifConfPtr, chan ) ) ) {
goto error;
}
switch (gifLabel) {
case GIF_TERMINATOR:
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
"no image data for this index", -1));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "GIF", "NO_DATA", NULL);
goto error;
case GIF_EXTENSION:
/*
* This is a GIF extension.
*/
if (-1 == (gifLabel = ReadOneByte( interp, gifConfPtr, chan ) ) ) {
goto error;
}
if (DoExtension(gifConfPtr, chan, gifLabel,
gifConfPtr->workingBuffer, &transparent, metadataOutObj)
< 0) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
"error reading extension in GIF image", -1));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "GIF", "BAD_EXT",
NULL);
goto error;
}
continue;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 | ckfree(block.pixelPtr);
}
/*
* We've successfully read the GIF frame (or there was nothing to read,
* which suits as well). We're done.
*/
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(tkImgFmtGIF.name, -1));
result = TCL_OK;
| > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > < > < < | | 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 | ckfree(block.pixelPtr);
}
/*
* We've successfully read the GIF frame (or there was nothing to read,
* which suits as well). We're done.
*/
while (1) {
if (-1 == (gifLabel = ReadOneByte( interp, gifConfPtr, chan ) ) ) {
goto error;
}
switch (gifLabel) {
case GIF_TERMINATOR:
break;
case GIF_EXTENSION:
/*
* This is a GIF extension.
*/
if (-1 == (gifLabel = ReadOneByte( interp, gifConfPtr, chan ) ) ) {
goto error;
}
if (DoExtension(gifConfPtr, chan, gifLabel,
gifConfPtr->workingBuffer, &transparent, metadataOutObj)
< 0) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
"error reading extension in GIF image", -1));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "GIF", "BAD_EXT",
NULL);
goto error;
}
continue;
case GIF_START:
/*
* There should not be a second image block - bail out without error
*/
break;
default:
/*
* Not a valid start character; ignore it.
*/
continue;
}
break;
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(tkImgFmtGIF.name, -1));
result = TCL_OK;
error:
/*
* If a trash buffer has been allocated, free it now.
*/
if (trashBuffer != NULL) {
ckfree(trashBuffer);
}
return result;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Read one Byte --
*
* Read one byte (label byte) from the image stream.
*
* Results:
* The return value is 1 if the first characters in the data are like GIF
* data, and 0 otherwise.
*
* Side effects:
* The access position in the source is incremented.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
ReadOneByte(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter to use for reporting errors. */
GIFImageConfig *gifConfPtr,
Tcl_Channel chan /* The image file, open for reading. */
)
{
unsigned char buf[2];
if (Fread(gifConfPtr, buf, 1, 1, chan) != 1) {
/*
* Premature end of image.
*/
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
"premature end of image data", -1));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "GIF", "PREMATURE_END", NULL);
return -1;
}
return buf[0];
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* StringMatchGIF --
*
* This function is invoked by the photo image type to see if an object
* contains image data in GIF format.
*
* Results:
* The return value is 1 if the first characters in the data are like GIF
* data, and 0 otherwise.
*
* Side effects:
* The size of the image is placed in widthPtr and heightPtr.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
StringMatchGIF(
TCL_UNUSED(Tcl_Interp *), /* not used */
Tcl_Obj *dataObj, /* the object containing the image data */
TCL_UNUSED(Tcl_Obj *), /* the image format object, or NULL */
TCL_UNUSED(Tcl_Obj *), /* metadata input, may be NULL */
int *widthPtr, /* where to put the string width */
int *heightPtr, /* where to put the string height */
TCL_UNUSED(Tcl_Obj *)) /* metadata return dict, may be NULL */
{
unsigned char *data, header[10];
TkSizeT got, length;
MFile handle;
data = Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(dataObj, &length);
/*
* Header is a minimum of 10 bytes.
*/
if (length < 10) {
return 0;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 | */
static int
StringReadGIF(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* interpreter for reporting errors in */
Tcl_Obj *dataObj, /* object containing the image */
Tcl_Obj *format, /* format object, or NULL */
Tk_PhotoHandle imageHandle, /* the image to write this data into */
int destX, int destY, /* The rectangular region of the */
int width, int height, /* image to copy */
| > | > | | 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 | */
static int
StringReadGIF(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* interpreter for reporting errors in */
Tcl_Obj *dataObj, /* object containing the image */
Tcl_Obj *format, /* format object, or NULL */
Tcl_Obj *metadataInObj, /* metadata input, may be NULL */
Tk_PhotoHandle imageHandle, /* the image to write this data into */
int destX, int destY, /* The rectangular region of the */
int width, int height, /* image to copy */
int srcX, int srcY,
Tcl_Obj *metadataOutObj) /* metadata return dict, may be NULL */
{
MFile handle, *hdlPtr = &handle;
TkSizeT length;
const char *xferFormat;
unsigned char *data = Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(dataObj, &length);
mInit(data, hdlPtr, length);
/*
* Check whether the data is Base64 encoded by doing a character-by-
* charcter comparison with the binary-format headers; BASE64-encoded
* never matches (matching the other way is harder because of potential
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
853 854 855 856 857 858 859 |
/*
* Fall through to the file reader now that we have a correctly-configured
* pseudo-channel to pull the data from.
*/
return FileReadGIF(interp, (Tcl_Channel) hdlPtr, xferFormat, format,
| | > | 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 |
/*
* Fall through to the file reader now that we have a correctly-configured
* pseudo-channel to pull the data from.
*/
return FileReadGIF(interp, (Tcl_Channel) hdlPtr, xferFormat, format,
metadataInObj, imageHandle, destX, destY, width, height, srcX, srcY,
metadataOutObj);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ReadGIFHeader --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 | buffer[i][CM_BLUE] = rgb[2];
buffer[i][CM_ALPHA] = 255;
}
}
return 1;
}
static int
DoExtension(
GIFImageConfig *gifConfPtr,
Tcl_Channel chan,
int label,
| > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | > > > > > > < | < < < < < < < < | > > > > > | > > > > > | | > | > > > > > > > | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 | buffer[i][CM_BLUE] = rgb[2];
buffer[i][CM_ALPHA] = 255;
}
}
return 1;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* DoExtension --
*
* Process a GIF extension block
*
* Results:
* -1 to trigger an extension read error
* >= 0 ok
*
* Side effects:
* The transparent color is set if present in current extensions
* The data of the following extensions are saved to the metadata dict:
* - Application extension
* - Comment extension in key "comment"
* Plain text extensions are currently ignored.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
DoExtension(
GIFImageConfig *gifConfPtr,
Tcl_Channel chan,
int label,
unsigned char *buf, /* defined as 280 byte working buffer */
int *transparent,
Tcl_Obj *metadataOutObj)
{
int count;
/* Prepare extension name
* Maximum string size: "comment" + Code(3) + trailing zero
*/
char extensionStreamName[8];
extensionStreamName[0] = '\0';
switch (label) {
case 0x01: /* Plain Text Extension */
/* this extension is ignored, skip below */
break;
case 0xf9: /* Graphic Control Extension */
count = GetDataBlock(gifConfPtr, chan, buf);
if (count < 0) {
return -1;
}
if ((buf[0] & 0x1) != 0) {
*transparent = buf[3];
}
break;
case 0xfe: /* Comment Extension */
strcpy(extensionStreamName,"comment");
/* copy the extension data below */
break;
}
/* Add extension to dict */
if (NULL != metadataOutObj
&& extensionStreamName[0] != '\0' ) {
Tcl_Obj *ValueObj = NULL;
int length = 0;
for (;;) {
count = GetDataBlock(gifConfPtr, chan, buf);
switch (count) {
case -1: /* error */
return -1;
case 0: /* end of data */
if (length > 0) {
if ( TCL_OK != Tcl_DictObjPut(NULL, metadataOutObj,
Tcl_NewByteArrayObj(
(unsigned char *)extensionStreamName,
strlen(extensionStreamName)), ValueObj)) {
return -1;
}
}
/* return success */
return 0;
default: /* block received */
if (length == 0) {
/* first block */
ValueObj = Tcl_NewByteArrayObj(buf, count);
length = count;
} else {
/* consecutive block */
unsigned char *bytePtr;
bytePtr = Tcl_SetByteArrayLength(ValueObj, length+count);
memcpy(bytePtr+length,buf,count);
length += count;
}
break;
}
} /* for */
}
/* skip eventual remaining data block bytes */
do {
count = GetDataBlock(gifConfPtr, chan, buf);
} while (count > 0);
return count; /* this may be -1 for error or 0 */
}
static int
GetDataBlock(
GIFImageConfig *gifConfPtr,
Tcl_Channel chan,
unsigned char *buf)
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 | ReadImage(
GIFImageConfig *gifConfPtr,
Tcl_Interp *interp,
unsigned char *imagePtr,
Tcl_Channel chan,
int len, int rows,
unsigned char cmap[MAXCOLORMAPSIZE][4],
| | > < < | 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 | ReadImage(
GIFImageConfig *gifConfPtr,
Tcl_Interp *interp,
unsigned char *imagePtr,
Tcl_Channel chan,
int len, int rows,
unsigned char cmap[MAXCOLORMAPSIZE][4],
TCL_UNUSED(int),
TCL_UNUSED(int),
int interlace,
int transparent)
{
unsigned char initialCodeSize;
int xpos = 0, ypos = 0, pass = 0, i, count;
unsigned char *pixelPtr;
static const int interlaceStep[] = { 8, 8, 4, 2 };
static const int interlaceStart[] = { 0, 4, 2, 1 };
unsigned short prefix[(1 << MAX_LWZ_BITS)];
unsigned char append[(1 << MAX_LWZ_BITS)];
unsigned char stack[(1 << MAX_LWZ_BITS)*2];
unsigned char *top;
int codeSize, clearCode, inCode, endCode, oldCode, maxCode;
int code, firstCode, v;
/*
* Initialize the decoder
*/
if (((size_t)Fread(gifConfPtr, &initialCodeSize, 1, 1, chan) + 1) < 2) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1633 1634 1635 1636 1637 1638 1639 1640 1641 1642 1643 1644 1645 1646 1647 1648 1649 1650 1651 1652 1653 1654 |
static int
FileWriteGIF(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter to use for reporting errors. */
const char *filename,
Tcl_Obj *format,
Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr)
{
Tcl_Channel chan = NULL;
int result;
chan = Tcl_OpenFileChannel(interp, (char *) filename, "w", 0644);
if (!chan) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tcl_SetChannelOption(interp, chan, "-translation",
"binary") != TCL_OK) {
Tcl_Close(NULL, chan);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
| > | > > | | 1779 1780 1781 1782 1783 1784 1785 1786 1787 1788 1789 1790 1791 1792 1793 1794 1795 1796 1797 1798 1799 1800 1801 1802 1803 1804 1805 1806 1807 1808 1809 1810 1811 1812 1813 1814 1815 1816 1817 1818 1819 1820 1821 1822 1823 1824 1825 1826 1827 1828 1829 1830 1831 |
static int
FileWriteGIF(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter to use for reporting errors. */
const char *filename,
Tcl_Obj *format,
Tcl_Obj *metadataInObj,
Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr)
{
Tcl_Channel chan = NULL;
int result;
chan = Tcl_OpenFileChannel(interp, (char *) filename, "w", 0644);
if (!chan) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tcl_SetChannelOption(interp, chan, "-translation",
"binary") != TCL_OK) {
Tcl_Close(NULL, chan);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
result = CommonWriteGIF(interp, chan, WriteToChannel, format, metadataInObj,
blockPtr);
if (Tcl_Close(interp, chan) == TCL_ERROR) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
return result;
}
static int
StringWriteGIF(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter to use for reporting errors and
* returning the GIF data. */
Tcl_Obj *format,
Tcl_Obj *metadataInObj,
Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr)
{
int result;
Tcl_Obj *objPtr = Tcl_NewObj();
Tcl_IncrRefCount(objPtr);
result = CommonWriteGIF(interp, objPtr, WriteToByteArray, format,
metadataInObj, blockPtr);
if (result == TCL_OK) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
}
Tcl_DecrRefCount(objPtr);
return result;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1707 1708 1709 1710 1711 1712 1713 | }
static int
CommonWriteGIF(
Tcl_Interp *interp,
ClientData handle,
WriteBytesFunc *writeProc,
| > | < | 1856 1857 1858 1859 1860 1861 1862 1863 1864 1865 1866 1867 1868 1869 1870 1871 1872 1873 1874 1875 1876 1877 1878 | }
static int
CommonWriteGIF(
Tcl_Interp *interp,
ClientData handle,
WriteBytesFunc *writeProc,
TCL_UNUSED(Tcl_Obj *),
Tcl_Obj *metadataInObj,
Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr)
{
GifWriterState state;
int resolution;
long width, height, x;
unsigned char c;
unsigned int top, left;
top = 0;
left = 0;
memset(&state, 0, sizeof(state));
state.pixelSize = blockPtr->pixelSize;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1838 1839 1840 1841 1842 1843 1844 1845 1846 1847 1848 1849 1850 1851 |
state.ssize = state.rsize = blockPtr->width;
state.csize = blockPtr->height;
Compress(resolution+1, handle, writeProc, ReadValue, &state);
c = 0;
writeProc(handle, (char *) &c, 1);
c = GIF_TERMINATOR;
writeProc(handle, (char *) &c, 1);
return TCL_OK;
}
static int
| > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 2034 2035 2036 2037 2038 2039 2040 2041 2042 2043 2044 |
state.ssize = state.rsize = blockPtr->width;
state.csize = blockPtr->height;
Compress(resolution+1, handle, writeProc, ReadValue, &state);
c = 0;
writeProc(handle, (char *) &c, 1);
/*
* Check for metadata keys to add to file
*/
if (NULL != metadataInObj) {
Tcl_Obj *itemData;
/*
* Check and code comment block
*/
if (TCL_ERROR == Tcl_DictObjGet(interp, metadataInObj,
Tcl_NewStringObj("comment",-1),
&itemData)) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (itemData != NULL) {
int length;
unsigned char *comment;
comment = Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(itemData, &length);
if (length > 0) {
/* write comment header */
writeProc(handle, (char *) "\x21\xfe", 2);
/* write comment blocks */
for (;length > 0;) {
int blockLength;
unsigned char blockLengthChar;
if (length > 255) {
length -=255;
blockLength = 255;
} else {
blockLength = length;
length = 0;
}
blockLengthChar = (unsigned char) blockLength;
writeProc(handle, (char *) &blockLengthChar, 1);
writeProc(handle, (char *) comment, blockLength);
comment += blockLength;
}
/* Block terminator */
c = 0;
writeProc(handle, (char *) &c, 1);
}
}
}
c = GIF_TERMINATOR;
writeProc(handle, (char *) &c, 1);
return TCL_OK;
}
static int
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkImgListFormat.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | * list element being itself a list of pixels (or columns). For details, * see the manpage photo.n * * This image format cannot read/write files, it is meant for string * data only. * * | | | | | | 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 | * list element being itself a list of pixels (or columns). For details, * see the manpage photo.n * * This image format cannot read/write files, it is meant for string * data only. * * * Copyright © 1994 The Australian National University. * Copyright © 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * Copyright © 2002-2003 Donal K. Fellows * Copyright © 2003 ActiveState Corporation. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. * * Authors: * Paul Mackerras ([email protected]), * Department of Computer Science, |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
40 41 42 43 44 45 46 | /* * Color name length limit: do not attempt to parse as color strings that are * longer than this limit */ | | | 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 |
/*
* Color name length limit: do not attempt to parse as color strings that are
* longer than this limit
*/
#define TK_PHOTO_MAX_COLOR_LENGTH 99
/*
* Symbols for the different formats of a color string.
*/
enum ColorFormatType {
COLORFORMAT_TKCOLOR,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
409 410 411 412 413 414 415 | * Data in base64 encoding (or even binary data), might actually pass
* these tests. To avoid parsing it as list of lists format, check one
* pixel for validity.
*/
if (Tcl_ListObjIndex(interp, rowListPtr[0], 0, &pixelData) != TCL_OK) {
return 0;
}
| > | | 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 | * Data in base64 encoding (or even binary data), might actually pass
* these tests. To avoid parsing it as list of lists format, check one
* pixel for validity.
*/
if (Tcl_ListObjIndex(interp, rowListPtr[0], 0, &pixelData) != TCL_OK) {
return 0;
}
(void)Tcl_GetString(pixelData);
if (pixelData->length > TK_PHOTO_MAX_COLOR_LENGTH) {
return 0;
}
if (ParseColor(interp, pixelData, Tk_Display(Tk_MainWindow(interp)),
Tk_Colormap(Tk_MainWindow(interp)), &dummy, &dummy, &dummy, &dummy)
!= TCL_OK) {
return 0;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
771 772 773 774 775 776 777 | Colormap colormap, /* colormap of current display */
unsigned char *redPtr, /* the result is written to these pointers */
unsigned char *greenPtr,
unsigned char *bluePtr,
unsigned char *alphaPtr)
{
const char *specString;
| | | | | | | | | 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 | Colormap colormap, /* colormap of current display */
unsigned char *redPtr, /* the result is written to these pointers */
unsigned char *greenPtr,
unsigned char *bluePtr,
unsigned char *alphaPtr)
{
const char *specString;
TkSizeT length;
/*
* Find out which color format we have
*/
specString = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(specObj, &length);
if (length == 0) {
/* Empty string */
*redPtr = *greenPtr = *bluePtr = *alphaPtr = 0;
return TCL_OK;
}
if (length > TK_PHOTO_MAX_COLOR_LENGTH) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf("invalid color"));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO",
"INVALID_COLOR", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (specString[0] == '#') {
return ParseColorAsHex(interp, specString, length, display,
colormap, redPtr, greenPtr, bluePtr, alphaPtr);
}
if (ParseColorAsList(interp, specString, length,
redPtr, greenPtr, bluePtr, alphaPtr) == TCL_OK) {
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
* Parsing the color as standard Tk color always is the last option tried
* because TkParseColor() is very slow with values it cannot parse.
*/
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
return ParseColorAsStandard(interp, specString, length, display,
colormap, redPtr, greenPtr, bluePtr, alphaPtr);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 | unsigned char *redPtr, /* the result is written to these pointers */
unsigned char *greenPtr,
unsigned char *bluePtr,
unsigned char *alphaPtr)
{
XColor parsedColor;
const char *suffixString, *colorString;
| | | 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 | unsigned char *redPtr, /* the result is written to these pointers */
unsigned char *greenPtr,
unsigned char *bluePtr,
unsigned char *alphaPtr)
{
XColor parsedColor;
const char *suffixString, *colorString;
char colorBuffer[TK_PHOTO_MAX_COLOR_LENGTH + 1];
char *tmpString;
double fracAlpha;
unsigned int suffixAlpha;
int i;
/*
* Split color data string in color and suffix parts
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkImgPNG.c.
1 2 3 4 5 | /* * tkImgPNG.c -- * * A Tk photo image file handler for PNG files. * | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | /* * tkImgPNG.c -- * * A Tk photo image file handler for PNG files. * * Copyright © 2006-2008 Muonics, Inc. * Copyright © 2008 Donal K. Fellows * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkInt.h" |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 |
Tcl_ZlibStream stream; /* Inflating or deflating stream; this one is
* not bound to a Tcl command. */
Tcl_Obj *lastLineObj; /* Last line of pixels, for unfiltering. */
Tcl_Obj *thisLineObj; /* Current line of pixels to process. */
int lineSize; /* Number of bytes in a PNG line. */
int phaseSize; /* Number of bytes/line in current phase. */
} PNGImage;
/*
* Maximum size of various chunks.
*/
#define PNG_PLTE_MAXSZ 768 /* 3 bytes/RGB entry, 256 entries max */
| > > > > > > > > > | 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 |
Tcl_ZlibStream stream; /* Inflating or deflating stream; this one is
* not bound to a Tcl command. */
Tcl_Obj *lastLineObj; /* Last line of pixels, for unfiltering. */
Tcl_Obj *thisLineObj; /* Current line of pixels to process. */
int lineSize; /* Number of bytes in a PNG line. */
int phaseSize; /* Number of bytes/line in current phase. */
/*
* Physical size: pHYS chunks.
*/
double DPI;
double aspect;
} PNGImage;
/*
* Maximum size of various chunks.
*/
#define PNG_PLTE_MAXSZ 768 /* 3 bytes/RGB entry, 256 entries max */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
194 195 196 197 198 199 200 | unsigned long calculated); static void CleanupPNGImage(PNGImage *pngPtr); static int DecodeLine(Tcl_Interp *interp, PNGImage *pngPtr); static int DecodePNG(Tcl_Interp *interp, PNGImage *pngPtr, Tcl_Obj *fmtObj, Tk_PhotoHandle imageHandle, int destX, int destY); static int EncodePNG(Tcl_Interp *interp, | | > | | | > | | > > | | 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 | unsigned long calculated); static void CleanupPNGImage(PNGImage *pngPtr); static int DecodeLine(Tcl_Interp *interp, PNGImage *pngPtr); static int DecodePNG(Tcl_Interp *interp, PNGImage *pngPtr, Tcl_Obj *fmtObj, Tk_PhotoHandle imageHandle, int destX, int destY); static int EncodePNG(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, PNGImage *pngPtr, Tcl_Obj *metadataInObj); static int FileMatchPNG(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Channel chan, const char *fileName, Tcl_Obj *fmtObj, Tc |